0:02 I designed this video from the ground up
0:05 to be the greatest video ever created on
0:07 Da Vinci Resolve. This is an entire
0:09 introduction course. This is a course
0:11 that we used to charge hundreds of
0:13 dollars for. We've helped millions of
0:15 people learn Resolve. And I'm excited
0:16 for you to learn Resolve, too. By the
0:17 end of this video, you're going to be
0:19 able to use Da Vinci Resolve to start
0:21 creating the videos that you want to
0:23 create. Everything from media management
0:25 to laying out your clips in the timeline
0:28 to color grading to compositing to audio
0:30 mixing all the way to final delivery so
0:31 that you can upload your footage to
0:34 YouTube or output it for whatever
0:36 purpose you need. We're going to go over
0:38 all the essential need to know stuff,
0:39 everything about Resolve that you'll
0:40 need to know to get started. You can
0:42 download footage and follow along.
0:43 There's the top link in the description
0:45 there. And yeah, this is just a
0:46 massively amazing course that we're
0:48 giving out for free. Why are we doing
0:50 that? Well, because at ground control,
0:52 we actually have quite a few courses on
0:53 Da Vinci Resolve. A little bit more
0:55 advanced stuff, pretty much all of the
0:56 next steps that you would want to take
0:58 right after this course. And so, if you
1:00 want to dive a little bit deeper, we're
1:01 hoping you might buy a course. That
1:03 said, you can just watch this video and
1:05 be off to the races. Man, you're about
1:07 to go from somebody who doesn't know
1:08 anything about Resolve to being able to
1:10 use Resolve to make videos that you want
1:12 to make and even make videos that you
1:14 can charge for and get clients. I
1:16 absolutely love being able to empower
1:18 people to be creative and Resolve is one
1:19 of the coolest tools available to be
1:21 able to be creative with uh digital
1:24 media. You ready to go? Let's do it. So,
1:25 what do we need to get started here? The
1:27 first thing that you'll need is a good
1:29 system. Now, you can use Resolve on a
1:31 pretty basic computer, but once you
1:32 start getting a little bit deeper,
1:34 especially into compositing and things
1:36 that uh take a little bit more system
1:38 resources, if you don't have a good
1:41 graphics card and kind of a good uh like
1:43 a mid-range gaming PC or maybe like a
1:46 Mac M2 or later, you're probably going
1:48 to have a hard time. Resolve is really
1:50 resource hungry. So, I want to make sure
1:51 that if you're following along, you're
1:53 doing that on a good system, or else uh
1:55 it's not going to be very much fun. So,
1:56 that's number one. You got to have a
1:59 good system. Okay. Two, you need a copy
2:02 of Resolve. Resolve has a free version
2:04 that's amazing. Pretty much everything I
2:05 show you in this video, you can do in
2:07 the free version. Okay. I'll let you
2:09 know if there's a paid version thing.
2:10 Something that would be helpful in this
2:12 video is a little bit of knowledge on
2:14 kind of how video editing works and
2:16 stuff. It's not totally essential. If
2:17 you've taken videos with your phone
2:18 camera and you've kind of scrubbed
2:20 through a video before, that's a really
2:22 good start. But learning Resolve is
2:24 going to be especially easy for you if
2:26 you've used something like iMovie or Cap
2:28 Cut or Premiere or something like that.
2:31 All of those editing skills transfer
2:33 nicely into Resolve. The other big thing
2:35 I'd recommend is that you actually
2:37 dedicate some time to this. Learning any
2:40 new skill takes time and Resolve is a
2:42 great big deep program that can do all
2:45 kinds of stuff and it's really easy to
2:46 feel lost and frustrated especially when
2:48 you start looking at the interface like
2:49 we're going to look at in a few minutes.
2:51 But I want you to take some time and
2:54 have some patience. Be kind to yourself
2:55 because learning this kind of thing,
2:57 especially if you're brand new to it, is
2:59 not easy. That said, I'm going to do my
3:01 very best to move slowly and to give you
3:03 just the need to know knowledge in
3:05 little bite-sized chunks so it doesn't
3:06 take quite as much time and you don't
3:09 need quite as much experience. You can
3:10 use the free version. And a lot of this
3:12 stuff you can do on a system that maybe
3:14 isn't the highest spec system ever,
3:15 especially the media that we link down
3:17 below, that should all run on just about
3:19 any system without lots of trouble. So,
3:22 let's start with the very basics. What
3:25 the heck is Resolve? Resolve is a piece
3:27 of video editing software and what makes
3:30 it unique is that not only can you do
3:32 video editing like in the traditional
3:34 sense of putting clips together in a
3:36 story and kind of lining that out and
3:37 cutting out the parts you don't want and
3:39 that kind of thing. But it can also do
3:42 fancy things like adding explosions and
3:44 lightsabers and duplicating people and
3:46 cloning things out. things that you
3:47 would maybe think of using Photoshop
3:50 for, but for video. Da Vinci Resolve is
3:52 also really, really great at color
3:54 correction. And it can also mix audio
3:56 really well. And so all of these things
3:58 kind of come together as sort of a
4:00 one-stop shop for what we call
4:02 post-prouction. That's everything that
4:04 happens after you shoot. So managing
4:06 your media, putting it together in a
4:08 timeline, graphics and effects, and all
4:10 kinds of stuff. That all can happen
4:12 inside of Resolve. And Resolve is a very
4:14 high quality program. It's a
4:16 professional program. This is the kind
4:18 of app that Hollywood uses and they use
4:22 on great big movies and TV shows and all
4:23 kinds of stuff. Like here on the
4:25 Blackmagic website, you can see clips
4:28 from movies that have used Resolve. I
4:31 mean, from Marvel and from Disney and
4:32 things that you would see in the
4:35 theaters. This is the kind of production
4:37 quality that we can do with Resolve. I
4:40 mean, it's nuts. So the fact that we
4:43 have such a high quality piece of
4:44 software available, you know, in the
4:49 free version for free is just nuts.
4:51 And the thing that's really cool about
4:53 Resolve is it's really like several
4:56 programs all in one. And they split
4:59 these different programs up into pages.
5:00 And so here we can see the kind of
5:03 different pages in Resolve. And they
5:05 each have a different job. So there's
5:08 the cut page and the edit page which is
5:09 focused on putting your clips together
5:12 in a story on a story line. We have the
5:14 color page which is all about color. We
5:16 have the fusion page which does the
5:18 effects and graphics and things like
5:21 that. We have the Fairlite page which is
5:23 all about audiom mixing. And so this is
5:24 the kind of thing that you would
5:26 traditionally need to use several
5:28 different apps for but it's all built
5:30 inside of Resolve. And so here we have
5:31 the pages of Resolve. They're actually
5:33 represented by these buttons that are
5:35 down below on the interface of Resolve.
5:36 So here, if I bring up Resolve, we see
5:39 these buttons right here. And this is
5:41 how you switch in between those
5:43 different apps to do the different parts
5:46 of your video editing. And there is a
5:49 lot to go over for every page here. I
5:51 mean, every page is its own huge
5:53 monster. And we're going to go over the
5:55 basics of each of them so that you
5:57 aren't lost. And you'll be able to use
5:59 each page at least in its basic form by
6:02 the end of this video. Resolve has a
6:04 bunch of different effects and I mean
6:05 things that you would think about like
6:06 Instagram filters. It has stuff like
6:08 that. It has blurs and film looks and
6:11 different filters to stylize your video.
6:13 It has a whole bunch of AI stuff built
6:15 in. A lot of that is only available in
6:17 the paid version, but I'll show you a
6:19 couple really uh interesting unique
6:21 things as we go along. It works with
6:23 other plugins and all kinds of third
6:25 party tools and stuff. There's even
6:27 specialized hardware that it works with.
6:30 They have these unique editing keyboards
6:32 as well as color grading panels which
6:34 are really fun. And I mean you can just
6:36 go crazy. You can get this huge mixing
6:39 board for Fairlite. Look at this. That's
6:41 nuts. Or you can just use the free
6:43 version on your laptop. That's the
6:45 amazing thing about Resolve is it scales
6:47 to your ability and your needs. You can
6:49 use the free version on a laptop on a
6:51 plane or you can use the paid version
6:53 with all kinds of hardware in a huge
6:55 studio. and it's all using the same
6:57 piece of software with just, you know,
6:59 little different features. So, let's
7:01 talk about the free version versus the
7:02 studio version. People always ask me
7:04 what's the difference. The long story
7:07 short is if you are watching this video,
7:09 you can probably use the free version. I
7:10 would recommend that you get the free
7:12 version, you download it, you open it
7:14 up, and you start making stuff with it.
7:16 If you get into some corner of Resolve
7:18 where something is only available in the
7:20 paid version, it will pop up and tell
7:22 you. And I always recommend that you
7:24 only upgrade if you keep running into
7:27 that. It can do nearly everything I show
7:28 you in this video. You can work with
7:30 just about any kind of video. You can
7:32 even collaborate with other editors
7:34 online with the free version. You can
7:36 render up to UHD, so that's a little
7:38 smaller than 4K. That's like the
7:40 consumer 4K. It has color grading. It
7:42 has Fusion compositing. It has Fair
7:44 Light. You can use it for commercial
7:46 work. There's no demo period. There's no
7:49 watermark. It's just a ridiculously good
7:54 deal. It's free. There's no catch. It's
7:56 just awesome. Now, for the studio
7:58 version, you do get a bunch of really
8:00 cool stuff. Most notably, Resolve
8:02 effects, which are just a lot more
8:05 effects to stylize your video, as well
8:07 as all the AI stuff. There are a lot of
8:10 new AI features that will do things like
8:12 sweeten your audio or cut out a person
8:14 walking across your video so you can put
8:16 graphics behind them. And there's a lot
8:18 of really nice little features that just
8:20 make Resolve even better. Resolve
8:24 Studio, you buy it once for $295. It's a
8:26 smoking deal. There's no subscription.
8:28 You just buy it for 295 and you get it
8:31 forever. And so far, they have not been
8:32 charging for upgrades. It's very
8:34 possible they'll charge something for
8:36 upgrades in the future, but even if they
8:39 do, this is a smoking deal because there
8:40 are a lot of really cool things in the
8:42 paid version of Resolve that I would
8:43 highly recommend getting the paid
8:45 version for. But again, if you're just
8:47 starting out, and even if you're not
8:48 starting out, but you just don't need
8:50 some of those features, use the free
8:52 version. It's amazing, and there's just
8:54 no reason not to do that. So, my answer
8:57 is get the free version and see how it
9:00 goes. Consider getting the paid version
9:02 when you have some extra money or if you
9:04 need some of the really specific things
9:05 that Resolve Studio will give you. But
9:08 the free version is perfect for I mean,
9:10 90% of people can totally use the free
9:12 version. And this is really the reason
9:14 why we teach Resolve at Ground Control
9:16 is because our mission is to encourage
9:18 and empower creativity. We want people
9:19 to be able to create the things that
9:21 they want to make. And right now, Da
9:23 Vinci Resolve is like the greatest tool
9:25 for that. So, I'm really excited that
9:26 you're looking into it. Let's get into
9:28 the actual software, shall we? By the
9:31 way, I'm using Da Vinci Resolve 20 for
9:32 this video. In the future, whether
9:35 you're using Da Vinci Resolve 20 or 20.5
9:38 or 21 or whatever comes out next, 99% of
9:40 what we're going over is going to apply
9:42 perfectly. But if you're on Resolve 21
9:44 or something, probably not a big deal.
9:45 Another thing to mention is that I am
9:47 using the studio version of Resolve, but
9:48 everything that I'm going to show you is
9:51 in the free version. Okay? So, don't be
9:53 asking me in the comments, is this all
9:55 in the free version? Do you even listen?
9:57 So, when you open Resolve, this is the
9:58 first thing that comes up. Now, this
10:00 panel right here, this is called your
10:02 project manager. This is how you
10:04 navigate to your different project
10:06 files. You can see I have some of these
10:08 older projects here. Yours might look
10:10 more like this, and that's totally fine.
10:12 But here is where we open past projects
10:15 and make new projects. And all of the
10:18 projects here, these live in our project
10:20 library. We can browse our project
10:23 libraries over here. And by default,
10:24 you'll be working on your local
10:26 libraries. Now, what the heck does that
10:29 mean? So, a library is just a database
10:30 of your projects that lives on your
10:32 system. It's basically just a folder
10:35 that has your projects in it. Resolve is
10:36 kind of picky about where that folder
10:39 goes. It always wants to have access to
10:40 just that folder. You can't just put
10:42 projects willy-nilly all over the
10:44 landscape. So, by default, it's probably
10:46 on your system drive. You can hit this
10:48 little I and then click on open file
10:50 location. And so, for me, it's under C
10:52 users Casey documents resolve disc
10:54 library. And if you go through a whole
10:55 bunch of subfolders, you'll find all of
10:58 your projects. Now, I wouldn't worry
11:00 about this too much. Here's why. The
11:01 only time you're going to need to open
11:03 up a project is in Resolve. And Resolve
11:06 knows where that is. If you want to save
11:08 a project that's not in that library,
11:10 maybe you want to save it and give it to
11:12 somebody else or you want to save it as
11:14 a backup or something like this, all you
11:15 have to do is rightclick on your project
11:18 and go down to export project. that will
11:20 let you save a copy of your project to
11:23 your desktop or to an external drive or
11:24 to cloud storage or whatever you want to
11:26 do. That's going to make a DRP file.
11:28 That's short for Da Vinci Resolve
11:30 project. This is a great way to do
11:32 things, but just know by default all of
11:34 your projects live in your library,
11:36 which is a folder that Resolve knows
11:37 about on your system. You can have
11:39 multiple libraries and multiple folders.
11:41 We'll get into that some other time.
11:44 Now, you also have network libraries and
11:47 cloud libraries. A network library is
11:49 for a studio that has kind of a server
11:50 and all that stuff. You probably don't
11:52 need to worry about that. Cloud
11:55 libraries are shared projects. These are
11:56 projects that you can actually share
11:59 with other editors that have access to
12:01 your cloud account. And so just like we
12:04 have this folder on our local library on
12:05 our system, we can have a folder that
12:07 lives on the Blackmagic website
12:09 basically that you can all kind of share
12:11 and access and it's really slick. If you
12:13 want a video about that, let me know and
12:15 we'll talk more about it. But for now,
12:17 all we really have to do is go down here
12:19 to where it says new project. And let's
12:21 make a new project. And we're going to
12:24 call this intro to Resolve
12:27 to Resolve like this. And we'll just say
12:29 2025 cuz that's the year that I'm
12:31 recording this. And it's going to ask
12:33 you for a media location. For now, let's
12:35 just not worry about that. Let's just
12:37 leave it at default and hit create. Once
12:39 you do that, it's going to open up the
12:41 Resolve interface. This is where we
12:43 actually have to start doing things.
12:46 But first, a little tour. Most of this
12:48 interface, like everything within the
12:50 red box, is actually going to switch out
12:52 depending on what page you're on in
12:56 Resolve. Here we have the pages. And as
12:58 I click on the different pages, that's
13:01 going to switch out my interface.
13:02 And kind of like we were talking about
13:04 earlier, it switches it to kind of like
13:06 a different app, but it's not a
13:08 different app. This is all Resolve. And
13:10 it all kind of shares the same project,
13:11 which is really slick. And we'll get
13:13 into that here in a little bit. But
13:14 that's the first thing I want you to do
13:16 is go down here and just switch these
13:18 pages and get used to switching out that
13:20 interface. But where we're going to
13:23 start is this far left page, the media
13:26 page. All the way over here. Click on
13:28 media for me. And now all of our panels
13:30 have switched out for the panels for the
13:32 media page. Now, something to mention
13:34 here is that this isn't just switching a
13:36 layout. This is actually switching into
13:38 kind of a different mode. Even though
13:40 there are common panels in between the
13:42 pages, it's not just a different
13:43 workspace. It's actually like a
13:46 different mode of creating. So, let's
13:47 start talking about what the heck the
13:50 media page is. Well, each page has a
13:52 really a specific job. The media pages
13:55 job is to manage media. And so, this is
13:57 a perfect mode to put Resolve in when
13:59 you don't have any media in your project
14:01 and you're looking to put some in there.
14:03 So, a little tour of the interface. In
14:05 the upper left, we have this panel,
14:08 which is our media storage panel. This
14:11 is a way to navigate on your system to
14:12 any media that you want to bring into
14:15 Resolve. So, I'll just navigate to some
14:17 media here. And once you find the folder
14:19 up here, then you can actually preview
14:22 the media just by mousing over any of
14:24 these thumbnails. This is what we call
14:26 hover scrub because you hover over this
14:28 thumbnail and it scrubs the video. That
14:29 means it just moves that playhead back
14:31 and forth so you can see what's going
14:33 on. This is a great way to be able to
14:36 preview the footage that you have before
14:39 you bring it into your project. Now,
14:40 what do I mean by that? Well, even
14:43 though we're looking at this media here,
14:45 the media isn't actually imported into
14:47 the project. We haven't told Resolve to
14:49 use the media. We're really just kind of
14:51 using Resolve to go and find it. But, we
14:53 haven't said anything about wanting to
14:55 edit anything or combine clips together
14:57 or change them. So, in order to change
14:59 anything or work with this media, we
15:01 need to import it into Resolve. To do
15:03 that, real simply, we can just grab a
15:04 piece of media here from our media
15:07 storage and drag it down to this panel
15:09 down here, which is called our media
15:11 pool. It's going to ask if we want to
15:12 change the project frame rate. We'll
15:13 explain this a little bit later. I'll
15:16 hit change right now. Okay. What that's
15:18 going to do is put this piece of media
15:20 down here in the media pool. Anything
15:22 that's down here in the media pool
15:25 actually lives in our project. So, we've
15:28 told Resolve that, hey, there is a piece
15:31 of media called A54191
15:33 blah blah blah. And it lives on our
15:36 system. Here it is. I want to actually
15:38 work on this. And so, we've told Resolve
15:39 that we're actually going to use this
15:41 and play with it and work with it and
15:43 edit it with other videos and all the
15:44 fun stuff that Resolve does. All the
15:47 media up here in this panel is not in
15:49 our project yet. It's just on our
15:51 system. So, as far as Resolve is
15:53 concerned, it only really knows about
15:55 this one clip. In fact, I would consider
15:59 using this panel a little bit optional.
16:00 It is a nice way to be able to hover
16:02 scrub and kind of find the media that
16:04 you want. But you could also just close
16:06 this media storage and bring things
16:08 directly into the media pool. You could
16:09 do that a couple ways. You could
16:12 rightclick here and say import media.
16:14 You could go up to file and go down to
16:16 import media. Or you can just drag media
16:19 into the media pool from your system.
16:21 And so here I have a bunch of footage. I
16:23 can grab any of these and just drag them
16:25 into the media pool. And again, now it
16:27 knows about this footage because I put
16:29 it in the media pool. It lives in the
16:31 project. So now we have two clips that
16:33 we can work with. What if we had a bunch
16:35 of clips? So I'll just grab a bunch of
16:37 this and drag this in here. Now we have
16:39 a bunch of clips here in the media pool.
16:40 We have all these clips that we can work
16:43 with for our movie. But it would
16:44 actually help to start getting organized
16:47 here. That's one thing that the media
16:48 page is really good for. And especially
16:51 working here in the media pool. You can
16:53 rightclick anywhere here in this empty
16:55 space and you could go up and say new
16:58 bin. That makes a little folder inside
16:59 of the Resolve project where you can put
17:02 different pieces of media. So we can put
17:04 whatever piece of media we want here.
17:06 Just anything with the girl. Let's say
17:10 great. We just say girl. Sure. Can
17:12 double click and open this. And we have
17:15 our media here. We also have a list of
17:18 bins over here on the left which we can
17:20 kind of navigate to. And it's kind of a
17:22 little folder structure here. And so if
17:25 we have another bin here, we could say
17:28 wide shots. Sure. Let's pick all the
17:31 wide shots here and put them in wide.
17:33 Sure. And now we have these different
17:36 bins here. We can organize this. We
17:37 could also right click here in the bin
17:40 list and say new bin. That works too.
17:43 Bin three. Sure. And we can put those
17:45 into bin three. We can also drag them
17:48 like this. There are different views in
17:50 the media pool. You can zoom these
17:53 thumbnails in and out with this slider.
17:54 You can switch it to list view if you
17:56 want to see a little bit more
17:58 information about your clips.
18:00 You can switch this to metadata view,
18:02 which is kind of a mix of the thumbnail
18:04 view and there's also a little bit more
18:07 data on them. Most of the time I either
18:09 use the thumbnail view or the list view.
18:11 And this is really how we get organized
18:14 when it comes to our media here in
18:16 Resolve. All about the media pool. So,
18:18 I'm actually going to get rid of all of
18:20 these just so we have no clips here. And
18:22 I want you to do this with me. If you
18:24 downloaded the media to follow along,
18:25 you should have a folder called drag
18:28 these folders into media pool bin list.
18:29 Now, this is going to be absolutely
18:32 shocking, but here's what I want you to
18:34 do. I want you to select all of these
18:36 folders and I want you to drag them into
18:38 the media pool bin list right here. Just
18:40 like this, right under here where it
18:43 says master and drop them.
18:45 That's going to take Resolve a second.
18:47 And then it's going to make bins out of
18:49 each of those folders. So, that's going
18:51 to be organized just like it is in our
18:52 Finder or Explorer window in these
18:55 different folders. If you drag these
18:56 into the media pool itself and not the
18:58 bin list, it's just going to throw all
18:59 of the media in there without the
19:02 folders. So, make sure to drag them
19:05 here. All right. So, now we have all of
19:07 the media that we're going to use for
19:09 the rest of this video. and feel free to
19:11 open up the bins, go through it, and
19:13 take a look at some of this footage. We
19:15 have all kinds of fun stuff. We have a
19:18 production meeting here with multiple
19:19 cameras. We have footage that we're
19:21 going to color grade later. We have
19:23 footage that needs some compositing and
19:25 some effects. And we have some clips
19:27 that we're going to edit together into a
19:29 story in the edit page. Now, I don't
19:31 want to spend tons and tons of time on
19:33 this, but I do want to show you a couple
19:36 little extra things about the media
19:38 pool. One thing that can be really
19:39 helpful in the media page is the
19:43 metadata. Now over here we have a
19:45 metadata panel which has nothing to
19:47 inspect right now. But if I select the
19:50 clip that's going to show us metadata on
19:52 this clip. Now what is that? It's just
19:55 basically information that is recorded
19:57 with the clip. We can make this panel
19:59 bigger by going up here and clicking
20:01 where it says audio. That's going to
20:04 close our audio panel here. In fact, any
20:07 panel in Resolve pretty much has some
20:09 kind of header like this, usually at the
20:10 top. And when it's bright white, that
20:13 panel is open. And when it's gray, it's
20:15 closed. And so, this is how we can open
20:17 and close different panels in Resolve.
20:19 And this is common to all of the pages.
20:21 We're going to be doing a lot of that.
20:23 So, we have our metadata panel open
20:24 here. And I can see all kinds of
20:26 information about this, but there's
20:27 actually even more information. If I go
20:29 up here to the upper right, this little
20:31 button right here, I can click this and
20:35 say all groups. And that gives us just a
20:38 ton of stuff. Most of this is stuff that
20:40 we can fill in later. And so if you're
20:42 the kind of person that really likes to
20:44 be organized and really, you know, you
20:47 write notes about stuff and you tag
20:48 things and you have labels all over your
20:52 house and you have spreadsheets, this is
20:54 the best place for you. You can write
20:56 all kinds of notes about every single
20:58 thing that you want for your piece of
21:00 media here. You can write a description,
21:03 comments, the shot, scene, take, angle.
21:04 All of this stuff you can do right here
21:06 in the metadata panel of the media page.
21:08 It's probably way more detailed than you
21:10 ever really need to be. But here's
21:12 what's really cool about that. Let's
21:13 select this uh clip 24. I'm just going
21:15 to double click on this clip 24 here.
21:18 That'll load it up in this viewer. So,
21:19 if I double click on it, then I don't
21:21 have to be hover scrubbing it. I can
21:24 just scrub this up here in the viewer.
21:25 And what I can do is zoom in by just
21:27 rolling with the scroll wheel here to
21:29 this slate. This is the reason why we
21:31 shoot with slates is because then we can
21:34 easily tell what scene and take a clip
21:37 is. And we could if we wanted to go here
21:39 into the metadata and kind of record
21:42 that. So scene 4.5
21:45 take five. So now we have that here in
21:47 the metadata because we kind of read it
21:49 off of here and just typed it in. We can
21:51 do the same thing for other clips here.
21:55 Let's find it. So this is 4.6.
21:58 4.6 take two.
22:01 4.7 take 3. And you could go through and
22:04 tag all of your clips with this. What's
22:05 neat about this is I can switch this to
22:07 list view and I can rightclick up here
22:10 in this header and I can pick any kind
22:13 of metadata that I want to show. In
22:15 fact, I'll uncheck a bunch of this stuff
22:17 cuz I don't care about most of it. Just
22:20 uncheck all the stuff I don't care about
22:21 and then just check the stuff I do care
22:25 about. So, for instance, scene, take,
22:27 and then I can organize this by scene
22:29 and take, and I can quickly see where my
22:31 scenes and takes are, match that up to
22:33 my script if I want to, whatever I want
22:35 to do here. And so, this is a really
22:37 nice way to get organized. I could also
22:40 rightclick here and select keyword. And
22:41 here I could do something like, all
22:43 right, this is an over- the-shoulder
22:45 shot. So, we could go into keywords here
22:48 in my metadata, and type OTS. That's
22:50 short for over the shoulder. Just like
22:52 that. That's going to add that keyword
22:55 here. And anything that I have that's an
22:56 over-the-shoulder shot, I can just kind
22:58 of page through here and see if there's
23:00 anything else that's an OTS. This is
23:02 sort of an over- the-shoulder shot.
23:06 Sure, let's call it that. OTS like that.
23:10 Boop. Now, we have these listed as OTS.
23:12 So, I could sort them by keyword, but I
23:14 can also go to something called a smart
23:18 bin. Smart bins are like a live filter.
23:20 It's sort of like a folder that it puts
23:23 a copy of things into based on whatever
23:25 you set the smart bin to. And by
23:27 default, if you click on keywords, it
23:29 makes a smart bin for every keyword. So,
23:31 I can click on OTS, and that's going to
23:33 show me just the OTS shots. And you can
23:35 make keywords for absolutely anything
23:37 you want. It can be completely custom,
23:39 which is really neat. There's also these
23:41 collections here, which will give you
23:43 some quick things to sort by. for
23:45 instance, video clips, audio only, and
23:47 it even has a way with AI where it can
23:50 kind of sort and categorize things. In
23:51 fact, let's do that. Let's grab our
23:53 audio only stuff. Let's just grab all of
23:55 this here. I'm going to just shiftclick
23:58 the end of that, right click, and go
24:01 down to AI tools, audio classification,
24:03 analyze. This is something that's only
24:04 available in the paid version. I
24:06 promised I'd tell you when there's paid
24:08 version stuff. Any kind of AI stuff is
24:09 pretty much in the paid version. All
24:11 right. But what's neat about this is
24:13 once it analyzes all of that, then I can
24:15 go and look for clips just with
24:17 dialogue, clips with just music, clips
24:20 that are more for effects, and there's
24:23 also subcategories, and it will try and
24:25 figure out clips that have things like
24:27 effects in them, things like a door,
24:29 things like a dog barking, things like
24:33 laughter or liquid. Sometimes it does
24:34 all kinds of weird things, like it
24:36 thinks they're sheep or pig. There's a
24:37 toilet flushing sound. It nailed that
24:39 one. And so that's kind of fun. If you
24:41 have lots and lots of clips that you
24:43 want to organize a little bit better,
24:45 you can use that AI to do that. But
24:47 again, that's in the paid version and
24:48 you don't need to do that. You can
24:50 always make your own keywords and kind
24:52 of organize this yourself. You can even
24:56 rightclick here and say add smart bin
24:59 and you can do kind of a live filter
25:01 based on all kinds of stuff. So media
25:04 pool properties. You could even do like
25:06 things from a certain scene. If the
25:08 scene contains, you know, scene four,
25:10 then that's going to only show scene
25:13 four. And if we hit create, then we have
25:15 the smart bin one, which we could rename
25:18 scene 4. And you could have one for each
25:20 scene. All kinds of stuff you can do
25:22 with this. This is especially helpful
25:24 for documentaries and things where you
25:25 have lots and lots and lots of footage
25:27 that you need to stay organized with.
25:29 Things where you have, you know, 20
25:31 hours of B-roll. It's great to spend
25:33 some time before you edit to kind of get
25:35 this all organized here. And there are a
25:36 few more things that you could do in the
25:39 media page, but this is really what I
25:41 use this for most of the time is going
25:44 through and getting organized, logging
25:46 footage, putting putting metadata in,
25:47 and just kind of getting our head around
25:50 all of the media that's in our project.
25:51 And I'm going to show you one more cool
25:53 thing before we get into the edit page.
25:54 And this is something that you can
25:56 actually do in the other pages, but is a
25:58 great thing to do in the media page as
26:01 well. And that is syncing audio. If we
26:03 open up our clip and play this back, we
26:07 have the audio from the camera.
26:08 The kids are talking, but you can't
26:11 really hear them very well because the
26:13 camera is really far away. Now, we had a
26:15 boom mic here where we were recording
26:17 some audio so that we can actually hear
26:19 them, but that recorded to a separate
26:21 recorder. In fact, if we open up our
26:24 audio here, this clip 108,
26:28 scene four, shot 18, take three.
26:30 He said, "Scene four, shot 18, take three."
26:33 three."
26:36 Scene four, shot 18, take three.
26:41 Scene four, shot 18, take three.
26:44 So, how do we get this audio and this
26:46 video to sync up? Well, you could
26:48 actually put them together on a
26:49 timeline, which I'll show you a little
26:50 bit on how to do something like that
26:52 later. But one thing that Resolve can do
26:54 that's really great is we can take this
26:55 audio. Let's actually just take grab all
26:57 this audio and throw this into that
26:59 folder. So, we have all of the audio and
27:02 video together. I can take this clip and
27:04 this clip. I'm just holding control and
27:05 selecting both of these. And I can
27:08 rightclick and go up to audio sync,
27:10 autosync audio. This is something that
27:12 is still available in the free version.
27:14 and we're going to select synchronize
27:17 using waveform like this and hit sync.
27:19 What that's going to do it you just
27:22 about miss it. What that's going to do
27:25 is replace the audio in our video clip
27:31 with the audio from that mic. So here
27:32 camera audio
27:36 scene four shot 18 take three.
27:38 That still works but now go check it out.
27:39 out.
27:40 No, you go check it out. we can actually
27:42 hear them because we have that good
27:44 audio switched out. What's cool about
27:45 this is we can actually select all of
27:47 our clips. Just shift select all of
27:49 this, right click, audio sync, autosync
27:52 audio, and that's going to go through
27:55 all of our clips and sync them together.
27:57 So, anything that matches with the other
27:59 one, it's going to replace that audio.
28:01 Now, some of the clips it didn't really
28:03 work for, and that's okay. We can worry
28:05 about those later, but for most of them,
28:08 it worked. So, it says clip 20 and clip
28:13 19. Let's look at clip 20 and clip 19.
28:15 And there's not really any audio that we
28:18 need to hear. There's not not any
28:19 dialogue. So, it's really not that big
28:22 of a deal. But from now on in our
28:26 project, we'll hear the good audio fine
28:28 instead of the on camera audio. And
28:29 that's going to make editing a lot
28:31 easier. In fact, if we want to double
28:32 check and make sure that things are
28:34 synced up, we can rightclick here in
28:37 this header and find synced audio. And
28:39 that's going to list the audio right
28:42 here that it synced up with that clip.
28:45 Isn't that nice? Such a great feature.
28:47 Next, let's talk about editing. And for
28:49 that, I'm going to go into the edit
28:50 page. I'm actually going to skip over
28:52 the cut page for just a minute. But to
28:53 switch to the edit page, all I have to
28:55 do is click on edit. And that'll switch
28:57 to the edit page, and we're ready to
29:00 start working on our story. Now, a lot
29:02 of what you do in Resolve is going to be
29:04 in the edit page because you can kind of
29:07 think of it as like the hub for all of
29:09 the things that happen in your video.
29:11 The edit page is where we take all of
29:13 these clips that we have in our project
29:16 and we actually put them together in a
29:18 timeline. The timeline is where we
29:19 figure out the order of the clips and
29:21 how long they take and which parts we
29:23 use. And we're basically building our
29:27 new edited video with the timeline.
29:29 It's really all about building a story.
29:32 And so if we're shooting a scene in a
29:34 movie about Bill getting into his car,
29:36 we can shoot all of the different pieces
29:37 of this. Bill walking to his car, Bill
29:39 getting in the car, Bill getting a phone
29:41 call, Bill opening the door, Bill waving
29:42 to the neighbor. We can shoot all of
29:44 these things happening in any order we
29:47 want and then choose to change the order
29:49 in our edit. So, Bill opens the door.
29:51 That's the fourth thing that we shoot,
29:52 but we're going to put it first in our
29:54 edit. Bill waving to the neighbor comes next.
29:56 next.
29:59 Bill getting a phone call, Bill walking
30:01 to the car, and then Bill getting in the
30:03 car. And so even though we shot this out
30:05 of order, the order that we're building
30:08 in our edit is Bill opens the door, Bill
30:10 waves to the neighbor, Bill gets a phone
30:12 call, Bill walks to his car, Bill gets
30:14 in the car. This is the kind of thing
30:16 that I'm so excited about when it comes
30:17 to editing is because what we're doing
30:20 is we're building a story here. So
30:22 everything in the edit page is about
30:24 building that story. And that timeline
30:26 is going to be where everything in our
30:27 video lives. And we're going to make
30:29 more tweaks to it later in these other
30:32 pages. But for now, kind of keep that in
30:33 mind that that's our goal with the edit
30:35 page. So, let's talk about the
30:37 interface. We are going to have some
30:40 familiar stuff here. Actually, we have
30:42 these little buttons up here. When we
30:44 click these and they're white, they open
30:46 up different panels. And the panel
30:48 that's open by default over here on the
30:50 left is our media pool. Now, this is
30:53 exactly like the media pool in the media
30:55 page. The only difference is instead of
30:58 it being down here,
31:01 it's over here to the left. But you can
31:03 still do all the same things. This is
31:05 all the media that lives in your
31:07 project. We still have our bins. We
31:09 still have our smart bins. We can still
31:11 look at our media in various different
31:13 ways. But you can sort of think of this
31:16 as like your cabinet of ingredients that
31:18 we're going to use to make our video.
31:20 Here we also have a couple of viewers.
31:22 This left viewer is called our source viewer.
31:24 viewer.
31:26 And this right viewer here is called the
31:34 What the source viewer is for is if I
31:35 open up one of these pieces of media,
31:37 double click on it, I can preview this
31:39 piece of media. So I can scrub through
31:41 this and preview this and look all
31:44 through any kind of media that I have.
31:45 And you do that just by double clicking
31:47 on any of these pieces of media. And you
31:49 can sort of think of this as like
31:51 picking up something and looking at it.
31:53 So if you have a snack in your cabinet,
31:54 you pick it up and you look at it like
31:56 this, but you haven't actually added it
31:57 to your plate yet. All you're doing is
31:59 just kind of previewing it, looking at
32:01 it. So that's cool. You can double click
32:02 on any piece of media to load it up here
32:05 in the viewer. You can also switch this
32:07 to this second mode right here with this
32:09 little button. And this is called source
32:12 tape mode. And what this is is it
32:14 basically takes all of your footage and
32:16 it loads it all into this source viewer
32:18 all at once and it just kind of puts
32:20 them all together. And so if I scrub
32:22 through this, I'm scrubbing through this
32:24 first clip. And if I go to this second
32:26 part after this little tick mark, I'm
32:28 scrubbing through the second clip and
32:29 the third clip and so on. And so I can
32:31 scrub through all of my clips in my
32:33 media pool, at least in the bin that I
32:36 have up here, all at once in one motion.
32:37 This is great if you're looking for a
32:39 specific shot visually that you want to
32:41 lay over something. Makes it really,
32:43 really quick to be able to find what you
32:45 need to find. But you might find it less
32:47 confusing, maybe a little bit easier
32:50 just to use this first icon here, this
32:52 first mode where you double click on a
32:53 piece of media and load it up here in
32:56 the viewer. Now, once we have a piece of
32:58 media selected that we like and we
33:00 actually want to add that to our video,
33:02 we want to put that into our edit, what
33:04 we have to do is add it to a timeline.
33:07 If the media pool is like our cabinet
33:10 and our viewer is like picking up a
33:12 ingredient from that cabinet, then the
33:14 timeline down here, this is kind of like
33:16 our plate.
33:18 So, if we want to actually eat
33:19 something, we're going to put it on our
33:21 plate. So, if we want to add this to our
33:23 video, I can grab this clip just in the
33:25 middle. I'm just grabbing it and
33:27 dragging it down here to our timeline.
33:30 And that's going to add this clip to our
33:32 timeline, which is like, you know,
33:35 putting an apple on our plate. So now we
33:37 have an active timeline. We have this
33:39 playhead that goes back and forth. And
33:41 this is actually going to make the story
33:43 of our video. Right now our story is
33:46 this. If we go all the way to the left
33:48 and I hit spacebar to play, we have a
33:50 bunch of black space here. We have an
33:53 empty space. And then eventually our
33:56 clip starts. And this is our full clip,
33:58 not edited. We haven't done anything
33:59 with this. It's just literally the clip
34:02 thrown into the timeline. We still have
34:03 people moving around. We still have the
34:05 slate, all of that kind of stuff. And so
34:07 if we were going to export this movie
34:08 right now and we were going to put this
34:10 on YouTube or something, this is exactly
34:13 what people would see is 6 seconds of
34:16 black followed by just this unedited
34:18 footage. That doesn't really make a
34:19 whole lot of sense. But we've done
34:22 something really exciting already. We've
34:25 put this clip down onto our timeline,
34:26 which means that we actually have a
34:29 video in progress. Now, we could render
34:31 this out and it will be a video that's
34:34 different than this clip. So, we've done
34:35 a little bit of magic already. We've
34:37 created something. Now, it's not very
34:39 good. It's not very interesting. So, we
34:41 can change that. But all of the magic of
34:45 building our story happens down here in
34:48 the timeline. So, let's change our story
34:50 to be a little bit better here. The
34:51 first thing I want to do is I don't want
34:52 this black right here. I don't want to
34:54 watch 6 seconds of black before anything
34:55 happens. So, we can take this and just
34:58 drag it to the left. And we always want
34:59 this kind of pushed all the way to the
35:01 left at the very start of our clip
35:04 because then we start with an actual
35:06 video, right? We can zoom into this
35:08 timeline by clicking this little plus
35:10 right here. That's kind of our zoom bar.
35:12 We can zoom in and out. And I can adjust
35:14 this middle bar here. And I can move
35:16 this up and down. And by default, we
35:18 have a video track and an audio track
35:20 added here. If I take the bottom edge of
35:22 this audio track and I drag it down,
35:24 that'll make these waveforms a little
35:26 bit bigger. And so we can see a visual
35:28 representation of what's happening in
35:30 the audio. So the bigger the spike, the
35:33 more the louder the audio. So we can see
35:36 where the slate is right here. We zoom
35:38 in here. We have these little spikes.
35:40 Teen take one.
35:43 That's where that slate made that spike.
35:44 And so we're going to start sometime
35:46 after this.
35:47 What was that?
35:49 So her saying, "What was that?" So
35:50 that's a good place to start this clip.
35:52 That's where it actually gets
35:53 interesting. That's the part that we're
35:55 supposed to show. And so what we can do
35:58 is we can trim this and kind of cut out
36:01 all of this part and just start the clip
36:03 there. The way that we do that is we
36:05 just mouse over the edge of this. And
36:07 you'll see how my mouse kind of turns
36:09 into this left bracket. I can grab this
36:13 and then just slide this over like this.
36:15 And I'll have that clip kind of start
36:17 right there. This is called trimming a
36:19 clip. So just like you would trim a
36:20 hedge or something like that or trim a
36:22 piece of paper, you kind of cut off all
36:25 the excess. Right? So, we're cutting off
36:27 this first part. Let's play this back.
36:29 I'll just hit spacebar.
36:30 What was that?
36:32 Great. I like that. Let's stop right
36:34 after that. And I'll take the edge of
36:36 this and drag this over here.
36:38 And we can see the outline of the full
36:40 clip. And we're just going to use that
36:42 little part. There we go. So, now this
36:44 is a lot shorter, but we have all this
36:45 black here. So, we can take this and
36:47 slide it all the way to the left. Just
36:49 like that. Okay. I'll zoom in here so we
36:51 can see what's going on.
36:52 What was that?
36:56 Great. This literally this literally
36:58 what I just showed you. Picking a clip here,
37:00 here,
37:03 dragging it down, and then deciding
37:06 where you want to start that clip. So
37:07 maybe starting it right here.
37:09 Go check it out.
37:11 And trimming it to just be that part
37:13 that you like.
37:15 Check it out.
37:18 Um, no. You go check it out.
37:21 Trimming off all the excess. This is
37:24 like the bread and butter of editing.
37:27 This is like 90% of it. You can make so
37:29 many amazing videos literally with what
37:33 I just showed you. That's all you need.
37:35 That's all you need for so much stuff.
37:37 We're just bringing those clips in,
37:38 trimming them, and then putting them
37:41 here in the timeline. And ideally, there
37:43 wouldn't be any empty spaces in between
37:46 them. So, we cut from one video.
37:47 Go check it out.
37:48 Next video.
37:49 All right. We're putting these clips
37:52 together. And that makes a new story.
37:55 Just like in our example of Bill walking
37:56 to his car, we're taking all these
37:58 separate clips and then putting them
38:00 together here in an order that we like
38:03 in the timeline. Okay. And what's cool
38:05 is that we have control over this. We
38:08 can do something like completely cut out
38:09 the phone call. Bill opens the door.
38:10 Bill waves to his neighbor. Bill walks
38:12 to his car. Bill gets in the car. We can
38:14 cut out this this whole first part and
38:16 just say Bill walks to his car and then
38:18 Bill gets in the car. We are in complete
38:21 control of this story and it's all about
38:23 where these clips go in the timeline and
38:26 what order they go in. So this is so
38:28 great. Let's let's get our hands dirty
38:29 here a little bit. Let's let's make a
38:33 story. So if we were to go to this
38:35 second icon here, this source tape, and
38:37 scrub through this, we can kind of get a
38:39 good idea of the story here. These kids
38:43 arrive and they see this crashed UFO.
38:44 They're a little bit scared about it, so
38:46 they kind of argue who should go check
38:48 it out. The girl finally convinces her
38:50 brother to go and check it out. So he
38:52 walks towards the UFO. So he walks up to
38:55 the UFO. They're both really nervous.
38:57 And then as he walks up there, something
39:00 moves. So this is just a few clips from
39:02 a scene from our movie called Tuesday on
39:04 Earth. And so what's great is we have
39:05 all these clips and we can choose to
39:08 tell this story however we want. So a
39:11 good way to start oftent times is with a
39:13 wide shot. And we want the wide shot
39:15 that shows the first thing that happens,
39:17 right? So, we have the kids kind of
39:19 riding up on their bikes, putting their
39:22 bikes down.
39:23 And so, let's use that for our first
39:26 clip. So, that's clip 10. I'll just
39:27 double click on that. That'll switch to
39:29 our source viewer. I'll grab this and
39:37 For this first clip, let's scrub through
39:38 until we're ready, until something
39:40 interesting starts happening. So, right
39:41 as they kind of get off their bikes,
39:43 that's probably a good place to trim
39:46 this beginning. Move this down. Let's
39:48 play this back.
39:51 I can hit control F to play this full
40:05 Great. That's about all we need right
40:08 there. And so we could use that and trim
40:11 it this way. We also have other takes
40:13 here. And so let's scrub through this
40:22 And you'll notice now when we scrub
40:24 through things, the video changes on the
40:25 right viewer. That's because again, this
40:28 is the timeline viewer. This is the
40:30 preview of what your actual movie is
40:33 going to be. This is just picking up
40:34 footage from over here and looking at
40:37 it. Nothing that happens over here is
40:38 necessarily going to happen in your
40:41 video. It's all about this viewer right
40:43 here, the timeline viewer. If you forget
40:44 which one is which, just scrub your
40:47 timeline and see which one moves. We can
40:48 scrub through this and figure out what
41:02 Great. I like that. Let's trim the end
41:04 and let's trim the beginning
41:11 Okay, something like that. And move this
41:13 all the way to the left. So, we have our
41:16 first shot of our
41:18 movie. Them getting off their bikes and
41:21 walking up.
41:23 Let's maybe go back into our source tape
41:26 here. Kind of scroll around and try and
41:28 figure out what what we should do next.
41:30 Again, we're in control of this. That's
41:32 what's so nice. So, they end this shot
41:35 by kind of standing there like this. So,
41:37 let's cut to them standing together.
41:39 I think probably this shot right here,
41:42 shot 31. But this time, instead of
41:44 dragging this entire clip down here to
41:46 the timeline and trimming it, we're
41:47 going to do a little bit of work before
41:49 we add it to the timeline. We're going
41:52 to do that by setting ins and outs. See,
41:54 in our source viewer, we're viewing the
41:58 entire clip, right? The whole thing. And
41:59 everything that might happen in that
42:01 clip is not necessarily stuff we want to
42:04 keep. Saying action, the actor having to
42:05 sneeze, Bill waving to the neighbor,
42:06 Bill waves to the neighbor again.
42:08 awkward ending and cut. Most of that
42:10 stuff we don't need. What we really want
42:12 is Bill waving to the neighbor, right?
42:14 So, what we can do is kind of trim out
42:16 the extra stuff in the source viewer
42:18 before we take this and we put it down
42:20 into the timeline. And so, what we'll do
42:22 is we'll set what's called an in and an
42:25 out. An in is like the start of the clip
42:27 that you want and the out is the end of
42:30 the clip you want. You can think of this
42:32 like swimming. When you get in the pool,
42:34 you start swimming and when you end
42:36 swimming, you get out of the pool. So an
42:38 in is the beginning of your clip and out
42:40 is the end of your clip. So we're going
42:42 to scrub through and try and find the
42:44 beginning of our clip, which is probably
42:45 going to be right before he starts talking.
42:46 talking.
42:47 Kind of scrub through this. And then
42:49 let's just play.
42:50 Go check it out.
42:53 Great. So yeah, right about there. And
42:54 we want that to start there. So we're
42:55 going to set an in. There's a few ways
42:57 to do that. One of them is you can click
42:59 this button right here, which is our set
43:03 in button. Like that. No way. You
43:04 The other thing you could do would be to
43:07 hit I on the keyboard. I for in
43:08 go check it out.
43:09 Let's play this back and see what it
43:10 looks like.
43:17 Fine. Okay,
43:19 Okay,
43:23 I'll go check it out.
43:25 Good. Now, let's end the clip there. And
43:27 we can either click this set out button
43:30 or we can hit O for out. Just like that.
43:31 Now, we have these little gray
43:34 indicators here. And what that means is
43:36 that our clip is this long, but we're
43:39 only going to use this part of the clip.
43:40 This is what we're actually going to
43:42 use. And if I click and drag from the
43:44 middle of this clip down here, we'll see
43:46 it's much shorter than it would have
43:49 been, and it's already pre-trimmed. Now,
43:50 that doesn't mean that we can't change
43:52 it. We can grab this, and we can take
43:54 the edge of this and trim this. And you
43:55 can see how big the original clip is
43:57 with this little gray outline that shows
43:59 up. It's just like we were to put this
44:02 down and trim it. We just don't have to
44:03 move things around in the timeline to do
44:04 that. We could just kind of trim this
44:06 beforehand and bring this in. And so
44:08 what some people will do is go through
44:10 all their footage and pick the part that
44:11 they like. They'll kind of do some pre-edits.
44:18 Like this I for in. And I can also use
44:21 the J, K, and L keys on the keyboard as
44:24 these buttons right here. J plays
44:26 backwards. K starts and stops. and L
44:28 plays forwards. So you can kind of move
44:31 things back and forth with J and L.
44:33 Go check it out.
44:38 Um, no, you go check it out. Fine.
44:39 Fine. Okay,
44:41 Okay,
44:43 I'll go check it out.
44:45 Good. That looks good. I'll hit O for
44:46 out. And I've just grabbed the part that
44:48 I want and I can drag it down into the
44:51 timeline. Just like that. And so a great
44:52 way to start getting things here on the
44:54 timeline is just to go through all of
44:58 your clips and pick the parts you like.
45:00 Go check it out.
45:05 Um, no. You go check it out. Fine.
45:06 Fine.
45:08 Reset. We don't want you to move. Right.
45:08 Right.
45:10 Okay. Needs to back up a little bit. So,
45:13 we're going to use the second take. I
45:15 can scrub through this faster by hitting
45:17 L twice. That's going to go through this
45:20 at 2x speed. And then I can hit K to
45:22 stop and then L to play back normal speed.
45:24 speed.
45:27 Go check it out. Right. I guess
45:30 J to kind of reverse. I for in.
45:32 Go check it out.
45:37 Um, no, you go check it out. Fine.
45:38 Fine.
45:40 And again, I can just drag this down.
45:41 So, you can do this for all of your
45:43 footage. And a good way to do this is
45:44 just kind of throw all the footage into
45:47 a timeline. And then remember, you can
45:50 always move things around,
45:52 change the order, and play around with
45:54 things, and you can always trim it more
45:58 or less. You really can't ruin it too
45:59 badly. And so, this is the fun part
46:02 about editing is creating this story.
46:04 So, let's just maybe cut to this second
46:07 shot here. And I'll just trim this back
46:08 a little bit to where they're kind of
46:11 just looking dumb at this thing. And
46:14 we'll cut from this wide shot into this
46:17 closeup like this action.
46:19 action.
46:31 Go check it out.
46:37 Fine. Okay,
46:39 Okay,
46:42 I'll go check it out.
46:44 Great. So, we have the basic actions
46:47 happening where they come up, they see something,
46:48 something,
46:50 they start arguing, and eventually the
46:53 guy starts walking towards the craft.
46:54 But we want to show this in a more
46:56 creative way. And so, we actually have
46:58 these other shots that we can cut in
47:00 between them and make it look a little
47:02 bit more interesting. So, for instance,
47:05 when the girl's talking, we want to see
47:07 the girl's face a little bit closer. So,
47:08 let's see if this take works.
47:11 Go check it out.
47:13 Um, no, you go check it out.
47:15 And I like that little Wait, what? Like
47:17 this? This right here. So, let's trim
47:19 that. And let's see if we can put this
47:21 in there somewhere right after he says
47:23 go check it out.
47:26 Go check it out.
47:28 Right there. That's probably a good
47:30 place to cut. Now, we haven't done this
47:32 yet, but we have this clip, and this
47:34 shouldn't go before or after. It should
47:35 go right in the middle here. So, what we
47:37 can do is we can split this clip a
47:39 couple of different ways. One way we
47:41 could do it would be to go and click on
47:43 this little icon here, this little razor
47:45 blade, and that's going to turn our
47:47 mouse into a razor blade tool. And
47:48 whenever we click on this clip, that's
47:50 going to split the clip right there
47:52 wherever we click. So, we can just chop
47:54 this up if we want to. I'll hit
47:57 control-z a few times to undo that. What
47:58 I like to do is figure out where I want
48:01 to cut by moving this playhead back and
48:03 forth and then use a keyboard shortcut
48:05 to split it. The default keyboard
48:07 shortcut for Resolve is control
48:09 backslash. That's the backslash that's
48:11 right above enter, like the return key,
48:13 kind of in the middle of the keyboard.
48:15 If you hit that, that will split this
48:17 clip right where that playhead is. And
48:19 then you can move the clips around and
48:22 put this clip here in between them like
48:24 this. So now, let's see what this looks like.
48:25 like.
48:28 Go check it out.
48:30 Um, no, you go check it out.
48:34 See how that kind of works. Fine.
48:36 Now we want to see him say fine. And so
48:38 really this is kind of the same process.
48:40 So we split it right there. Controll backslash.
48:42 backslash.
48:44 And we might not use the rest of this.
48:45 But we'll just bring it down there kind
48:47 of out of the way for now. Have him
48:49 saying fine. Let's see. Where's another
48:51 one? There we go. Him saying fine.
48:53 No, you go check it out.
48:56 Right there. I like that. Let's trim
48:59 that here. Bring this in like this.
49:05 Fine. Great.
49:06 Great.
49:08 So, he says fine here. Fine.
49:10 Fine.
49:12 Let's trim this.
49:14 Put this in order. So, now we're putting
49:16 clips in the order for the story, but
49:19 we're also choosing clips that show the
49:21 story the very best. This is where it
49:22 starts to get really fun.
49:25 Go check it out.
49:33 Fine. Okay,
49:35 Okay,
49:37 I'll go check it out.
49:40 Great. So, we'll maybe cut right there.
49:41 And now we have a sequence of a few
49:43 different shots that really start to
49:45 tell our story. And then it's up to you
49:48 as the editor to go in and think about,
49:50 okay, how fast should one clip cut to
49:51 another clip?
49:53 Go check it out.
49:55 So, he kind of pushes her. I feel like
49:58 this should happen a little bit quicker.
50:00 go to that other shot. Anytime that you
50:02 cut in between one shot and another, you
50:04 can decide to show more or less time.
50:06 And so you can kind of control time a
50:07 little bit. This is the one part of the
50:09 world where you can control time. That's
50:10 what's really neat.
50:13 Um, no, you go check it out. Good.
50:15 Good.
50:16 Let's cut that a little bit tighter,
50:24 Okay.
50:26 You notice how this cut works really well.
50:26 well.
50:29 Fine. The reason for that is because he
50:31 starts to turn his head back in this
50:33 shot and he finishes turning his head on
50:35 this shot. This is called cutting on
50:38 action. That means that there's one
50:40 action that happens in one shot that's
50:42 continued in the other shot. And so our
50:44 mind accepts the little differences in
50:46 between the shots and it makes it feel
50:48 like they're continuous. Just like I
50:51 start waving my hand in this shot and
50:54 then we cut to this shot, it feels like
50:55 it's continuous, right? And that's
50:57 because it is. I mean, this is kind of
50:59 recorded live, but that's what really helps
51:00 helps
51:03 is that little tiny movement. And so,
51:05 looking for those opportunities to make
51:07 those cuts a little bit easier. For
51:09 instance, when he pushes her, she kind
51:12 of moves a little bit. Maybe
51:14 Maybe
51:15 this happens in this shot, too. Does he
51:17 push her? Yeah, she moves forward a
51:20 little bit. So, maybe as she moves
51:21 forward just a touch, maybe that'll work
51:23 a little better. I can select this empty
51:25 part and hit delete. And that's going to
51:28 get rid of that gap.
51:29 See how there's like that little
51:31 movement? She's moving forward. Kind of
51:33 moving forward a little bit there, too.
51:35 That might be a good cut. It might just
51:36 take too long, and we don't want to do
51:39 that. We'll see. But that's all up to
51:41 you. Now, a couple other things about
51:44 adding clips. Let's go through here and
51:48 let's add this shot right here. Shot 24.
51:50 This is what we would call their POV,
51:52 sort of. It's actually an
51:53 overthe-shoulder shot, but it's what
51:56 they see. And so, anytime that you're
51:59 editing, especially when somebody's
52:01 looking off screen and they have some
52:02 kind of reaction, just like what's
52:04 happening here where they're walking
52:07 towards and they go, "Wo
52:09 then that sparks a question in the
52:10 viewer's mind. What are they looking
52:12 at?" And so, a lot of the time it's a
52:14 good idea to show what they're looking
52:16 at in the next shot. Now, the next shot
52:18 in the timeline right here is actually
52:20 them standing. And it's sort of a
52:21 problem because they're actually
52:24 standing farther apart here than they
52:26 are in this shot. And that's something
52:28 you'll probably notice. Like it looks
52:30 weird. So, we can kind of feed two birds
52:32 with one scone here. We can answer the
52:34 question, what are they looking at off
52:37 screen? And we can bridge this gap to
52:40 not be distracting by adding this shot
52:42 in here. Couple ways that we could do
52:45 this would be to zoom out, select all of
52:46 our shots to the right, and move it down
52:48 so that we have some space to put this
52:50 shot. And we can drag this shot in here.
52:52 And we could set the in and the out on
52:54 this shot, and we can drag it in here
52:55 like that. And then kind of delete the
52:58 gaps, and that would work. What's a
53:00 little bit faster is to put our playhead
53:02 right on that edge. You can tell it to
53:04 snap to the edges by clicking this
53:06 button right here. If this magnet is
53:08 white, it'll snap to the edges like
53:10 this. If it's not, then it won't really
53:11 snap. It'll You can kind of put this
53:13 wherever you want. But I like have
53:15 snapping on for this kind of thing. Put
53:17 this right on that edit, that edge in
53:19 between the two clips. And what we can
53:21 do is click one of these buttons right
53:24 here. These are our edit buttons. This
53:28 one is insert clip. And what we'll do is
53:30 we can set an in and out like the
53:31 beginning and the end of this clip.
53:33 Something like that. And we can hit this
53:34 insert button. And look what happens
53:38 when I click this. It inserts this clip
53:40 right where that playhead was and it
53:42 moves all the other clips this way down
53:44 the timeline. So if I hit control +- Z,
53:46 we can kind of see what happens. Control
53:48 shift Z to redo it. It's just putting
53:51 that clip in there. So now we have in
53:55 our story, they show up and say, whoa.
53:57 And then we see what they see. Ooh yeah,
54:01 baby. That looks good. And now we've
54:03 forgotten how far apart they were in
54:05 that first shot. And so now we cut here
54:07 and nobody cares. Works great.
54:09 Go check it out.
54:10 That's how we build a story here in the
54:14 edit page. So cool. And this basic
54:15 process works for any kind of video
54:17 you're making. Whether you're making a
54:18 film like this, or whether you're just
54:20 doing a YouTube video, documentary
54:22 commercial, it's all about finding the
54:25 clips you want, setting the in and out,
54:26 and putting it on the timeline in some
54:28 way. Whether it's dragging it to the
54:30 timeline, or whether it's using an edit
54:32 button like this insert. There's also a
54:34 couple other edit modes. for instance,
54:36 overwrite, which just kind of pastes
54:39 this over everything. There's replace,
54:41 which will swap out the clip here for
54:43 the clip that we're over here in the
54:45 timeline. And you can click and drag
54:47 here and drag this viewer onto this
54:49 viewer. And you have a few more options,
54:52 too. For instance, place on top puts
54:56 that clip on top and on the next layer.
54:57 We're always going to be looking at the
55:00 top layer in our viewer,
55:03 but we can decide to turn this off and
55:04 move this around without overwriting
55:07 this clip. One handy edit button here
55:09 would be append.
55:11 If you drop it on this append, it's
55:13 going to throw this clip, whatever we
55:14 have selected here, at the end of our
55:16 timeline, which is great if you're just
55:18 kind of gathering the clips that you
55:20 want. You can just double click, set
55:23 your in and out. Okay, drag it over
55:24 here. Append it end. You don't have to
55:26 worry about where you are in your story.
55:29 You can just kind of go through here.
55:32 Pick the parts you like.
55:34 Append. You don't really have to worry
55:37 about it.
55:40 Great. Append at end. And you can throw
55:41 those all in the timeline. And then you
55:43 can move them around and adjust them and
55:44 trim them and split them and all the
55:46 stuff that you need to do. So, if you
55:48 want to get really used to how the edit
55:51 page works, I would highly recommend
55:53 grabbing this footage, dragging it down
55:55 into the timeline and just trying to
55:58 make a story out of these clips. Now, a
55:59 couple quick tips that I think are
56:01 pretty helpful for actually putting
56:04 together a story here is I like to use
56:06 what I call the anchor technique. This
56:07 is something that we go into a little
56:09 bit more in our end toend editing
56:10 course, which I'll tell you more about
56:12 in a little while. But the big idea here
56:14 is that you start with one shot where
56:16 multiple things are happening. So, we
56:18 have this wide shot of him walking
56:20 towards the craft. We have her kind of
56:22 looking around. And so, we can kind of
56:25 start with this as our anchor for this
56:27 part of the edit. And then we can use
56:29 these other shots to enhance it. So, we
56:31 have her kind of looking back and forth
56:34 right here. We also have this shot of
56:37 her kind of looking as he walks forward.
56:39 We have the shot of her looking back and
56:41 forth right here. And so, we can take
56:43 this shot and we'll just kind of trim this
56:45 this
56:48 And we can drag this up to a new track
56:50 and kind of put this over our shot like
56:54 this. So we have our wide shot here and
56:57 then we have the close-up here. And we
56:58 can kind of move this back and forth
57:00 without overwriting this just because
57:02 it's in that top layer. And we can kind
57:05 of just play around with this
57:17 Maybe we want to cut to a closeup of
57:20 him, which we have right here.
57:23 Yeah, maybe this one. Sure. And again,
57:31 Maybe we'll just cut to this first and
57:35 then cut to her. So, we have him
57:49 And we can kind of mix these in however
57:51 we want
57:54 to make this scene not only have all of
57:56 the actions that happen in the scene,
57:59 but also make it look exciting and have
58:01 a bunch of dynamic shots, right? And we
58:03 can choose whether to use shots or not.
58:04 I mean, we have this shot right here,
58:08 which I really like of her kind of
58:09 thinking things over a little bit.
58:12 Check it out.
58:15 We could decide to put this right here
58:17 if we want to, but we're using the shots
58:18 that are already here down in the
58:21 timeline to figure out where to put our
58:23 other shots. So, that's the anchor
58:25 technique. Now, for a couple of
58:26 shortcuts, these are really, really
58:28 important. Let's go ahead and put this
58:31 right here. And let's say I want to trim
58:33 this about this much. I can do that with
58:35 my normal selection mode, my normal tool
58:38 here, which is activated right here in
58:42 the toolbar. Or I can use the trim mode.
58:43 That's this one right here. And what
58:46 this does is it does similar things, but
58:48 if I grab the edge like this and I bring
58:51 it this way, it actually kind of sucks
58:54 the clips down. And so I can grab the
58:55 edge here and I can trim this, but it
58:57 doesn't leave a gap. And so it's just a
58:59 little bit quicker way to trim things.
59:01 It's the exact same thing as trimming
59:03 this with our normal selection mode,
59:05 selecting this emptiness, and moving it
59:07 down like that. It just does this all in
59:10 one little thing. The other thing this
59:13 tool will do, this this trim tool, is if
59:14 you click and drag in the middle of a
59:16 clip towards the top, what this will do
59:19 is slip this clip. And that means that
59:22 it's going to keep the same in and out,
59:23 but it's going to use a different part
59:26 of the clip. And so if I want to move it
59:28 down like this and use this part
59:29 just what happened
59:32 then that works. I can also slide the
59:34 clip if I click and drag in the middle
59:36 towards kind of the bottom of the clip
59:38 like this. And that moves this back and
59:40 forth and it kind of trims the other
59:41 clips around it. And this makes more
59:44 sense if we have these all on one line.
59:46 I'll just drop these in real quick. If
59:49 I'm in the trim mode here and I grab
59:51 this lower part, I can move this back
59:53 and forth and it trims the other clips
59:55 there with it. So, I can trim the other
59:58 clips or I can move this kind of clip
60:00 back and forth. And so, this is a nice way if you don't quite have your clip
60:03 way if you don't quite have your clip settled in just right. You can use the
60:05 settled in just right. You can use the trim tools to really kind of move things
60:09 trim tools to really kind of move things back and forth. And so, it really,
60:10 back and forth. And so, it really, really helps, especially if you're
60:13 really helps, especially if you're trying to make an edit just right. And
60:15 trying to make an edit just right. And when you grab this and you move it back
60:17 when you grab this and you move it back and forth, it shows this multiple view.
60:19 and forth, it shows this multiple view. And so we have the first frame and the
60:21 And so we have the first frame and the last frame of this clip. Then we have
60:25 last frame of this clip. Then we have the last frame of this clip and the
60:28 the last frame of this clip and the first frame of this clip. And so you can
60:30 first frame of this clip. And so you can see all of the transition points all on
60:33 see all of the transition points all on one view here. So trim tool is really
60:35 one view here. So trim tool is really useful, especially if you're trying to
60:37 useful, especially if you're trying to edit a little bit quicker. And speaking
60:39 edit a little bit quicker. And speaking of editing quicker, keyboard shortcuts
60:41 of editing quicker, keyboard shortcuts are very, very important. You can hit T
60:44 are very, very important. You can hit T to select your trim tool and A for your
60:47 to select your trim tool and A for your normal selection mode. Remember, A just
60:49 normal selection mode. Remember, A just kind of moves things around like this.
60:51 kind of moves things around like this. Overwrites things, but T will do the
60:54 Overwrites things, but T will do the slip and slide and that kind of thing.
60:56 slip and slide and that kind of thing. You can hit B to go to your blade tool
60:59 You can hit B to go to your blade tool to chop this up however much you want.
61:02 to chop this up however much you want. But again, I would highly recommend
61:03 But again, I would highly recommend learning the keyboard shortcut just to
61:05 learning the keyboard shortcut just to split this at the playhead. Controll
61:07 split this at the playhead. Controll backslash like that because that's a
61:09 backslash like that because that's a nice way to do that. The other major
61:11 nice way to do that. The other major keyboard shortcut I'd highly recommend
61:13 keyboard shortcut I'd highly recommend learning is the ripple trim shortcut.
61:15 learning is the ripple trim shortcut. Let's say I want to chop this part of
61:18 Let's say I want to chop this part of the clip off either by doing this and
61:21 the clip off either by doing this and then deleting it and moving it down or I
61:24 then deleting it and moving it down or I could use the trim tool and move it down
61:27 could use the trim tool and move it down like this.
61:29 like this. Well, I can do that with a keyboard
61:30 Well, I can do that with a keyboard shortcut by aiming my playhead right
61:33 shortcut by aiming my playhead right where I want the clip to start and
61:34 where I want the clip to start and hitting control shift left bracket.
61:36 hitting control shift left bracket. That's going to do all of that all at
61:38 That's going to do all of that all at once. is just going to trim this and
61:40 once. is just going to trim this and ripple everything down this way. Ripple
61:43 ripple everything down this way. Ripple is the fancy word for moving clips down
61:45 is the fancy word for moving clips down so that there's no gaps. And so we can
61:47 so that there's no gaps. And so we can ripple trim control shift left bracket
61:50 ripple trim control shift left bracket for the beginning. And then if we want
61:52 for the beginning. And then if we want to trim the end, control shift right
61:54 to trim the end, control shift right bracket like that. Now you may notice
61:57 bracket like that. Now you may notice that both control backslash and control
62:01 that both control backslash and control shift left and right bracket take two
62:03 shift left and right bracket take two hands on the keyboard. And so if you
62:05 hands on the keyboard. And so if you have one hand on the mouse, it's kind of
62:07 have one hand on the mouse, it's kind of awkward to remove your hand from the
62:09 awkward to remove your hand from the mouse and then hit a keyboard shortcut.
62:11 mouse and then hit a keyboard shortcut. It's slightly faster actually to
62:13 It's slightly faster actually to probably just grab it with the mouse.
62:15 probably just grab it with the mouse. And so to actually save time, I'd highly
62:17 And so to actually save time, I'd highly recommend customizing your keyboard
62:19 recommend customizing your keyboard shortcuts. So how do you do that? Up
62:22 shortcuts. So how do you do that? Up here in our Da Vinci Resolve menu, we
62:24 here in our Da Vinci Resolve menu, we can go down to keyboard customization.
62:28 can go down to keyboard customization. And this is a whole big panel
62:31 And this is a whole big panel dedicated to keyboard shortcuts. And all
62:34 dedicated to keyboard shortcuts. And all you have to do is click on whatever
62:36 you have to do is click on whatever modifiers you want and then whatever you
62:37 modifiers you want and then whatever you would press after that modifier. So
62:39 would press after that modifier. So control shift left bracket. And this
62:42 control shift left bracket. And this will show you the command. So this is
62:44 will show you the command. So this is start to playhead. If I click on this,
62:45 start to playhead. If I click on this, that'll open up start to playhead right
62:47 that'll open up start to playhead right here. And if you want, you can change
62:49 here. And if you want, you can change the keyboard shortcut for this. So I
62:51 the keyboard shortcut for this. So I have mine set to Q for start to playhead
62:54 have mine set to Q for start to playhead and W for end to playhead. Let me kind
62:56 and W for end to playhead. Let me kind of walk you through this because it's
62:57 of walk you through this because it's kind of annoying. So I'm going to switch
63:00 kind of annoying. So I'm going to switch back to my Da Vinci Resolve shortcuts
63:02 back to my Da Vinci Resolve shortcuts here.
63:06 By the way, they have presets for shortcuts that are kind of like Adobe
63:08 shortcuts that are kind of like Adobe Premiere Pro and Apple Final Cut, Avid
63:12 Premiere Pro and Apple Final Cut, Avid Pro Tools. What I usually do is I set
63:14 Pro Tools. What I usually do is I set this to Da Vinci Resolve. And I'll do
63:15 this to Da Vinci Resolve. And I'll do this, this control shift left bracket,
63:18 this, this control shift left bracket, this is start to play head. If I click
63:20 this is start to play head. If I click on this command right here, that'll
63:21 on this command right here, that'll bring that up right here. If I click on
63:23 bring that up right here. If I click on this little plus, that will make a
63:25 this little plus, that will make a little box here, and I can type whatever
63:28 little box here, and I can type whatever keyboard shortcut I want. So, start to
63:30 keyboard shortcut I want. So, start to playhead, I'm going to select as Q.
63:32 playhead, I'm going to select as Q. Great. Now, it's going to come up and
63:34 Great. Now, it's going to come up and say Q is already assigned to something,
63:36 say Q is already assigned to something, which is fine with me because I'm never
63:38 which is fine with me because I'm never going to use this view source timeline
63:40 going to use this view source timeline viewer. You might use it, but I'm not
63:41 viewer. You might use it, but I'm not going to. So, whatever you assign to it,
63:43 going to. So, whatever you assign to it, it's going to tell you if that's already
63:45 it's going to tell you if that's already a keyboard shortcut. So, I'm just going
63:47 a keyboard shortcut. So, I'm just going to say assign. Now, it gives you a
63:50 to say assign. Now, it gives you a little warning here. The reason there's
63:52 little warning here. The reason there's a warning is because neither of these
63:54 a warning is because neither of these keyboard shortcuts are going to work
63:55 keyboard shortcuts are going to work anymore because one keyboard shortcut is
63:58 anymore because one keyboard shortcut is assigned to two things, which you would
64:00 assigned to two things, which you would think it would just do both things, but
64:02 think it would just do both things, but it actually does neither. So, I'm going
64:03 it actually does neither. So, I'm going to go out of here, go back to my just
64:07 to go out of here, go back to my just vanilla keyboard here, and click on Q.
64:09 vanilla keyboard here, and click on Q. Then, it's going to list all the
64:10 Then, it's going to list all the commands that are under Q. So, we have
64:13 commands that are under Q. So, we have start to play head, which is what I
64:14 start to play head, which is what I want, and then source timeline view.
64:15 want, and then source timeline view. Let's click on source timeline view
64:17 Let's click on source timeline view here, and let's just get rid of the Q
64:19 here, and let's just get rid of the Q shortcut right there. Great. We're going
64:21 shortcut right there. Great. We're going to do the same thing with W. So, let's
64:23 to do the same thing with W. So, let's go ahead and open up W, dynamic trim
64:25 go ahead and open up W, dynamic trim mode. Let's take that off. Okay. And
64:28 mode. Let's take that off. Okay. And then we're going to look up control
64:30 then we're going to look up control shift right bracket, which is end of
64:31 shift right bracket, which is end of playhead. Let's make this W. Great. So,
64:35 playhead. Let's make this W. Great. So, now we have Q and W set to start and end
64:38 now we have Q and W set to start and end of playhead. The other thing that I like
64:40 of playhead. The other thing that I like to do is set this S key to split clip,
64:43 to do is set this S key to split clip, which is control backslashplit clips
64:45 which is control backslashplit clips right here. So, I'm going to actually
64:48 right here. So, I'm going to actually set this to S. It's going to say, "Hey,
64:50 set this to S. It's going to say, "Hey, S is already something." I'll say,
64:52 S is already something." I'll say, "Okay, assign." Then let's go back to S
64:55 "Okay, assign." Then let's go back to S and take away toggle slip slide. Boom.
64:58 and take away toggle slip slide. Boom. Like that. Now I have Q and W and S. And
65:02 Like that. Now I have Q and W and S. And those are really the only keyboard
65:03 those are really the only keyboard shortcuts that I change for Resolve.
65:05 shortcuts that I change for Resolve. Everything else seems to make pretty
65:06 Everything else seems to make pretty good sense to me. But those are the ones
65:08 good sense to me. But those are the ones that are really nice because I can use
65:10 that are really nice because I can use three fingers to do a lot of editing.
65:11 three fingers to do a lot of editing. And I'll show you the power of that here
65:13 And I'll show you the power of that here in just a second. But this looks good. I
65:15 in just a second. But this looks good. I want to make sure to save this. So, I'll
65:17 want to make sure to save this. So, I'll go up to these three dots and say save
65:18 go up to these three dots and say save as new preset. We'll call this intro
65:21 as new preset. We'll call this intro intro shortcuts. Hit okay. Great. So,
65:24 intro shortcuts. Hit okay. Great. So, now this is saved. I can close this. And
65:27 now this is saved. I can close this. And now we should be able to hit Q and
65:29 now we should be able to hit Q and that's going to trim the edge. And W.
65:31 that's going to trim the edge. And W. That should trim the edge. And S should
65:33 That should trim the edge. And S should split this. So, I have three fingers
65:37 split this. So, I have three fingers that can do a lot of these editing
65:39 that can do a lot of these editing tasks. So, check this out. Especially if
65:42 tasks. So, check this out. Especially if you're editing something where you have
65:44 you're editing something where you have a lot of footage or whether you're just
65:45 a lot of footage or whether you're just trying to cut down maybe a podcast or
65:47 trying to cut down maybe a podcast or something like that.
65:50 something like that. You can go through here and just look at
65:52 You can go through here and just look at the waveforms like this and see when
65:54 the waveforms like this and see when somebody's talking, right? And so you
65:57 somebody's talking, right? And so you can split it with S. And then you can
65:59 can split it with S. And then you can get rid of this
66:01 get rid of this part with a ripple trim to start. So Q
66:06 part with a ripple trim to start. So Q like that. See how this works? S Q
66:11 like that. See how this works? S Q just like that. And I can do this by
66:14 just like that. And I can do this by just aiming with my playhead
66:16 just aiming with my playhead and then Q.
66:18 and then Q. Right.
66:19 Right. Just like that. And I can trim this
66:22 Just like that. And I can trim this whole thing and cut out all of the
66:24 whole thing and cut out all of the silence
66:27 silence really, really quickly
66:32 just by looking at the waveforms and trimming it to
66:34 trimming it to those waveforms. So, that's a great way
66:36 those waveforms. So, that's a great way to cut down things that have a lot of
66:38 to cut down things that have a lot of talking and just keep the talking. In
66:40 talking and just keep the talking. In fact, that's how my editor Sam is
66:42 fact, that's how my editor Sam is cutting this tutorial. Pretty much same
66:44 cutting this tutorial. Pretty much same thing. QWS. What I would recommend
66:47 thing. QWS. What I would recommend doing, especially if you haven't edited
66:48 doing, especially if you haven't edited before, is I would double click on each
66:50 before, is I would double click on each of these clips, set the in and out for
66:53 of these clips, set the in and out for whatever part looks interesting and drag
66:55 whatever part looks interesting and drag it down here into the timeline. Add
66:57 it down here into the timeline. Add these all to the timeline, and then kind
66:59 these all to the timeline, and then kind of mix them together and put together a
67:02 of mix them together and put together a story in the edit page. Now, I'm going
67:04 story in the edit page. Now, I'm going to cheat a little bit and use a timeline
67:06 to cheat a little bit and use a timeline that I've already worked on just so I
67:08 that I've already worked on just so I can show you some more cool stuff. And
67:10 can show you some more cool stuff. And to show you this kind of stuff, I'm
67:11 to show you this kind of stuff, I'm going to import a bin. So, just like you
67:14 going to import a bin. So, just like you can open a project or export a project,
67:16 can open a project or export a project, you can export just a bin or a timeline
67:19 you can export just a bin or a timeline in Resolve. It's really helpful. I can
67:22 in Resolve. It's really helpful. I can rightclick here in the empty space in my
67:24 rightclick here in the empty space in my media pool and go down to import bin.
67:27 media pool and go down to import bin. And I'm going to select a bin that says
67:28 And I'm going to select a bin that says Casey only. You will not have this bin.
67:31 Casey only. You will not have this bin. Okay, say it with me. I will not have
67:33 Okay, say it with me. I will not have this bin. This is Casey only. All right.
67:36 this bin. This is Casey only. All right. It's not included in the files. This is
67:38 It's not included in the files. This is just for my demo purposes. Okay. So,
67:40 just for my demo purposes. Okay. So, we're gonna hit open. And that's how you
67:42 we're gonna hit open. And that's how you import a bin. Inside of this bin, I'm
67:44 import a bin. Inside of this bin, I'm going to have a couple of timelines that
67:45 going to have a couple of timelines that are going to help us learn some stuff.
67:47 are going to help us learn some stuff. Just double click on my edit demo thing
67:49 Just double click on my edit demo thing here. And here we have an edit that I
67:51 here. And here we have an edit that I made using this footage here on the edit
67:54 made using this footage here on the edit page. Let's take a look.
68:03 Whoa. Whoa.
68:16 Go check it out. Um, no. You go check it out.
68:20 Um, no. You go check it out. Fine.
68:22 Fine. Okay.
68:25 Okay. Check it out.
68:45 So, it's a cohesive story. It has a beginning, a middle, and an end. The
68:47 beginning, a middle, and an end. The kids show up, drop their bikes. This is
68:50 kids show up, drop their bikes. This is what they see. They argue. The guy
68:52 what they see. They argue. The guy starts to walk forward. He's nervous.
68:54 starts to walk forward. He's nervous. She's nervous.
68:56 She's nervous. it moves. They kind of panic and they go
68:59 it moves. They kind of panic and they go in to investigate. Now, a couple of
69:02 in to investigate. Now, a couple of things to point out here about this edit
69:04 things to point out here about this edit that I made.
69:06 that I made. One clip here has a split,
69:09 One clip here has a split, but there's no cut. We're not really
69:11 but there's no cut. We're not really cutting to a different clip. It's just
69:13 cutting to a different clip. It's just split here for essentially no reason.
69:16 split here for essentially no reason. What we can do is we can actually repair
69:18 What we can do is we can actually repair this by right-clicking here on this edit
69:20 this by right-clicking here on this edit point and saying delete through edit.
69:23 point and saying delete through edit. And that's going to make this into one
69:25 And that's going to make this into one clip, which is going to be helpful later
69:26 clip, which is going to be helpful later when we're doing color. There's no
69:27 when we're doing color. There's no reason to have a clip split if you're
69:30 reason to have a clip split if you're not going to cut to a different clip or
69:32 not going to cut to a different clip or severely change that clip. By the way, a
69:34 severely change that clip. By the way, a great way to move up and down the
69:36 great way to move up and down the timeline when you're zoomed in is to
69:38 timeline when you're zoomed in is to click and hold the middle button on your
69:41 click and hold the middle button on your mouse and drag. And what that will do is
69:43 mouse and drag. And what that will do is let you kind of grab this timeline and
69:45 let you kind of grab this timeline and move it back and forth. And that
69:47 move it back and forth. And that actually works for just about everything
69:48 actually works for just about everything in Resolve. I can move this preview
69:51 in Resolve. I can move this preview around by clicking and dragging on my
69:52 around by clicking and dragging on my middle button, on my scroll wheel
69:54 middle button, on my scroll wheel button. That's kind of the click and
69:56 button. That's kind of the click and drag and pan sort of shortcut for most
69:58 drag and pan sort of shortcut for most things here in Resolve. So, I can move
70:00 things here in Resolve. So, I can move this over here. And it doesn't look like
70:02 this over here. And it doesn't look like we have any more through edits. Oh,
70:04 we have any more through edits. Oh, wait, there's one. Let's right click on
70:06 wait, there's one. Let's right click on this, delete throughit. There we go.
70:09 this, delete throughit. There we go. Good.
70:11 Good. But actually, I had this split over here
70:14 But actually, I had this split over here for my audio. And the reason for that is
70:16 for my audio. And the reason for that is because this audio is really loud. So,
70:18 because this audio is really loud. So, if we play this back,
70:22 if we play this back, those are just really loud bike sounds.
70:25 those are just really loud bike sounds. And so, the cool thing about the edit
70:26 And so, the cool thing about the edit page is not only can you organize your
70:28 page is not only can you organize your video tracks and kind of change their
70:30 video tracks and kind of change their order and everything, but you can also
70:31 order and everything, but you can also mess with your audio. And so, what we
70:33 mess with your audio. And so, what we really want to do is take the volume
70:35 really want to do is take the volume down on this clip. We actually have the
70:37 down on this clip. We actually have the volume turned way up here in our edit,
70:39 volume turned way up here in our edit, but normally there's a little line right
70:42 but normally there's a little line right here, and you can click and drag this up
70:44 here, and you can click and drag this up and down to change the volume of your
70:46 and down to change the volume of your audio. And so I had this turned way up
70:48 audio. And so I had this turned way up because I want to hear kind of the quiet
70:51 because I want to hear kind of the quiet parts, but it's way too loud for when
70:53 parts, but it's way too loud for when the bikes fall down. And so what we can
70:56 the bikes fall down. And so what we can do is just split this right here. And I
70:58 do is just split this right here. And I just want to split the audio. And when I
71:00 just want to split the audio. And when I select this, it's going to select both
71:02 select this, it's going to select both the video track and the audio track. And
71:05 the video track and the audio track. And I can just select the audio by going up
71:07 I can just select the audio by going up here and unlinking this chain link here.
71:10 here and unlinking this chain link here. And then I can just select the audio and
71:11 And then I can just select the audio and move that separately. I can also hold
71:14 move that separately. I can also hold alt and click on this track just to
71:17 alt and click on this track just to select it by itself. But either way, I
71:20 select it by itself. But either way, I want to select just the audio and then I
71:22 want to select just the audio and then I can split it with control backslash or
71:24 can split it with control backslash or whatever you set your keyboard shortcut
71:26 whatever you set your keyboard shortcut to. I can just split that right there.
71:28 to. I can just split that right there. And then I can have a separate volume
71:31 And then I can have a separate volume line for this part and this part.
71:36 line for this part and this part. And that lets you change the volume of
71:38 And that lets you change the volume of your audio. Now, we don't want there to
71:41 your audio. Now, we don't want there to be a really harsh difference in our
71:44 be a really harsh difference in our audio where the ambient noise is really
71:46 audio where the ambient noise is really loud and then it turns it down
71:47 loud and then it turns it down immediately. See, if I bring this back,
71:49 immediately. See, if I bring this back, we'll have this kind of sound
71:53 we'll have this kind of sound where it turns it down immediately. And
71:56 where it turns it down immediately. And so, what we might want to do is
71:57 so, what we might want to do is crossfade this. I can rightclick on this
72:00 crossfade this. I can rightclick on this edit and go down and I can pick one of
72:02 edit and go down and I can pick one of these crossfade options. It doesn't
72:04 these crossfade options. It doesn't really matter. You can pick the 12
72:05 really matter. You can pick the 12 frame, let's say. And what that's going
72:06 frame, let's say. And what that's going to do is crossfade these clips together,
72:09 to do is crossfade these clips together, which if you have two different clips,
72:11 which if you have two different clips, it's going to fade out the first clip
72:13 it's going to fade out the first clip and then fade in the second clip kind of
72:14 and then fade in the second clip kind of gradually so that you don't notice a cut
72:17 gradually so that you don't notice a cut there. But when you have the same clip
72:19 there. But when you have the same clip at different volumes, what it
72:20 at different volumes, what it essentially does is it kind of just
72:22 essentially does is it kind of just turns down the volume over this amount
72:24 turns down the volume over this amount of time. So, it's a lot more gradual
72:28 of time. So, it's a lot more gradual and you don't notice that difference.
72:32 and you don't notice that difference. We could do the same thing here.
72:38 Yeah, that's nice. And I find this is a really nice way to adjust your audio
72:40 really nice way to adjust your audio over time. The other way that you can do
72:42 over time. The other way that you can do that, I'll just take this volume line
72:43 that, I'll just take this volume line down a little bit. The other way you can
72:45 down a little bit. The other way you can do that is hold alt and click on this
72:48 do that is hold alt and click on this line and that will give you these little
72:51 line and that will give you these little control points and you can move one up
72:54 control points and you can move one up and one down and you can kind of adjust
72:57 and one down and you can kind of adjust the level of volume over time here. So
73:01 the level of volume over time here. So you can get really detailed with how you
73:03 you can get really detailed with how you want to change your audio in your clip.
73:05 want to change your audio in your clip. And so if you have one really loud part,
73:07 And so if you have one really loud part, you could just kind of squish that down.
73:09 you could just kind of squish that down. So we could do this. I'll just kind of
73:12 So we could do this. I'll just kind of get rid of this and bring that out like
73:14 get rid of this and bring that out like this. We could
73:16 this. We could hold alt and add a couple of control
73:19 hold alt and add a couple of control points here.
73:21 points here. I can bring this control point down and
73:23 I can bring this control point down and just bring down that little part. And
73:26 just bring down that little part. And that's good, too.
73:32 It's really kind of dependent on what you want to do. The reason I tend not to
73:34 you want to do. The reason I tend not to do this so much is because it's kind of
73:35 do this so much is because it's kind of a pain to grab these little points and
73:38 a pain to grab these little points and move them around. And it's easy to kind
73:40 move them around. And it's easy to kind of mess this up or get too many points
73:42 of mess this up or get too many points or, you know, if I have to move one,
73:44 or, you know, if I have to move one, then I have to move the other one. It
73:45 then I have to move the other one. It just kind of is annoying. And so what
73:48 just kind of is annoying. And so what I'll usually do is just select this
73:49 I'll usually do is just select this audio,
73:58 turn this clip down, and crossfade these because then I can do stuff like roll
73:59 because then I can do stuff like roll these edits back and forth.
74:06 And that's going to change where that adjustment is really easily. It's really
74:09 adjustment is really easily. It's really up to you. Here you'll notice this
74:12 up to you. Here you'll notice this little triangle. This is from bringing
74:14 little triangle. This is from bringing this little white handle over. And what
74:17 this little white handle over. And what this does is this makes a fade, like a
74:20 this does is this makes a fade, like a fade out. And so anytime that you have a
74:23 fade out. And so anytime that you have a clip where you want it to fade in or
74:25 clip where you want it to fade in or out, you can take these little white
74:27 out, you can take these little white handles and bring them in, and that's
74:29 handles and bring them in, and that's going to adjust a fade. That works for
74:30 going to adjust a fade. That works for both audio as well as video. We have
74:33 both audio as well as video. We have these little white handles in this
74:35 these little white handles in this video, too. And so we have this fade up
74:37 video, too. And so we have this fade up from black.
74:38 from black. Go figure it out.
74:39 Go figure it out. And then fade down, right? So, if you're
74:41 And then fade down, right? So, if you're making a movie trailer where you have
74:43 making a movie trailer where you have stuff fade in and out all the time,
74:45 stuff fade in and out all the time, that's a good way to do it. And oh my
74:47 that's a good way to do it. And oh my gosh, there's so much more to get into
74:49 gosh, there's so much more to get into with adjusting stuff on the edit page.
74:51 with adjusting stuff on the edit page. But we're already going to have a long
74:52 But we're already going to have a long enough YouTube video here. So, I want to
74:54 enough YouTube video here. So, I want to show you just a couple other things in
74:55 show you just a couple other things in the edit page before we move on. Let's
74:57 the edit page before we move on. Let's talk about the inspector. So, the
74:59 talk about the inspector. So, the inspector is a panel that you can open
75:02 inspector is a panel that you can open up over here on the right. And what this
75:04 up over here on the right. And what this is is a list of properties for whatever
75:06 is is a list of properties for whatever we have selected. Now, this is a
75:08 we have selected. Now, this is a universal thing in Resolve. There is
75:11 universal thing in Resolve. There is some version of an inspector on just
75:14 some version of an inspector on just about every page. And so, this is an
75:16 about every page. And so, this is an essential concept for you to understand.
75:19 essential concept for you to understand. When you select something, this clip has
75:21 When you select something, this clip has certain properties. And when we have
75:23 certain properties. And when we have this selected, what it does is it opens
75:25 this selected, what it does is it opens up those properties here in the
75:26 up those properties here in the inspector. So, we select something and
75:29 inspector. So, we select something and we adjust its details and its properties
75:31 we adjust its details and its properties in the inspector. Now I can hit this
75:33 in the inspector. Now I can hit this little button to expand the inspector so
75:36 little button to expand the inspector so that it's the full height of the screen
75:38 that it's the full height of the screen and we can see all these different
75:40 and we can see all these different properties. So every clip has a bunch of
75:43 properties. So every clip has a bunch of properties. So I'll select this clip
75:45 properties. So I'll select this clip here and we'll just see what these all
75:46 here and we'll just see what these all do. There are tabs up here and these are
75:50 do. There are tabs up here and these are different categories of properties. So a
75:53 different categories of properties. So a clip by default is going to have video
75:54 clip by default is going to have video and audio tab. And depending on what
75:57 and audio tab. And depending on what other fancy things you do, these other
75:58 other fancy things you do, these other tabs might be available. But the video,
76:01 tabs might be available. But the video, we start with the transform properties.
76:03 we start with the transform properties. These are ways that you can move and
76:05 These are ways that you can move and scale and rotate your video. And these
76:07 scale and rotate your video. And these controls, some of them have sliders,
76:08 controls, some of them have sliders, which makes sense. You slide this back
76:10 which makes sense. You slide this back and forth. And some of them just have
76:12 and forth. And some of them just have numbers, which you can double click in
76:13 numbers, which you can double click in and replace with a number. Or you can
76:17 and replace with a number. Or you can click and drag left and right on any of
76:19 click and drag left and right on any of these numbers to control it, sort of
76:20 these numbers to control it, sort of like a slider. You can doubleclick on
76:23 like a slider. You can doubleclick on any of these properties to reset them.
76:25 any of these properties to reset them. You can also hit this little reset
76:27 You can also hit this little reset button. And so now if we want to zoom in
76:29 button. And so now if we want to zoom in on her face, we can zoom like this. And
76:32 on her face, we can zoom like this. And we can adjust the position to be right
76:35 we can adjust the position to be right there on her face. We can adjust the
76:38 there on her face. We can adjust the rotation if we want to. And that's how
76:40 rotation if we want to. And that's how we would do that for this clip. Now,
76:42 we would do that for this clip. Now, it's only adjusting this clip because
76:43 it's only adjusting this clip because this is the clip that we have selected.
76:45 this is the clip that we have selected. If we go to this clip, it is unaffected.
76:48 If we go to this clip, it is unaffected. In fact, if we're over this clip and
76:49 In fact, if we're over this clip and we're looking at it, we're adjusting the
76:51 we're looking at it, we're adjusting the zoom and nothing's happening. That's
76:52 zoom and nothing's happening. That's because we have this clip selected. And
76:54 because we have this clip selected. And so that's loaded into the inspector. So,
76:56 so that's loaded into the inspector. So, we zoom this way far up.
77:00 we zoom this way far up. We go back to this one and it's zoomed
77:01 We go back to this one and it's zoomed in really far, right? So, let's go ahead
77:05 in really far, right? So, let's go ahead and reset everything in our transform.
77:07 and reset everything in our transform. We also have cropping where we can crop
77:09 We also have cropping where we can crop the image. We can adjust the softness of
77:12 the image. We can adjust the softness of that crop.
77:14 that crop. This is great if you want to mix kind of
77:15 This is great if you want to mix kind of one side of one shot and the other side
77:17 one side of one shot and the other side of another shot, something like that. Or
77:19 of another shot, something like that. Or if you want to do kind of a pictureand
77:21 if you want to do kind of a pictureand picture thing, you could do some
77:23 picture thing, you could do some cropping.
77:30 on your image and then position it down into the corner. Something like that.
77:32 into the corner. Something like that. And at that point, if you wanted to put
77:34 And at that point, if you wanted to put this clip over something else, you could
77:36 this clip over something else, you could just put this over other clips here in
77:38 just put this over other clips here in the timeline, and those would be layered
77:41 the timeline, and those would be layered like that.
77:46 You can adjust the composite mode, which is kind of the transparency of things.
77:48 is kind of the transparency of things. If I put this image over this image, we
77:51 If I put this image over this image, we could take the opacity down and kind of
77:52 could take the opacity down and kind of fade this. So, it's kind of ghosted over
77:55 fade this. So, it's kind of ghosted over it. We could also change the composite
77:57 it. We could also change the composite mode to different things like add or
77:59 mode to different things like add or multiply and all different kinds of
78:01 multiply and all different kinds of composite modes. This works a lot like
78:02 composite modes. This works a lot like an image editing program like Photoshop
78:04 an image editing program like Photoshop or something like that. Same kind of
78:06 or something like that. Same kind of idea. And there's just so much more to
78:08 idea. And there's just so much more to go over, but basically if you want to
78:10 go over, but basically if you want to adjust how a clip is treated, its
78:12 adjust how a clip is treated, its position, its rotation, how it interacts
78:15 position, its rotation, how it interacts with other clips, the volume of the
78:17 with other clips, the volume of the audio, the pan of the audio, the pitch,
78:20 audio, the pan of the audio, the pitch, there's equalizer, there's all kinds of
78:21 there's equalizer, there's all kinds of stuff that we'll get into a little bit
78:22 stuff that we'll get into a little bit more when we talk about Fairlite, but
78:24 more when we talk about Fairlite, but this is where the properties for
78:25 this is where the properties for anything that you have selected lives.
78:27 anything that you have selected lives. Okay, so again, if we want to make this
78:29 Okay, so again, if we want to make this small, we can zoom it out like that
78:33 small, we can zoom it out like that just by selecting it and adjusting it in
78:35 just by selecting it and adjusting it in the inspector. One thing that's cool is
78:37 the inspector. One thing that's cool is that we can stabilize clips here right
78:39 that we can stabilize clips here right in the edit page. I can just select the
78:41 in the edit page. I can just select the clip, go over to stabilization, and hit
78:43 clip, go over to stabilization, and hit stabilize.
78:45 stabilize. And what that's going to do is take out
78:46 And what that's going to do is take out all of the little jitters and everything
78:48 all of the little jitters and everything for the clip. And it works pretty darn
78:50 for the clip. And it works pretty darn well. Works pretty darn well. The
78:54 well. Works pretty darn well. The stabilization here is excellent. And
78:56 stabilization here is excellent. And there are a bunch of different options
78:57 there are a bunch of different options here for the stabilization, which you
78:59 here for the stabilization, which you can play around with. You'll get various
79:00 can play around with. You'll get various different results, but just know that
79:02 different results, but just know that that's kind of where that happens. We
79:04 that's kind of where that happens. We can correct a lens. So you can distort
79:06 can correct a lens. So you can distort or undistort your lens. Here where it
79:08 or undistort your lens. Here where it says rettime and scaling, these are just
79:10 says rettime and scaling, these are just kind of the processes for retiming. If
79:12 kind of the processes for retiming. If you actually want to do a time remap on
79:15 you actually want to do a time remap on something, you can right click on it and
79:17 something, you can right click on it and go up to rettime controls. And you can
79:19 go up to rettime controls. And you can grab the edges like this and make it
79:22 grab the edges like this and make it play back faster
79:31 You can even kind of stop in the middle of this clip and click on this little
79:33 of this clip and click on this little arrow and that'll bring up a little menu
79:35 arrow and that'll bring up a little menu and you can add a speed point. And what
79:37 and you can add a speed point. And what this will do is let you change part of
79:39 this will do is let you change part of the clip's speed
79:45 to one value and the other part to another value. So, we can go from slow
79:47 another value. So, we can go from slow motion into fast motion. This is great
79:50 motion into fast motion. This is great for drone shots and punchy edits and
79:52 for drone shots and punchy edits and things like that. That's how that's
79:53 things like that. That's how that's done. And when you're done with your
79:55 done. And when you're done with your speed changes, you can just hit this
79:56 speed changes, you can just hit this little X button right here, and it'll
79:58 little X button right here, and it'll give you a little indicator that there's
80:00 give you a little indicator that there's a speed change on it. But the idea that
80:02 a speed change on it. But the idea that you select something and adjust its
80:04 you select something and adjust its properties in the inspector is really,
80:05 properties in the inspector is really, really, really important. Now, sort of
80:08 really, really important. Now, sort of related to that is there is a whole
80:12 related to that is there is a whole section of the edit page called effects.
80:14 section of the edit page called effects. So, if I switch to effects, that's going
80:16 So, if I switch to effects, that's going to bring up my effects panel. And this
80:18 to bring up my effects panel. And this has I mean, just so much stuff in it.
80:21 has I mean, just so much stuff in it. This is where you get a little bit more
80:23 This is where you get a little bit more fancy in the edit page. There are all
80:26 fancy in the edit page. There are all kinds of tools here, including
80:27 kinds of tools here, including transitions, which you just grab one of
80:29 transitions, which you just grab one of these transitions and put it in between
80:31 these transitions and put it in between two clips like this. Just drag it in
80:34 two clips like this. Just drag it in between on this edit. That will make a
80:36 between on this edit. That will make a little transition like that. You can
80:39 little transition like that. You can even select this transition and switch
80:42 even select this transition and switch to a different transition here in the
80:44 to a different transition here in the inspector.
80:46 inspector. Okay.
80:48 Okay. If you go down to open effects, there
80:50 If you go down to open effects, there are all kinds of effects here that you
80:52 are all kinds of effects here that you can apply to your shots. So, if you want
80:55 can apply to your shots. So, if you want your shot to be blurry, you can grab
80:56 your shot to be blurry, you can grab something like directional blur. Drag
80:58 something like directional blur. Drag this on here and then you select this
81:01 this on here and then you select this clip. And because this clip has effects
81:02 clip. And because this clip has effects on it, it has a little indicator right
81:05 on it, it has a little indicator right here. And it also has the effects tab
81:08 here. And it also has the effects tab enabled where you can find the effect
81:10 enabled where you can find the effect that you applied to it and you can
81:11 that you applied to it and you can adjust the properties of the effect.
81:13 adjust the properties of the effect. Right? See why this is so important is
81:15 Right? See why this is so important is because anything that happens in this
81:17 because anything that happens in this clip, you pretty much adjust here in the
81:19 clip, you pretty much adjust here in the inspector. And so we can adjust the
81:22 inspector. And so we can adjust the blurriness and all of that. All of the
81:23 blurriness and all of that. All of the controls for this effect right here in
81:25 controls for this effect right here in the inspector. We can turn the effect on
81:27 the inspector. We can turn the effect on or off or we can delete it by hitting
81:29 or off or we can delete it by hitting this garbage can like that. And that's
81:31 this garbage can like that. And that's how we would apply any kind of effect
81:33 how we would apply any kind of effect you would want to apply to a clip. So
81:36 you would want to apply to a clip. So sharpen stylized kind of stuff like a
81:39 sharpen stylized kind of stuff like a mirror effect.
81:59 And the free version of Resolve comes with a lot of effects and the paid
82:01 with a lot of effects and the paid version has a lot more. So, there's
82:04 version has a lot more. So, there's still quite a bit of effects in the free
82:05 still quite a bit of effects in the free version, but there are certain more
82:07 version, but there are certain more intense effects that only come with the
82:09 intense effects that only come with the paid version. We've been working with
82:10 paid version. We've been working with just clips here in the timeline, but in
82:13 just clips here in the timeline, but in the effects panel, there are also things
82:15 the effects panel, there are also things like titles and generators. So, a
82:17 like titles and generators. So, a generator just generates video. So, I
82:20 generator just generates video. So, I can grab something like this fourcolor
82:21 can grab something like this fourcolor gradient, and I can drag this down into
82:24 gradient, and I can drag this down into the timeline just like I would drag a
82:26 the timeline just like I would drag a clip from the media pool into the
82:28 clip from the media pool into the timeline. So, now we have this fourcolor
82:30 timeline. So, now we have this fourcolor gradient. Again, I select it and go up
82:32 gradient. Again, I select it and go up here to the inspector and I can adjust
82:34 here to the inspector and I can adjust the colors.
82:40 So, I can make a nice background with that. And there's all kinds of different
82:42 that. And there's all kinds of different generators. There's even some really
82:43 generators. There's even some really fancy ones that use the power of the
82:45 fancy ones that use the power of the fusion page. So, I could do this hexagon
82:47 fusion page. So, I could do this hexagon glow. That thing's pretty crazy. One of
82:50 glow. That thing's pretty crazy. One of my favorites is this honeycomb.
82:53 my favorites is this honeycomb. There's all kinds of controls here to
82:55 There's all kinds of controls here to change how this looks. There's also
82:58 change how this looks. There's also transitions and all kinds of stuff here.
83:00 transitions and all kinds of stuff here. So, we can drag this in. This will be
83:03 So, we can drag this in. This will be kind of some graphics. There we go. And
83:06 kind of some graphics. There we go. And you can select this and adjust your
83:07 you can select this and adjust your text, you know,
83:09 text, you know, intro, right?
83:12 intro, right? That's cool.
83:14 That's cool. You can use a custom logo. You can do
83:16 You can use a custom logo. You can do all kinds of stuff with this. And each
83:17 all kinds of stuff with this. And each effect is slightly different because
83:19 effect is slightly different because it's just kind of built for different
83:20 it's just kind of built for different purposes, right? So, this one has
83:22 purposes, right? So, this one has different color controls and things to
83:24 different color controls and things to be able to customize this template. Now,
83:27 be able to customize this template. Now, if you want to make your own text that's
83:29 if you want to make your own text that's maybe just a little bit less specific
83:31 maybe just a little bit less specific that isn't this kind of specific looking
83:33 that isn't this kind of specific looking effect, you can go up to titles and
83:36 effect, you can go up to titles and there are kind of two sections of titles
83:38 there are kind of two sections of titles here. There are just the normal titles
83:40 here. There are just the normal titles and then there are fusion titles. Fusion
83:42 and then there are fusion titles. Fusion titles are just fancier titles that use
83:44 titles are just fancier titles that use the power of the fusion page. We'll get
83:46 the power of the fusion page. We'll get into that in a little bit, how Fusion
83:48 into that in a little bit, how Fusion works and all that, but we have some
83:49 works and all that, but we have some basic stuff here that's actually really
83:51 basic stuff here that's actually really great. So, for instance, text. If I just
83:53 great. So, for instance, text. If I just grab normal text, I can put this over my
83:56 grab normal text, I can put this over my fourcolor gradient. And I can select the
83:59 fourcolor gradient. And I can select the title controls here in the video in the
84:01 title controls here in the video in the inspector with the text title selected.
84:04 inspector with the text title selected. You know, my title and I can change the
84:06 You know, my title and I can change the font and the size and the tracking and
84:09 font and the size and the tracking and all of that kind of stuff to design this
84:11 all of that kind of stuff to design this title to be exactly how I want. And
84:13 title to be exactly how I want. And there are quite a bit of controls here
84:16 there are quite a bit of controls here to make this look how I want for my
84:19 to make this look how I want for my project. Let's go and kind of make a
84:22 project. Let's go and kind of make a title here. I could just take this text
84:23 title here. I could just take this text and drag this down. And we'll call this
84:25 and drag this down. And we'll call this uh Tuesday on Earth. That's the name of
84:27 uh Tuesday on Earth. That's the name of the movie. Pick a different font. Let's
84:29 the movie. Pick a different font. Let's just say Poppins Black. Push up that
84:31 just say Poppins Black. Push up that tracking a little bit. There we go. It's
84:34 tracking a little bit. There we go. It's nice and tasteful. Let's change the
84:36 nice and tasteful. Let's change the color. Maybe make this kind of a
84:38 color. Maybe make this kind of a slightly kind of teal color. Something
84:40 slightly kind of teal color. Something like that. Great. There we have our
84:42 like that. Great. There we have our title. Now, let's say that we want to
84:46 title. Now, let's say that we want to animate something. we want to change a
84:49 animate something. we want to change a property of a clip or a property of this
84:52 property of a clip or a property of this title over time. Here's how we can do
84:54 title over time. Here's how we can do that. We have this text which is
84:56 that. We have this text which is actually just generating a video. If I
84:59 actually just generating a video. If I go over here to the inspector, it says
85:01 go over here to the inspector, it says title and settings. If I switch to
85:02 title and settings. If I switch to settings, this is going to give us the
85:04 settings, this is going to give us the same transform controls that we have
85:06 same transform controls that we have with any of these clips. Pretty much the
85:08 with any of these clips. Pretty much the same transform controls. And so what we
85:10 same transform controls. And so what we can do is change the position of this
85:12 can do is change the position of this text just by taking the video that the
85:14 text just by taking the video that the text generator generates and moving that
85:16 text generator generates and moving that video around. There are these little
85:19 video around. There are these little diamonds right here. These diamonds are
85:23 diamonds right here. These diamonds are what we call key frame diamonds. I don't
85:25 what we call key frame diamonds. I don't actually know the real name for it, but
85:27 actually know the real name for it, but I call it key frame diamonds because
85:29 I call it key frame diamonds because what you do is you click on this diamond
85:32 what you do is you click on this diamond and that will set a key frame. Now, if
85:34 and that will set a key frame. Now, if you don't know what a key frame is, a
85:35 you don't know what a key frame is, a key frame is basically a way to tell
85:38 key frame is basically a way to tell your software that you want a property
85:40 your software that you want a property to be a certain value at a certain time.
85:43 to be a certain value at a certain time. So, when we click this key frame
85:45 So, when we click this key frame diamond, we're telling Resolve that at
85:47 diamond, we're telling Resolve that at 49 seconds and 11 frames, so right here
85:51 49 seconds and 11 frames, so right here on this clip, that we want the position
85:53 on this clip, that we want the position to be at 0 0. if we move to a different
85:56 to be at 0 0. if we move to a different time. So, let's move to kind of the
85:58 time. So, let's move to kind of the start of the clip. We can adjust this
86:00 start of the clip. We can adjust this position again and you'll see there's
86:02 position again and you'll see there's this little tiny greater than indicator,
86:04 this little tiny greater than indicator, this little arrow. That means that there
86:06 this little arrow. That means that there is a key frame on this track and it's
86:09 is a key frame on this track and it's that way. And what that also means is
86:11 that way. And what that also means is that if I change this position right
86:13 that if I change this position right now, that's going to add a new key
86:15 now, that's going to add a new key frame. You can see that it turned this
86:17 frame. You can see that it turned this key frame red.
86:19 key frame red. And what it's going to do is animate in
86:22 And what it's going to do is animate in between those two key frames
86:25 between those two key frames over time. And so we've just made an
86:27 over time. And so we've just made an animated title. Isn't that cool? Now, is
86:30 animated title. Isn't that cool? Now, is this really the only indicator that
86:32 this really the only indicator that something is animated? No. If we go up
86:34 something is animated? No. If we go up here to these buttons right here, and we
86:37 here to these buttons right here, and we click on this one, this one that looks
86:40 click on this one, this one that looks like some diamonds, we click on that,
86:42 like some diamonds, we click on that, that's going to open up our key frames
86:44 that's going to open up our key frames panel for our timeline. And here we have
86:47 panel for our timeline. And here we have these familiar little diamonds
86:50 these familiar little diamonds and we can see the properties that these
86:53 and we can see the properties that these are animating. So we have a diamond on
86:55 are animating. So we have a diamond on this track for position X and a diamond
86:57 this track for position X and a diamond on this track for position Y. And then
86:59 on this track for position Y. And then we also have diamonds here for transform
87:01 we also have diamonds here for transform which is kind of like the group of those
87:03 which is kind of like the group of those properties. So I can take this diamond
87:05 properties. So I can take this diamond for the transform and I can move this
87:07 for the transform and I can move this back and forth and that's going to
87:08 back and forth and that's going to change where that key frame is on my
87:11 change where that key frame is on my track. And so I can take this first key
87:13 track. And so I can take this first key frame and move this up at the start and
87:15 frame and move this up at the start and the last key frame and move this at the
87:17 the last key frame and move this at the end. And throughout the entire
87:20 end. And throughout the entire length of the clip,
87:23 length of the clip, it's going to move from down here to up
87:26 it's going to move from down here to up here. If I want this to go faster, I can
87:28 here. If I want this to go faster, I can push these key frames together because
87:31 push these key frames together because it'll take less time to go from one key
87:32 it'll take less time to go from one key frame to the other, which means this
87:35 frame to the other, which means this goes faster. And so that's generally how
87:37 goes faster. And so that's generally how you'll animate stuff in Resolve. and and
87:40 you'll animate stuff in Resolve. and and really that same kind of way of
87:42 really that same kind of way of animating things by setting a key frame
87:44 animating things by setting a key frame and adjusting the distance between the
87:46 and adjusting the distance between the two key frames. That's pretty much how
87:47 two key frames. That's pretty much how you animate anything in most software.
87:49 you animate anything in most software. In fact, as you use Fusion, key frames
87:52 In fact, as you use Fusion, key frames are all over the place. But just know
87:54 are all over the place. But just know for now that you can animate stuff by
87:55 for now that you can animate stuff by using those key frames and adjusting the
87:57 using those key frames and adjusting the distance between them. Now, when
87:59 distance between them. Now, when something moves and comes to a stop on a
88:01 something moves and comes to a stop on a video, it actually looks a lot nicer if
88:04 video, it actually looks a lot nicer if it kind of slows down before it stops.
88:06 it kind of slows down before it stops. That is called easing. Easing a key
88:08 That is called easing. Easing a key frame. like you easily just stop, right?
88:10 frame. like you easily just stop, right? You ease into it. And so what we really
88:13 You ease into it. And so what we really want to do would be to ease this key
88:15 want to do would be to ease this key frame, this last key frame, so that it
88:16 frame, this last key frame, so that it slows down before it stops. So it
88:18 slows down before it stops. So it doesn't just kind of jerk to a stop like
88:20 doesn't just kind of jerk to a stop like this. It doesn't look good. And so
88:21 this. It doesn't look good. And so here's how you ease those key frames.
88:23 here's how you ease those key frames. Right now in this version of Resolve,
88:25 Right now in this version of Resolve, there is another key frame panel which I
88:28 there is another key frame panel which I can click and that will open up here
88:29 can click and that will open up here kind of where the media pool and the
88:30 kind of where the media pool and the effects go and it will give you another
88:32 effects go and it will give you another graph just like is down here. But you
88:36 graph just like is down here. But you can click on this little button right
88:38 can click on this little button right here and that will switch to your curves
88:41 here and that will switch to your curves view. And this will give you a graph of
88:43 view. And this will give you a graph of the values over time. And you can select
88:47 the values over time. And you can select this last key frame and click on this
88:49 this last key frame and click on this button right here which will let you
88:51 button right here which will let you flatten the handles on this key frame.
88:54 flatten the handles on this key frame. So you can grab this little handle.
88:55 So you can grab this little handle. Let's just zoom this in a little bit.
88:57 Let's just zoom this in a little bit. You can grab this handle and kind of
88:59 You can grab this handle and kind of adjust the graph. And so if you grab
89:01 adjust the graph. And so if you grab this handle and kind of push it out like
89:03 this handle and kind of push it out like this so it's flat, you have this nice
89:06 this so it's flat, you have this nice easy curve as we go into the key frame.
89:09 easy curve as we go into the key frame. And so as this comes in, it kind of
89:11 And so as this comes in, it kind of slows down before it stops. Isn't that
89:12 slows down before it stops. Isn't that nice? Comes in fast, slows down before
89:15 nice? Comes in fast, slows down before it stops. And so this is the interface
89:17 it stops. And so this is the interface that you can use to get really detailed
89:19 that you can use to get really detailed with your key frames. Now, it's possible
89:21 with your key frames. Now, it's possible that this panel is going to change in
89:24 that this panel is going to change in the future. I've recommended that they
89:26 the future. I've recommended that they actually put all of this down here
89:28 actually put all of this down here because it makes a lot more sense to be
89:30 because it makes a lot more sense to be able to move this based on our timeline
89:32 able to move this based on our timeline rather than moving things back and forth
89:33 rather than moving things back and forth on this grid where you don't really have
89:35 on this grid where you don't really have any idea of the actual timing of things.
89:37 any idea of the actual timing of things. And so if you're watching this video in
89:39 And so if you're watching this video in the future and you're like, there is no
89:40 the future and you're like, there is no key frames panel here or it looks
89:42 key frames panel here or it looks different or something, just look
89:43 different or something, just look around. Some of these buttons up here
89:46 around. Some of these buttons up here might be down here. We'll see. You
89:48 might be down here. We'll see. You should be able to click on this expand
89:50 should be able to click on this expand button and that will give you a undocked
89:53 button and that will give you a undocked key frame editor here that gives you a
89:54 key frame editor here that gives you a really nice interface for working with
89:56 really nice interface for working with your key frames. Again, that button
89:58 your key frames. Again, that button might be down here in the future. Who
89:59 might be down here in the future. Who knows? The key frames panels, this one
90:02 knows? The key frames panels, this one and this one are brand new to Resolve
90:05 and this one are brand new to Resolve when I'm recording this. So, if it's
90:06 when I'm recording this. So, if it's slightly different on your version, that
90:08 slightly different on your version, that might be a thing. But either way, it
90:09 might be a thing. But either way, it should pretty much work the same. You
90:11 should pretty much work the same. You move your key frames back and forth to
90:12 move your key frames back and forth to change the timing, and you adjust the
90:14 change the timing, and you adjust the curve to ease the key frames. There are
90:16 curve to ease the key frames. There are similar tools to this in the Fusion
90:18 similar tools to this in the Fusion page, which we'll go over in a little
90:20 page, which we'll go over in a little while, but that's how you animate things
90:21 while, but that's how you animate things here on the edit page.
90:24 here on the edit page. There are so many more things that I
90:26 There are so many more things that I want to tell you about the edit page,
90:28 want to tell you about the edit page, but we have to move on. This should be
90:30 but we have to move on. This should be plenty to get you started grabbing the
90:32 plenty to get you started grabbing the footage and putting it into a timeline
90:33 footage and putting it into a timeline and creating a story. This is the magic
90:36 and creating a story. This is the magic of video editing is that you're in
90:37 of video editing is that you're in control of that story. H so good. Next,
90:41 control of that story. H so good. Next, let's jump into the cut page, which is
90:43 let's jump into the cut page, which is just a little bit of a different angle
90:45 just a little bit of a different angle on the same kind of idea of creating a
90:48 on the same kind of idea of creating a story in a timeline. So, the cut page,
90:52 story in a timeline. So, the cut page, the cut page is kind of like the edit
90:54 the cut page is kind of like the edit page, but it's built for a slightly
90:56 page, but it's built for a slightly different application. You can think of
90:58 different application. You can think of the cut page as sort of like a version
91:01 the cut page as sort of like a version of the edit page, but designed with one
91:03 of the edit page, but designed with one value in mind, speed. Speed of editing.
91:06 value in mind, speed. Speed of editing. Everything in this page is designed to
91:08 Everything in this page is designed to help you edit faster. Now, it has some
91:12 help you edit faster. Now, it has some pretty familiar elements. We have our
91:15 pretty familiar elements. We have our media pool up here, which works pretty
91:17 media pool up here, which works pretty much exactly like the media pool does in
91:18 much exactly like the media pool does in the other pages. The only difference is
91:21 the other pages. The only difference is that instead of a bin list, you have a
91:22 that instead of a bin list, you have a little drop down here, but pretty much
91:24 little drop down here, but pretty much the same idea. We have a viewer.
91:28 the same idea. We have a viewer. You can double click on a clip and you
91:29 You can double click on a clip and you can hover scrub. You can scrub through
91:31 can hover scrub. You can scrub through it here in the source viewer. You can
91:33 it here in the source viewer. You can switch to source tape and bring up all
91:35 switch to source tape and bring up all of the different clips one after
91:36 of the different clips one after another. You can also switch to the
91:39 another. You can also switch to the timeline viewer.
91:41 timeline viewer. So, there aren't two viewers in the edit
91:43 So, there aren't two viewers in the edit page. There's only one that kind of
91:44 page. There's only one that kind of switches out like this. But other than
91:46 switches out like this. But other than that, it pretty much works the same. We
91:48 that, it pretty much works the same. We do have an inspector. Same idea. But we
91:50 do have an inspector. Same idea. But we also have kind of this slightly
91:52 also have kind of this slightly different style of inspector, which if
91:54 different style of inspector, which if you click on this button right here,
91:56 you click on this button right here, will bring up a bunch of controls that
91:59 will bring up a bunch of controls that are the same as the inspector controls,
92:01 are the same as the inspector controls, but they're kind of just on a different
92:02 but they're kind of just on a different interface.
92:04 interface. The idea being that this would be a
92:05 The idea being that this would be a little bit faster.
92:07 little bit faster. We also have effects and titles and even
92:11 We also have effects and titles and even a key frames editor like we do on the
92:12 a key frames editor like we do on the edit page.
92:14 edit page. There's transitions, that kind of thing.
92:17 There's transitions, that kind of thing. But really the big difference here in
92:19 But really the big difference here in the cut page versus the edit page is
92:21 the cut page versus the edit page is that we have two timelines.
92:24 that we have two timelines. We have this upper timeline here and we
92:28 We have this upper timeline here and we have the lower timeline down here. Now,
92:31 have the lower timeline down here. Now, this can be a little bit confusing, but
92:33 this can be a little bit confusing, but these are the same timeline at different
92:36 these are the same timeline at different zoom levels. So, this upper timeline is
92:39 zoom levels. So, this upper timeline is your entire movie from beginning to end.
92:42 your entire movie from beginning to end. So, it's zoomed all the way out. The
92:45 So, it's zoomed all the way out. The lower timeline is the zoomedin version
92:47 lower timeline is the zoomedin version of that same sequence. And so, if I want
92:49 of that same sequence. And so, if I want to adjust this part where we have a
92:51 to adjust this part where we have a transition, I can quickly move to that
92:54 transition, I can quickly move to that part using this top timeline. And then I
92:57 part using this top timeline. And then I can adjust the details of the clips here
93:00 can adjust the details of the clips here in the lower timeline. And so the idea
93:02 in the lower timeline. And so the idea here is that you can quickly move from
93:04 here is that you can quickly move from one side of the world to the other
93:05 one side of the world to the other without having to zoom in and out a
93:08 without having to zoom in and out a whole bunch because that does take some
93:09 whole bunch because that does take some time to zoom in and out and kind of get
93:11 time to zoom in and out and kind of get the right view for what you're working
93:12 the right view for what you're working on. The other thing you might notice is
93:14 on. The other thing you might notice is these little indicators here where if we
93:17 these little indicators here where if we have a clip, let's say, let's just open
93:18 have a clip, let's say, let's just open a clip like this. We have this little
93:21 a clip like this. We have this little animation here that's kind of shooting
93:24 animation here that's kind of shooting little arrows down here. And we also
93:26 little arrows down here. And we also have this green highlight. This is our
93:29 have this green highlight. This is our edit indicator. And what that means is
93:31 edit indicator. And what that means is that if we use some of these edit
93:33 that if we use some of these edit buttons, which are very similar to the
93:35 buttons, which are very similar to the edit buttons you get over here in the
93:38 edit buttons you get over here in the edit page, but if we use one of these
93:40 edit page, but if we use one of these edit buttons, some of these have to do
93:42 edit buttons, some of these have to do with a specific edit point. So, for
93:44 with a specific edit point. So, for instance, this insert button, this smart
93:47 instance, this insert button, this smart insert, what it's going to do is look
93:49 insert, what it's going to do is look for the nearest edit point, which is
93:51 for the nearest edit point, which is going to be highlighted in green, and
93:53 going to be highlighted in green, and that's where it's going to insert the
93:55 that's where it's going to insert the clip. Normally, on the edit page, if I
93:58 clip. Normally, on the edit page, if I were to be right over this title, and I
94:01 were to be right over this title, and I were to insert this like this, that's
94:03 were to insert this like this, that's going to throw that right in the middle
94:04 going to throw that right in the middle of that clip, exactly where my playhead
94:07 of that clip, exactly where my playhead is, just like that. in the cut page
94:10 is, just like that. in the cut page because it takes time to completely line
94:12 because it takes time to completely line this up exactly where you want it to be.
94:14 this up exactly where you want it to be. It's just going to put this on the
94:16 It's just going to put this on the nearest edit point. So, if I grab this
94:19 nearest edit point. So, if I grab this right here and I say smart insert,
94:21 right here and I say smart insert, that's going to put that right there in
94:23 that's going to put that right there in between those two clips. It's not going
94:24 between those two clips. It's not going to put it exactly where the playhead is.
94:27 to put it exactly where the playhead is. If I have that playhead less than 50%
94:28 If I have that playhead less than 50% through this clip, we're going to
94:30 through this clip, we're going to highlight this edit point and that's
94:33 highlight this edit point and that's where whatever clip I have selected is
94:35 where whatever clip I have selected is going to be inserted.
94:37 going to be inserted. So, this is the kind of thing that can
94:38 So, this is the kind of thing that can get you in trouble, but if you're aware
94:40 get you in trouble, but if you're aware of it and kind of the thinking behind
94:42 of it and kind of the thinking behind why this is built this way, then it can
94:45 why this is built this way, then it can actually be really helpful and speed you
94:46 actually be really helpful and speed you up. Sort of a similar thing with this
94:48 up. Sort of a similar thing with this edit point is with our transitions.
94:50 edit point is with our transitions. There's these three buttons right here,
94:52 There's these three buttons right here, and this will allow you to quickly
94:54 and this will allow you to quickly select the type of transition that you
94:56 select the type of transition that you want for this edit point. And so, by
94:59 want for this edit point. And so, by default, it's a cut, but with one click,
95:01 default, it's a cut, but with one click, I can add a crossfade here. And so I
95:03 I can add a crossfade here. And so I could just go to the nearest edit point
95:04 could just go to the nearest edit point and go, okay, I want a crossfade here. I
95:06 and go, okay, I want a crossfade here. I want one here. I want one here. And you
95:09 want one here. I want one here. And you can really easily just add these kind of
95:11 can really easily just add these kind of things. And you can see how quickly you
95:13 things. And you can see how quickly you can go through and do stuff. And so
95:15 can go through and do stuff. And so there are a lot of cool things about
95:16 there are a lot of cool things about just editing a normal project in the cut
95:19 just editing a normal project in the cut page. It's a little bit of a different
95:21 page. It's a little bit of a different feel. You have to get used to it, but
95:23 feel. You have to get used to it, but for certain applications, it can really
95:25 for certain applications, it can really speed you up. Something like putting
95:27 speed you up. Something like putting together a narrative film is maybe not
95:30 together a narrative film is maybe not something that I would do in the cut
95:32 something that I would do in the cut page. The cut page would be really great
95:34 page. The cut page would be really great for a vlog or a news story where you're
95:38 for a vlog or a news story where you're trying to one move really fast and
95:41 trying to one move really fast and probably get it out as quickly as you
95:42 probably get it out as quickly as you can. And two, you generally just have a
95:45 can. And two, you generally just have a bunch of clips one after another and you
95:47 bunch of clips one after another and you don't have complicated sound design and
95:49 don't have complicated sound design and you know all kinds of different layers
95:50 you know all kinds of different layers and and stuff like that. It's just one
95:52 and and stuff like that. It's just one clip after another. And so because
95:55 clip after another. And so because that's kind of such a specific
95:56 that's kind of such a specific application, we're not going to spend
95:58 application, we're not going to spend lots and lots of time on the cut page.
96:00 lots and lots of time on the cut page. It's sort of a divisive page. Honestly,
96:02 It's sort of a divisive page. Honestly, some people really like it and some
96:03 some people really like it and some people don't see a point in having the
96:05 people don't see a point in having the cut page at all. Me, I use this for some
96:09 cut page at all. Me, I use this for some things. It's nice for quickly putting a
96:11 things. It's nice for quickly putting a whole bunch of clips down into the
96:12 whole bunch of clips down into the timeline and creating kind of a rough
96:13 timeline and creating kind of a rough edit, but I'll generally move over to
96:16 edit, but I'll generally move over to the edit page to kind of refine my edits
96:19 the edit page to kind of refine my edits and make sure that my audio tracks are
96:21 and make sure that my audio tracks are good and everything like that because
96:22 good and everything like that because the cut page, while there are audio
96:24 the cut page, while there are audio tracks, kind of get rid of our extra
96:26 tracks, kind of get rid of our extra tracks here, move my camera here. I can
96:29 tracks here, move my camera here. I can click on this button right here and
96:31 click on this button right here and expand those tracks a little bit and I
96:33 expand those tracks a little bit and I can see the audio a little bit better.
96:36 can see the audio a little bit better. And I can hold alt and adjust just the
96:38 And I can hold alt and adjust just the audio like this. And so it's certainly
96:41 audio like this. And so it's certainly doable, but because of the way the cut
96:43 doable, but because of the way the cut page is made where you don't really have
96:45 page is made where you don't really have a normal selection tool, you only have
96:47 a normal selection tool, you only have the trim tools, it can sort of feel
96:49 the trim tools, it can sort of feel awkward and you can kind of trim your
96:51 awkward and you can kind of trim your audio when you don't really mean to
96:52 audio when you don't really mean to sometimes. And it's just it's a little
96:54 sometimes. And it's just it's a little bit awkward sometimes. And so generally,
96:56 bit awkward sometimes. And so generally, if you're going to do something quick
96:57 if you're going to do something quick where you have your audio and your video
96:59 where you have your audio and your video in the same clips and you're just going
97:01 in the same clips and you're just going to put one right after another, that's
97:02 to put one right after another, that's what I would use the cut page for. And
97:04 what I would use the cut page for. And like I said, it it kind of comes down to
97:06 like I said, it it kind of comes down to personal preference. You might find that
97:08 personal preference. You might find that you really like the way the cut page
97:09 you really like the way the cut page does things and not having to zoom in or
97:11 does things and not having to zoom in or out. And you might find that cutting
97:13 out. And you might find that cutting your videos together in the cut page is
97:15 your videos together in the cut page is really enjoyable. However, especially if
97:17 really enjoyable. However, especially if you're coming from a different editor
97:18 you're coming from a different editor like Premiere or something like that,
97:20 like Premiere or something like that, the edit page is going to feel a lot
97:22 the edit page is going to feel a lot more familiar. Now, the one thing that's
97:25 more familiar. Now, the one thing that's really, really great about the cut page
97:27 really, really great about the cut page is surprisingly it's multicam editing.
97:31 is surprisingly it's multicam editing. The way it handles multicam is actually
97:32 The way it handles multicam is actually really interesting. If you want to
97:34 really interesting. If you want to follow along, you can go to the master
97:36 follow along, you can go to the master bin right here and open cut. And we have
97:39 bin right here and open cut. And we have some footage that we're going to cut
97:41 some footage that we're going to cut together on the cut page. Let's make a
97:43 together on the cut page. Let's make a new timeline. I'll just right click and
97:44 new timeline. I'll just right click and say create new timeline like this. And
97:46 say create new timeline like this. And we'll say cut page multicam
97:51 we'll say cut page multicam like that. And here we have several
97:53 like that. And here we have several different shots of the same production
97:56 different shots of the same production meeting. And so we have two kind of
97:58 meeting. And so we have two kind of medium shot cameras. We have one
98:00 medium shot cameras. We have one overhead camera and we have a wide
98:02 overhead camera and we have a wide camera. So, this is a 4 camera multi-cam
98:04 camera. So, this is a 4 camera multi-cam shoot. We also have our audio. This is
98:07 shoot. We also have our audio. This is just an example with multiple cameras,
98:09 just an example with multiple cameras, but if you have a multi- camera shoot
98:11 but if you have a multi- camera shoot for, say, a cooking video or a live
98:13 for, say, a cooking video or a live event or something, this is all going to
98:15 event or something, this is all going to work the same way. When we have all of
98:17 work the same way. When we have all of these different cameras that happen at
98:18 these different cameras that happen at the same time, what we can do is we can
98:20 the same time, what we can do is we can sync them up with each other and then
98:22 sync them up with each other and then cut from one camera to the other just to
98:24 cut from one camera to the other just to get a kind of a different angle. And
98:26 get a kind of a different angle. And there are ways to do this in the edit
98:28 there are ways to do this in the edit page. For instance, I can open up this
98:30 page. For instance, I can open up this cut page multicam and I can start
98:32 cut page multicam and I can start bringing some of these cameras in here
98:35 bringing some of these cameras in here and I can sync these up with each other
98:37 and I can sync these up with each other just by kind of lining up these audio
98:38 just by kind of lining up these audio waveforms.
98:46 And I could cut from one camera to the other
98:54 and make my edit that way just by kind of stacking these cameras and kind of
98:55 of stacking these cameras and kind of turning one layer off and kind of
98:57 turning one layer off and kind of trimming it and that kind of thing to
98:58 trimming it and that kind of thing to cut in between the cameras. But in the
99:01 cut in between the cameras. But in the edit page, I could also select all of
99:02 edit page, I could also select all of these, rightclick, and say new multicam
99:05 these, rightclick, and say new multicam clip using selected clips. I'll just
99:07 clip using selected clips. I'll just uncheck move source clips to original
99:09 uncheck move source clips to original clips bin and hit create. And so there
99:12 clips bin and hit create. And so there are ways to kind of sync these up and
99:14 are ways to kind of sync these up and then select the different cameras and
99:16 then select the different cameras and kind of cut in between them on the edit
99:18 kind of cut in between them on the edit page, but it is kind of a pain to set
99:20 page, but it is kind of a pain to set that up. It's a little bit tricky. Let
99:21 that up. It's a little bit tricky. Let me know in the comments if you want a
99:23 me know in the comments if you want a video on setting up multicam in the edit
99:25 video on setting up multicam in the edit page. But in the cut page, it kind of
99:26 page. But in the cut page, it kind of simplifies this and that we can select
99:29 simplifies this and that we can select all of these clips and we can click this
99:31 all of these clips and we can click this button right here, which is the sync
99:33 button right here, which is the sync button. I can select those all and I can
99:36 button. I can select those all and I can sync these by audio and then hit
99:38 sync these by audio and then hit autosync.
99:41 autosync. And that will sync up all of my clips on
99:43 And that will sync up all of my clips on this kind of preview timeline. And then
99:45 this kind of preview timeline. And then we can hit save sync.
99:48 we can hit save sync. And what that's going to do is give us a
99:50 And what that's going to do is give us a little blue indicator on each of these
99:52 little blue indicator on each of these clips to show that it syncs with some
99:54 clips to show that it syncs with some other clip. Once we have that done,
99:57 other clip. Once we have that done, we've kind of tagged all of those clips
99:58 we've kind of tagged all of those clips to say, "Hey, these sync with each
100:00 to say, "Hey, these sync with each other, and here's exactly the time that
100:02 other, and here's exactly the time that they should sync with." Once we have
100:04 they should sync with." Once we have that, we can drag any of these clips.
100:06 that, we can drag any of these clips. Let's just drag this wide clip in. We
100:09 Let's just drag this wide clip in. We can drag any of these clips in and just
100:11 can drag any of these clips in and just kind of go through it. Sort of like the
100:13 kind of go through it. Sort of like the anchor method like we were talking
100:14 anchor method like we were talking about. We just have this wide shot and
100:16 about. We just have this wide shot and we can look around for something
100:17 we can look around for something interesting happening. We have Dan
100:19 interesting happening. We have Dan reaching for some candy. That's
100:21 reaching for some candy. That's something interesting right here. And so
100:23 something interesting right here. And so what we can do is go up to our sync bin
100:26 what we can do is go up to our sync bin and this is going to show live the clips
100:29 and this is going to show live the clips that sync up with this place in our
100:31 that sync up with this place in our timeline. So right here when he starts
100:34 timeline. So right here when he starts to reach, we can see all of our
100:36 to reach, we can see all of our different angles for what we want. I can
100:39 different angles for what we want. I can hit three and that's going to bring up a
100:42 hit three and that's going to bring up a clip and set an in and out to start
100:44 clip and set an in and out to start right there. I can just drag this down
100:46 right there. I can just drag this down like this and then it's going to be a
100:49 like this and then it's going to be a perfect cut
100:56 from one shot to another. Let's go back to our timeline viewer here. So, here's
100:58 to our timeline viewer here. So, here's one shot. There we go. We can cut back,
101:02 one shot. There we go. We can cut back, trim this just like that. And so it's
101:03 trim this just like that. And so it's sort of like a hybrid of a multicam and
101:06 sort of like a hybrid of a multicam and kind of the traditional way of stacking
101:08 kind of the traditional way of stacking a bunch of clips together.
101:11 a bunch of clips together. And so what's great about something like
101:13 And so what's great about something like this is we can just cut to whatever we
101:15 this is we can just cut to whatever we think is interesting from this wide
101:17 think is interesting from this wide shot. And so Sam's talking right here.
101:20 shot. And so Sam's talking right here. Again, we can just open up the sync bin.
101:22 Again, we can just open up the sync bin. Let's use the shot of Sam talking here.
101:24 Let's use the shot of Sam talking here. Great. And we can either drag it down or
101:26 Great. And we can either drag it down or we can use our edit buttons like this
101:29 we can use our edit buttons like this place on top. And that's going to put
101:31 place on top. And that's going to put that exactly where it's supposed to be.
101:33 that exactly where it's supposed to be. Switch back to our timeline. Here we
101:35 Switch back to our timeline. Here we have him talking.
101:37 have him talking. Great.
101:40 Great. So, this is a nice way to be able to use
101:41 So, this is a nice way to be able to use multiple cameras without having to set
101:43 multiple cameras without having to set up a multicam and play through and
101:45 up a multicam and play through and switch your cameras in real time. You
101:46 switch your cameras in real time. You can kind of just scrub through and find
101:48 can kind of just scrub through and find the interesting parts. So, there's Sam
101:50 the interesting parts. So, there's Sam talking again. Sync bin. Let's switch to
101:53 talking again. Sync bin. Let's switch to Sam talking.
101:56 Sam talking. Put that in as a place on top. And now
101:59 Put that in as a place on top. And now we can cut to Sam as he's talking. Isn't
102:02 we can cut to Sam as he's talking. Isn't that great? And so if you're doing a lot
102:04 that great? And so if you're doing a lot of multicam stuff, especially if it's
102:06 of multicam stuff, especially if it's something like a live event where you're
102:07 something like a live event where you're mostly on a wide shot and then you just
102:09 mostly on a wide shot and then you just want to cut to the interesting parts,
102:10 want to cut to the interesting parts, this is a really nice way to handle
102:12 this is a really nice way to handle that. There are a lot more features in
102:14 that. There are a lot more features in the cut page, things that we just don't
102:15 the cut page, things that we just don't have time to get into. This is kind of
102:17 have time to get into. This is kind of the main stuff. But if you're looking to
102:19 the main stuff. But if you're looking to move a lot faster and you're kind of
102:20 move a lot faster and you're kind of working on a deadline, the cut page
102:23 working on a deadline, the cut page might be something to really look into
102:25 might be something to really look into and learn a little bit more about,
102:26 and learn a little bit more about, especially if you're doing these certain
102:28 especially if you're doing these certain kinds of multicam edits. This can be
102:31 kinds of multicam edits. This can be really helpful. But a lot of the basics
102:34 really helpful. But a lot of the basics here are pretty much like the edit page.
102:36 here are pretty much like the edit page. We're still putting clips together into
102:38 We're still putting clips together into a timeline. We're cutting them. We're
102:40 a timeline. We're cutting them. We're trimming them. We're moving things
102:42 trimming them. We're moving things around. We're adjusting the order. And
102:44 around. We're adjusting the order. And we're building our story here on the
102:46 we're building our story here on the timeline. This timeline, whatever we
102:49 timeline. This timeline, whatever we make for our video, this is going to be
102:52 make for our video, this is going to be the bones of our video. It's the main
102:54 the bones of our video. It's the main place where all of the clips live. And
102:57 place where all of the clips live. And then everything else that we do in
102:58 then everything else that we do in Fusion Color in Fairlite are going to be
103:00 Fusion Color in Fairlite are going to be based on this timeline right here. So
103:04 based on this timeline right here. So after you organize your media, you can
103:07 after you organize your media, you can switch to the edit page or the cut page
103:08 switch to the edit page or the cut page depending on what you feel like doing.
103:10 depending on what you feel like doing. and you place your clips here on the
103:12 and you place your clips here on the timeline to create a story. Once you're
103:14 timeline to create a story. Once you're happy with the story, then you can move
103:16 happy with the story, then you can move on and get fancier with the Fusion Color
103:18 on and get fancier with the Fusion Color and Fairlite pages, which we're going to
103:19 and Fairlite pages, which we're going to dive into next. So, let's take a step
103:22 dive into next. So, let's take a step back and talk about some kind of general
103:23 back and talk about some kind of general workflow here. When you're making a
103:25 workflow here. When you're making a video of some kind, you will record
103:27 video of some kind, you will record stuff or get footage from a client or
103:30 stuff or get footage from a client or online or whatever. And the very first
103:32 online or whatever. And the very first thing that you have to do is manage your
103:34 thing that you have to do is manage your media. So, it's get it organized, make
103:36 media. So, it's get it organized, make sure it's renamed if you're going to
103:37 sure it's renamed if you're going to rename it, put it in folders, tag it,
103:39 rename it, put it in folders, tag it, get familiar with it, that kind of
103:41 get familiar with it, that kind of thing. From there, it's building a
103:42 thing. From there, it's building a story, which is the strict definition of
103:45 story, which is the strict definition of editing. A lot of people when they say
103:47 editing. A lot of people when they say editing, they pretty much mean this
103:48 editing, they pretty much mean this entire workflow. But strictly speaking,
103:50 entire workflow. But strictly speaking, editing is adjusting clips in a
103:52 editing is adjusting clips in a timeline. So, it's actually creating
103:54 timeline. So, it's actually creating what your movie is going to be. Once you
103:57 what your movie is going to be. Once you have that, then you can move on to get a
104:00 have that, then you can move on to get a little bit fancier and a little bit more
104:02 little bit fancier and a little bit more detailed. For most videos, that would
104:04 detailed. For most videos, that would include things like visual effects.
104:05 include things like visual effects. Whether it's doing simple things like
104:07 Whether it's doing simple things like replacing a screen on a TV digitally or
104:10 replacing a screen on a TV digitally or cloning out a car that's driving through
104:11 cloning out a car that's driving through the background of your medieval epic
104:13 the background of your medieval epic movie or adding lightsabers and
104:15 movie or adding lightsabers and explosions and portals and things like
104:17 explosions and portals and things like that. That's all visual effects. It
104:19 that. That's all visual effects. It would be adding graphics, things like
104:21 would be adding graphics, things like titles and credits and little pop-up
104:24 titles and credits and little pop-up icons and things like that. And then
104:26 icons and things like that. And then generally you'll work on color
104:28 generally you'll work on color correction, color grading, making sure
104:30 correction, color grading, making sure that your colors look good, working on
104:32 that your colors look good, working on your audio, making sure your audio
104:34 your audio, making sure your audio sounds good, things are loud enough but
104:36 sounds good, things are loud enough but not too loud, things sound like they
104:38 not too loud, things sound like they belong there, things that should make
104:39 belong there, things that should make noise actually make noise. And then
104:41 noise actually make noise. And then finally, we get into rendering, which is
104:43 finally, we get into rendering, which is saving out your video in a format that
104:46 saving out your video in a format that other people can watch. It's making a
104:47 other people can watch. It's making a video file and uploading it to YouTube
104:49 video file and uploading it to YouTube or giving it to your client, putting it
104:51 or giving it to your client, putting it on a website, that kind of thing. So
104:53 on a website, that kind of thing. So this is the whole workflow from start to
104:54 this is the whole workflow from start to finish on making a video. And it kind of
104:57 finish on making a video. And it kind of flows in this general order. And this is
105:00 flows in this general order. And this is really why the buttons at the bottom of
105:03 really why the buttons at the bottom of the Resolve interface, the pages are in
105:07 the Resolve interface, the pages are in this order because we start with media,
105:10 this order because we start with media, then we do our editing, then we do our
105:12 then we do our editing, then we do our effects and our graphics in Fusion. We
105:14 effects and our graphics in Fusion. We do our color grading and color. We do
105:16 do our color grading and color. We do our audio mixing in Fairite, and then we
105:18 our audio mixing in Fairite, and then we render it out. So, for the rest of this
105:20 render it out. So, for the rest of this video, we're going to get fancy. We're
105:22 video, we're going to get fancy. We're going to do the fancy stuff. Starting
105:24 going to do the fancy stuff. Starting out with Fusion here in a minute. So, I
105:27 out with Fusion here in a minute. So, I can do my graphics, effects, color, and
105:29 can do my graphics, effects, color, and audio right here in Resolve. And all of
105:31 audio right here in Resolve. And all of these different apps, which are actually
105:33 these different apps, which are actually just pages and Resolve, all share the
105:35 just pages and Resolve, all share the same timeline.
105:41 And it's instantly available to do our really detailed, fancy stuff in those
105:43 really detailed, fancy stuff in those pages. You build your story here on the
105:46 pages. You build your story here on the edit page. and the other pages let you
105:48 edit page. and the other pages let you make it even better. So, let's dive into
105:51 make it even better. So, let's dive into Fusion. Go ahead and do this with me. Go
105:54 Fusion. Go ahead and do this with me. Go over to your media pool in the edit page
105:56 over to your media pool in the edit page and open the Fusion bin. So, you should
105:58 and open the Fusion bin. So, you should have VFX alien plate, house, exterior
106:01 have VFX alien plate, house, exterior ship plate, etc. Right click anywhere in
106:04 ship plate, etc. Right click anywhere in there and say timelines, create new
106:06 there and say timelines, create new timeline. And we're just going to call
106:08 timeline. And we're just going to call this fusion timeline. And we'll hit
106:11 this fusion timeline. And we'll hit create. You don't have to make a new
106:13 create. You don't have to make a new timeline to work in Fusion. We're just
106:15 timeline to work in Fusion. We're just doing this because this is going to kind
106:16 doing this because this is going to kind of be the Fusion demo thing. But take
106:18 of be the Fusion demo thing. But take all of these clips. I'll just shift
106:20 all of these clips. I'll just shift select those and just drag those into
106:22 select those and just drag those into the timeline like this. So, we have four
106:24 the timeline like this. So, we have four main clips here. We have a little
106:27 main clips here. We have a little puppet. We have a house. We have the top
106:30 puppet. We have a house. We have the top of the spaceship. And we have a wide
106:33 of the spaceship. And we have a wide shot with kids riding their bikes across
106:35 shot with kids riding their bikes across this mountain vista. These are the shots
106:37 this mountain vista. These are the shots that we're going to use to kind of learn
106:38 that we're going to use to kind of learn a little bit more about Fusion. So, make
106:40 a little bit more about Fusion. So, make sure that you have these shots added to
106:42 sure that you have these shots added to a new timeline. And we're going to do
106:43 a new timeline. And we're going to do one special thing. We're going to take
106:45 one special thing. We're going to take this VFX alien plate. We're going to put
106:47 this VFX alien plate. We're going to put this up on the second video track and
106:49 this up on the second video track and put this right over our VFX ship plate
106:51 put this right over our VFX ship plate like that. And then we'll just drag this
106:53 like that. And then we'll just drag this down. So we should have our VFX house
106:55 down. So we should have our VFX house exterior, our alien plate, and our ship
106:57 exterior, our alien plate, and our ship plate stacked and our wideshot like
106:59 plate stacked and our wideshot like this. Let's just open up our widesot in
107:01 this. Let's just open up our widesot in Fusion. The way that we do that is we're
107:03 Fusion. The way that we do that is we're just over it here on the edit page. And
107:05 just over it here on the edit page. And then we go down and just click on the
107:06 then we go down and just click on the fusion page. That's going to open up
107:08 fusion page. That's going to open up this clip here in Fusion. And now we're
107:11 this clip here in Fusion. And now we're ready to work with this clip right on
107:12 ready to work with this clip right on our timeline. Now, if you've never used
107:15 our timeline. Now, if you've never used Fusion before, you're probably already a
107:17 Fusion before, you're probably already a little bit, "Oh gosh, what is this? This
107:20 little bit, "Oh gosh, what is this? This looks completely different than the edit
107:21 looks completely different than the edit page. What the heck are these things?"
107:24 page. What the heck are these things?" There's no way I'm ever going to
107:26 There's no way I'm ever going to understand this. And believe me, I get
107:27 understand this. And believe me, I get it. Fusion can be really intimidating
107:30 it. Fusion can be really intimidating because it's a very different interface
107:33 because it's a very different interface than a lot of other apps. The edit page
107:36 than a lot of other apps. The edit page at least sort of looks like something
107:38 at least sort of looks like something you're familiar with. you know, there's
107:39 you're familiar with. you know, there's kind of like layers. There's a timeline.
107:41 kind of like layers. There's a timeline. You know, you've scrubbed through videos
107:42 You know, you've scrubbed through videos on YouTube. It's sort of familiar, so
107:44 on YouTube. It's sort of familiar, so you can kind of pick it up. But the
107:46 you can kind of pick it up. But the Fusion page, you're like, "What? Why are
107:48 Fusion page, you're like, "What? Why are there little boxes?" Don't worry, I'm
107:50 there little boxes?" Don't worry, I'm going to explain everything and move
107:51 going to explain everything and move really slow. And pretty soon, you're
107:53 really slow. And pretty soon, you're going to say, "Okay, that's pretty
107:55 going to say, "Okay, that's pretty cool." So, let's start with the easy
107:57 cool." So, let's start with the easy stuff. Up here, we have our familiar
108:00 stuff. Up here, we have our familiar buttons that open and close panels. And
108:02 buttons that open and close panels. And we have the inspector. Look at that.
108:04 we have the inspector. Look at that. Remember the inspector is going to show
108:06 Remember the inspector is going to show properties of whatever we have selected.
108:08 properties of whatever we have selected. More on that in a little bit. Over here
108:10 More on that in a little bit. Over here we can open up our media pool which is
108:13 we can open up our media pool which is exactly how it's been in the other
108:15 exactly how it's been in the other pages. And also our effects which is
108:17 pages. And also our effects which is very similar as well. We have a list of
108:19 very similar as well. We have a list of effects that we can drag down and apply
108:21 effects that we can drag down and apply to things. We have a viewer right here.
108:24 to things. We have a viewer right here. And we have a viewer over here. And
108:26 And we have a viewer over here. And these for now, let's just say these work
108:28 these for now, let's just say these work pretty much like the viewers in the edit
108:30 pretty much like the viewers in the edit page where on the left you can open up a
108:33 page where on the left you can open up a clip and kind of preview it. And on the
108:35 clip and kind of preview it. And on the right, this is what the person who
108:36 right, this is what the person who watches your video is going to see. By
108:38 watches your video is going to see. By default, it works in a similar way on
108:40 default, it works in a similar way on the Fusion page. There's a viewer over
108:43 the Fusion page. There's a viewer over here where we're going to use to pick up
108:44 here where we're going to use to pick up little pieces and look at them. And on
108:47 little pieces and look at them. And on the right, this is what the person who
108:49 the right, this is what the person who watches our movie is actually going to
108:50 watches our movie is actually going to see. Down below here, we have sort of a
108:53 see. Down below here, we have sort of a little bit of a different style of a
108:55 little bit of a different style of a timeline, but it still works. It has a
108:57 timeline, but it still works. It has a playhead, which is this little red line,
108:59 playhead, which is this little red line, and you can drag it back and forth. We
109:00 and you can drag it back and forth. We have our playback controls. So, we can
109:01 have our playback controls. So, we can play this, stop it, go backwards. J, K,
109:04 play this, stop it, go backwards. J, K, and L still work. And you can play this
109:06 and L still work. And you can play this back and forth. Really, the only big
109:08 back and forth. Really, the only big difference here is that we're looking at
109:09 difference here is that we're looking at one clip. We're not looking at our
109:12 one clip. We're not looking at our entire timeline. We're just looking at
109:13 entire timeline. We're just looking at one clip from our timeline. And so, by
109:15 one clip from our timeline. And so, by default, we'll have this loop. And so
109:17 default, we'll have this loop. And so this will play all the way through and
109:20 this will play all the way through and then loop back to the beginning and play
109:22 then loop back to the beginning and play again. Here we have our current frame
109:25 again. Here we have our current frame that we're on. And as we scrub this kind
109:27 that we're on. And as we scrub this kind of changes. We also have our beginning
109:29 of changes. We also have our beginning and end frames for our composition. And
109:33 and end frames for our composition. And below that we have a panel which we call
109:35 below that we have a panel which we call our toolbar. Now this is a little bit
109:38 our toolbar. Now this is a little bit different than our toolbar in the edit
109:40 different than our toolbar in the edit page where when you click a tool it kind
109:42 page where when you click a tool it kind of changes how your mouse reacts to
109:44 of changes how your mouse reacts to things.
109:47 things. This toolbar actually creates tools down
109:50 This toolbar actually creates tools down here in the notes. Now, if you don't
109:52 here in the notes. Now, if you don't know what that means yet, that's okay.
109:54 know what that means yet, that's okay. Basically, here's how it works. You grab
109:55 Basically, here's how it works. You grab an icon and you drag it down here, and
109:57 an icon and you drag it down here, and it will make a little box.
110:00 it will make a little box. Okay, don't worry about that. Below our
110:03 Okay, don't worry about that. Below our toolbar, we have our nodes. This is
110:06 toolbar, we have our nodes. This is where the action happens in Fusion.
110:08 where the action happens in Fusion. Fusion is all about the nodes. What the
110:11 Fusion is all about the nodes. What the heck are nodes? Basically, it's a
110:13 heck are nodes? Basically, it's a flowchart of little boxes that you run
110:15 flowchart of little boxes that you run images through to create whatever you
110:18 images through to create whatever you want to make. Now, I know that sounds
110:20 want to make. Now, I know that sounds really generic and doesn't really
110:22 really generic and doesn't really explain it. So, I want to back up for
110:24 explain it. So, I want to back up for just a minute. Fusion is a compositing
110:27 just a minute. Fusion is a compositing tool. Now, what the heck is compositing?
110:30 tool. Now, what the heck is compositing? Compositing, real strictly speaking, is
110:32 Compositing, real strictly speaking, is basically putting images over other
110:35 basically putting images over other images. It's combining elements. So, you
110:38 images. It's combining elements. So, you can think of this kind of like what you
110:39 can think of this kind of like what you would typically use Photoshop for,
110:41 would typically use Photoshop for, right? If we're going to make an image
110:43 right? If we're going to make an image with some mountains and a cow and a
110:46 with some mountains and a cow and a saucer abducting the cow, we would have
110:48 saucer abducting the cow, we would have different elements here. We would have
110:50 different elements here. We would have possibly a shot that looks like this.
110:53 possibly a shot that looks like this. And then we would add this saucer
110:55 And then we would add this saucer digitally. Or maybe we just have a shot
110:57 digitally. Or maybe we just have a shot of some mountains and we put in the cow
111:00 of some mountains and we put in the cow digitally and we put in the saucer and
111:02 digitally and we put in the saucer and then we maybe add a little bit of fancy
111:04 then we maybe add a little bit of fancy clouds to the sky. It's putting all of
111:07 clouds to the sky. It's putting all of these pieces together to make a really
111:09 these pieces together to make a really cool visual thing. And something like
111:12 cool visual thing. And something like this where you're combining photos and
111:13 this where you're combining photos and you want to make it look real, that's
111:15 you want to make it look real, that's something that we would call like visual
111:16 something that we would call like visual effects. Whereas, if you're making a
111:19 effects. Whereas, if you're making a title, you know, with 3D text that comes
111:21 title, you know, with 3D text that comes in and flashes, that would be more like
111:24 in and flashes, that would be more like a graphic. But visual effects and
111:26 a graphic. But visual effects and graphics are Fusion's bread and butter.
111:28 graphics are Fusion's bread and butter. That's what Fusion does. So, if you're
111:31 That's what Fusion does. So, if you're wanting to change an image so that it
111:33 wanting to change an image so that it looks different and has different
111:34 looks different and has different elements in it than it did when you shot
111:36 elements in it than it did when you shot it, you're probably going to be
111:38 it, you're probably going to be compositing in some way, just like you
111:40 compositing in some way, just like you would take a photo and clone out your
111:42 would take a photo and clone out your weird uncle because you don't want him
111:43 weird uncle because you don't want him in the family picture. You can do that
111:45 in the family picture. You can do that kind of thing with video and Fusion is
111:48 kind of thing with video and Fusion is the place to do it in Resolve. If you've
111:50 the place to do it in Resolve. If you've heard of After Effects, Fusion is kind
111:53 heard of After Effects, Fusion is kind of like Blackmagic's answer to After
111:54 of like Blackmagic's answer to After Effects inside of Resolve. It can do
111:57 Effects inside of Resolve. It can do pretty much all the same stuff. So, the
111:59 pretty much all the same stuff. So, the reason we might take a shot like this
112:00 reason we might take a shot like this into Fusion is if we want to change
112:03 into Fusion is if we want to change something about it. Let's just get rid
112:05 something about it. Let's just get rid of these nodes for a minute because
112:06 of these nodes for a minute because they're they're scary. Maybe we want to
112:09 they're they're scary. Maybe we want to erase one of these people riding their
112:11 erase one of these people riding their bike. Maybe we want to add crazy clouds
112:13 bike. Maybe we want to add crazy clouds to the sky. Maybe we want to add a
112:16 to the sky. Maybe we want to add a flying saucer.
112:18 flying saucer. Maybe we want to duplicate some trees
112:20 Maybe we want to duplicate some trees and fill in these trees a little more.
112:22 and fill in these trees a little more. Anything that has to do with kind of
112:24 Anything that has to do with kind of changing the actual pixels of the image,
112:27 changing the actual pixels of the image, that's stuff we would use Fusion for. In
112:30 that's stuff we would use Fusion for. In our other shots, if we want to make this
112:32 our other shots, if we want to make this image look like it was shot at night, we
112:36 image look like it was shot at night, we could do a lot of that probably in the
112:37 could do a lot of that probably in the color page, but we can do some fancy
112:39 color page, but we can do some fancy things in the fusion page as well, like
112:41 things in the fusion page as well, like brighten up these windows or replace
112:44 brighten up these windows or replace them with different windows that have
112:46 them with different windows that have lights in them. We could add a big
112:47 lights in them. We could add a big statue here. Really, the thing that I
112:50 statue here. Really, the thing that I love about Fusion is that there are no
112:52 love about Fusion is that there are no limits to what you can do in a little
112:54 limits to what you can do in a little bit. One thing that we're going to do in
112:56 bit. One thing that we're going to do in Fusion is take this image and kind of
112:58 Fusion is take this image and kind of cut a hole in it and then put our little
113:01 cut a hole in it and then put our little alien guy into the hole of the image so
113:04 alien guy into the hole of the image so it looks like he's hanging out in this
113:06 it looks like he's hanging out in this seat smiling and happy. That's the kind
113:09 seat smiling and happy. That's the kind of stuff that you can do in Fusion. So,
113:11 of stuff that you can do in Fusion. So, let's go back to our wide shot here. And
113:13 let's go back to our wide shot here. And to make all these kind of things happen,
113:15 to make all these kind of things happen, we are going to use nodes. So, what is a
113:19 we are going to use nodes. So, what is a node? A node is a little box in the
113:22 node? A node is a little box in the Fusion interface that does one job. And
113:26 Fusion interface that does one job. And what we do is we link all of these boxes
113:28 what we do is we link all of these boxes together to do a bunch of fancy stuff to
113:30 together to do a bunch of fancy stuff to our image. So, this is basically what a
113:33 our image. So, this is basically what a node looks like. The node has one job
113:35 node looks like. The node has one job and it's generally called whatever its
113:36 and it's generally called whatever its job is. So, this node's job is to blur
113:38 job is. So, this node's job is to blur things. And there are a couple of
113:41 things. And there are a couple of different inputs on each node. This is
113:44 different inputs on each node. This is where you would attach other nodes. And
113:46 where you would attach other nodes. And the colors of the inputs matter a lot.
113:49 the colors of the inputs matter a lot. Generally, most nodes, you would attach
113:51 Generally, most nodes, you would attach a node to a yellow input. But there are
113:54 a node to a yellow input. But there are also green and blue and other inputs
113:55 also green and blue and other inputs that we'll talk about in a little bit.
113:57 that we'll talk about in a little bit. Once the node does its job, for
113:58 Once the node does its job, for instance, if you hook up an image to
114:00 instance, if you hook up an image to this yellow input, it's going to take
114:02 this yellow input, it's going to take that image and blur it. And then you can
114:04 that image and blur it. And then you can connect this node to other nodes by
114:06 connect this node to other nodes by taking this little white square and
114:08 taking this little white square and connecting that to the next node. After
114:10 connecting that to the next node. After the image runs through this node, it's
114:12 the image runs through this node, it's going to change the image. And so this
114:15 going to change the image. And so this image that I connect to the next node is
114:17 image that I connect to the next node is going to be a blurry image because it's
114:19 going to be a blurry image because it's already gone through this node. If this
114:21 already gone through this node. If this is already confusing, that's okay. All
114:23 is already confusing, that's okay. All you really have to know is that a node
114:25 you really have to know is that a node is a box with one job. A lot of the
114:28 is a box with one job. A lot of the students that we work with that are
114:29 students that we work with that are learning Fusion find it's a lot easier
114:31 learning Fusion find it's a lot easier to think about nodes like a flowchart.
114:33 to think about nodes like a flowchart. And when you're just starting out, it
114:35 And when you're just starting out, it helps to think of a flowchart for
114:37 helps to think of a flowchart for something fun. Like for instance, a
114:39 something fun. Like for instance, a recipe. A recipe is nice because there
114:41 recipe. A recipe is nice because there are a series of steps. So if you were
114:44 are a series of steps. So if you were going to write out a recipe for
114:45 going to write out a recipe for lemonade, let's say. Number one might be
114:49 lemonade, let's say. Number one might be get lemons. Step two might be squeeze
114:53 get lemons. Step two might be squeeze them. Squeeze the juice. Three would be
114:56 them. Squeeze the juice. Three would be add the juice to water. Four would be
115:01 add the juice to water. Four would be add sugar. Five might be mix. And so we
115:05 add sugar. Five might be mix. And so we can kind of split what we want to do
115:07 can kind of split what we want to do into steps. And we can do this like a
115:10 into steps. And we can do this like a flowchart like get lemons, squeeze
115:12 flowchart like get lemons, squeeze juice, add juice to water, add sugar,
115:17 juice, add juice to water, add sugar, mix. And these are going to happen in a
115:19 mix. And these are going to happen in a certain order and they're going to flow
115:21 certain order and they're going to flow from one to the other.
115:24 from one to the other. This is pretty much how nodes work in
115:26 This is pretty much how nodes work in Fusion. So if we were going to make a
115:28 Fusion. So if we were going to make a node chart for getting lemonade, it
115:30 node chart for getting lemonade, it might look something like this. The
115:32 might look something like this. The difference is that Fusion you have to
115:35 difference is that Fusion you have to tell Fusion everything. It's kind of
115:38 tell Fusion everything. It's kind of like you need to give it really specific
115:39 like you need to give it really specific instructions on exactly what you want it
115:42 instructions on exactly what you want it to do because it can't read your mind.
115:44 to do because it can't read your mind. So for instance, we have a node here
115:45 So for instance, we have a node here called get lemons. Okay, so I have some
115:47 called get lemons. Okay, so I have some lemons. Squeeze the juice. Okay, so I'm
115:50 lemons. Squeeze the juice. Okay, so I'm squeezing it. Then I add the juice to
115:52 squeezing it. Then I add the juice to the water. What water? Where's the
115:54 the water. What water? Where's the water? This is the first time I've ever
115:56 water? This is the first time I've ever heard about water.
115:58 heard about water. And so what we really need to do is make
116:00 And so what we really need to do is make another node that says uh get water. So
116:03 another node that says uh get water. So we get lemons and we get water. We
116:06 we get lemons and we get water. We squeeze the juice for the lemons and we
116:07 squeeze the juice for the lemons and we add the juice to the water. So we need
116:09 add the juice to the water. So we need to actually combine these two things. So
116:11 to actually combine these two things. So both of those things happen. We get
116:13 both of those things happen. We get juice and we get water. Then we need
116:15 juice and we get water. Then we need sugar. What sugar? Well, we need to get
116:18 sugar. What sugar? Well, we need to get some sugar. We need to add those. Right?
116:20 some sugar. We need to add those. Right? So we're mixing two things together. So
116:23 So we're mixing two things together. So this is more of a node graph that you
116:24 this is more of a node graph that you would see in Fusion. You get some lemons
116:27 would see in Fusion. You get some lemons and you change those lemons by squeezing
116:29 and you change those lemons by squeezing them. You get some water and you combine
116:31 them. You get some water and you combine it with that squeezed juice. You get
116:34 it with that squeezed juice. You get this watery juice. You get some sugar
116:37 this watery juice. You get some sugar and you add those together. Then you
116:40 and you add those together. Then you stir it. You mix it up. And at the end,
116:42 stir it. You mix it up. And at the end, you have lemonade. One of the first
116:45 you have lemonade. One of the first things I ask our students to do when
116:47 things I ask our students to do when they're learning fusion is to make a
116:50 they're learning fusion is to make a flowchart for a recipe that they like.
116:52 flowchart for a recipe that they like. So, here is a flowchart from one of our
116:55 So, here is a flowchart from one of our students named Ryan that I think is
116:56 students named Ryan that I think is especially great for how to make ramen
116:58 especially great for how to make ramen noodles. And we'll take a look at this
117:00 noodles. And we'll take a look at this and then we're going to come back to it
117:02 and then we're going to come back to it in a little bit because I want to show
117:03 in a little bit because I want to show you something really cool about this.
117:05 you something really cool about this. But it's the idea of doing one step at a
117:08 But it's the idea of doing one step at a time. We get a pot. We get 20 ounces of
117:10 time. We get a pot. We get 20 ounces of water. We add the water to the pot. We
117:12 water. We add the water to the pot. We boil the water. We get noodles. We add
117:14 boil the water. We get noodles. We add the noodles to the boiling water for 5
117:15 the noodles to the boiling water for 5 minutes. We drain the water from the
117:17 minutes. We drain the water from the pot. We get sauce. We add the sauce to
117:19 pot. We get sauce. We add the sauce to the noodles. We stir fry for 30 seconds.
117:21 the noodles. We stir fry for 30 seconds. We get flakes. We add the flakes to the
117:23 We get flakes. We add the flakes to the noodles. We stir it all up and we serve
117:25 noodles. We stir it all up and we serve it. Right? So, it's thinking about
117:27 it. Right? So, it's thinking about things in steps. That's what's really,
117:29 things in steps. That's what's really, really important here. If you can get
117:31 really important here. If you can get your mind to start thinking in these
117:33 your mind to start thinking in these little steps, nodes are going to be
117:36 little steps, nodes are going to be easy. Let's jump into Fusion and take a
117:39 easy. Let's jump into Fusion and take a look at this. By default, we have a
117:42 look at this. By default, we have a couple of nodes here. And this should
117:43 couple of nodes here. And this should already make a little bit more sense.
117:45 already make a little bit more sense. That's what's so great about this is
117:47 That's what's so great about this is that once it kind of clicks in your
117:48 that once it kind of clicks in your mind, you go, "Oh, okay. I love seeing
117:51 mind, you go, "Oh, okay. I love seeing that moment with our students. It's
117:53 that moment with our students. It's awesome. By default, when you open up a
117:56 awesome. By default, when you open up a clip inside of Fusion from the edit
117:58 clip inside of Fusion from the edit page, you'll have two nodes. You have a
118:01 page, you'll have two nodes. You have a very simple flowchart here. And you can
118:03 very simple flowchart here. And you can think of these nodes as kind of the
118:05 think of these nodes as kind of the beginning and the end. Media in has one
118:08 beginning and the end. Media in has one job, just like all nodes have one job.
118:10 job, just like all nodes have one job. And that is to take this footage, this
118:12 And that is to take this footage, this clip from the edit page, and bring it
118:14 clip from the edit page, and bring it into Fusion. All right. So, that's all
118:17 into Fusion. All right. So, that's all it's doing is just importing the
118:18 it's doing is just importing the footage. So, it's kind of bringing that
118:20 footage. So, it's kind of bringing that footage in. And then we have a line that
118:22 footage in. And then we have a line that connects media in to media out. So, it's
118:24 connects media in to media out. So, it's flowing from left to right. So, the next
118:26 flowing from left to right. So, the next step is media out. Media out. What that
118:29 step is media out. Media out. What that does is that takes an image, whatever
118:32 does is that takes an image, whatever image you plug into this yellow input,
118:34 image you plug into this yellow input, and then it puts it out to the edit
118:36 and then it puts it out to the edit page. So, really what we're doing here
118:38 page. So, really what we're doing here is we're taking an image from the edit
118:40 is we're taking an image from the edit page, we're doing nothing with it, and
118:42 page, we're doing nothing with it, and then we're putting it back in the edit
118:43 then we're putting it back in the edit page, which is why when we go to the
118:45 page, which is why when we go to the edit page, nothing's changed. Okay? But
118:49 edit page, nothing's changed. Okay? But if we were to add another step here,
118:51 if we were to add another step here, fancy things right here, then that's
118:53 fancy things right here, then that's going to change this image and we're
118:55 going to change this image and we're going to be putting a different image
118:56 going to be putting a different image into the edit page. So if I were to grab
118:59 into the edit page. So if I were to grab maybe this icon right here that looks
119:00 maybe this icon right here that looks like a teardrop and drag this down,
119:03 like a teardrop and drag this down, that's going to make a new node. That's
119:05 that's going to make a new node. That's going to make a blur node. All right,
119:08 going to make a blur node. All right, I'll get rid of that for a second
119:09 I'll get rid of that for a second because I can grab this and drag this
119:11 because I can grab this and drag this down onto this line. And when this line
119:13 down onto this line. And when this line turns blue, I can let go. And what
119:16 turns blue, I can let go. And what that's going to do is run this image
119:18 that's going to do is run this image through this blur node. And that's going
119:20 through this blur node. And that's going to change this image. Now, it just
119:22 to change this image. Now, it just changes it a little bit because we're
119:24 changes it a little bit because we're only blurring it a little bit. The
119:26 only blurring it a little bit. The reason I know is because when I select
119:28 reason I know is because when I select this blur node and I go to the
119:30 this blur node and I go to the inspector, I can see the properties of
119:32 inspector, I can see the properties of that blur node. And this blur size is at
119:35 that blur node. And this blur size is at only at one pixel. So, if I push this
119:37 only at one pixel. So, if I push this blur size up, look, we get a blurry
119:39 blur size up, look, we get a blurry image. Okay. So, what we're doing is
119:41 image. Okay. So, what we're doing is we're bringing a image into Fusion. Then
119:45 we're bringing a image into Fusion. Then we're blurring it 31.5 pixels
119:49 we're blurring it 31.5 pixels and then we're putting it into the media
119:52 and then we're putting it into the media out which puts this back into the edit
119:54 out which puts this back into the edit page. Now if we switch over to the edit
119:56 page. Now if we switch over to the edit page, look what happens. We have a
119:58 page, look what happens. We have a blurry image. So what's really cool
120:01 blurry image. So what's really cool about this is that we've brought a clip
120:02 about this is that we've brought a clip into Fusion. We've changed it in Fusion
120:05 into Fusion. We've changed it in Fusion and now it's already in our timeline. We
120:08 and now it's already in our timeline. We don't have to render it out. We don't
120:09 don't have to render it out. We don't have to convert it or anything like
120:10 have to convert it or anything like that. It's just already living there.
120:12 that. It's just already living there. Now, Fusion can do a lot more fancy
120:14 Now, Fusion can do a lot more fancy things than just blur things, but just
120:16 things than just blur things, but just go with this for now. We're building a
120:18 go with this for now. We're building a really simple flowchart. Grab an image,
120:20 really simple flowchart. Grab an image, blur it, put the image back into the
120:23 blur it, put the image back into the edit page. And this is essentially how
120:26 edit page. And this is essentially how you build all the effects inside of
120:29 you build all the effects inside of Fusion. So, take a second and just kind
120:31 Fusion. So, take a second and just kind of start to think about, okay, if I want
120:34 of start to think about, okay, if I want to change an image, I'm going to start
120:36 to change an image, I'm going to start running it through certain nodes. I'm
120:39 running it through certain nodes. I'm going to get rid of this blur node. What
120:41 going to get rid of this blur node. What kind of node would we use if we wanted
120:43 kind of node would we use if we wanted to make this whole image pink? We would
120:45 to make this whole image pink? We would probably use some kind of color
120:47 probably use some kind of color correction or tint node or something
120:49 correction or tint node or something like that. And there actually is a node
120:51 like that. And there actually is a node called color corrector which is right
120:53 called color corrector which is right here. And we can grab this and just drag
120:55 here. And we can grab this and just drag this down. Make sure that line turns
120:57 this down. Make sure that line turns blue. Grab this color corrector and
120:58 blue. Grab this color corrector and wiggle it and make sure that those
121:00 wiggle it and make sure that those connections are actually connected. And
121:02 connections are actually connected. And then we can select this color corrector
121:04 then we can select this color corrector and push this little dot towards pink.
121:06 and push this little dot towards pink. And look at what happens. We have a pink
121:08 And look at what happens. We have a pink image. We can switch over to the edit
121:09 image. We can switch over to the edit page. We have a pink image. And if you
121:12 page. We have a pink image. And if you can do that, if you can do just that,
121:15 can do that, if you can do just that, you can use Fusion. Even though Fusion
121:18 you can use Fusion. Even though Fusion can do all this really, really crazy
121:21 can do all this really, really crazy complicated stuff, it can be as simple
121:24 complicated stuff, it can be as simple as that. Now, let's take a look at how
121:26 as that. Now, let's take a look at how nodes work together. Here's a little
121:28 nodes work together. Here's a little diagram of how we would make a foggy
121:30 diagram of how we would make a foggy shot. So, a shot where we're adding fog.
121:33 shot. So, a shot where we're adding fog. Maybe we have a shot of a house and we
121:35 Maybe we have a shot of a house and we have an image of fog. We're going to put
121:38 have an image of fog. We're going to put those together with a node called merge.
121:40 those together with a node called merge. That puts one image over another image.
121:43 That puts one image over another image. Then maybe we want to do some color
121:44 Then maybe we want to do some color correction to that whole image where
121:46 correction to that whole image where that's already combined. Then maybe we
121:48 that's already combined. Then maybe we want to zoom it in a little bit. And
121:51 want to zoom it in a little bit. And then we put this into the media out
121:52 then we put this into the media out which is going to put it into the edit
121:54 which is going to put it into the edit page. That's how we would add fog to a
121:57 page. That's how we would add fog to a shot. And really you don't even need the
121:59 shot. And really you don't even need the color correction or zoom. If you're just
122:00 color correction or zoom. If you're just going to add fog, you could just put fog
122:02 going to add fog, you could just put fog over the house shot in Fusion. Call it
122:05 over the house shot in Fusion. Call it good. So, let's get to work here in
122:07 good. So, let's get to work here in Fusion. In the context of the movie,
122:09 Fusion. In the context of the movie, there's actually supposed to be some
122:11 there's actually supposed to be some smoke, kind of a smoke trail that goes
122:13 smoke, kind of a smoke trail that goes across this sky. And so, we're adding a
122:16 across this sky. And so, we're adding a really simple visual effect of some
122:18 really simple visual effect of some smoke. And we're going to do this
122:19 smoke. And we're going to do this together in Fusion. But before we do
122:22 together in Fusion. But before we do that, I want to set up our color
122:23 that, I want to set up our color management. This is something that we're
122:25 management. This is something that we're going to talk about a little bit more in
122:27 going to talk about a little bit more in the color page. But for now, I want you
122:29 the color page. But for now, I want you to do this with me. Go to the media pool
122:31 to do this with me. Go to the media pool and to the Fusion folder. Right click on
122:34 and to the Fusion folder. Right click on our Fusion timeline. We can go to
122:36 our Fusion timeline. We can go to timelines, timeline settings. This is
122:39 timelines, timeline settings. This is going to allow us to change the settings
122:41 going to allow us to change the settings for our timeline. And let's uncheck use
122:43 for our timeline. And let's uncheck use project settings like this. And this is
122:46 project settings like this. And this is where you can change the timeline
122:47 where you can change the timeline resolution and all kinds of stuff here.
122:49 resolution and all kinds of stuff here. But we're going to go over to where it
122:50 But we're going to go over to where it says color. And here where it says color
122:53 says color. And here where it says color science, I'm going to switch this from
122:54 science, I'm going to switch this from Da Vinci YGB to Da Vinci Y RGB color
122:57 Da Vinci YGB to Da Vinci Y RGB color managed like this. I'm also going to
123:00 managed like this. I'm also going to uncheck automatic color management and
123:02 uncheck automatic color management and take this color processing mode and
123:04 take this color processing mode and switch this to HDR Da Vinci wide gamut
123:05 switch this to HDR Da Vinci wide gamut intermediate. Now, you probably don't
123:07 intermediate. Now, you probably don't know what any of that means. We'll talk
123:09 know what any of that means. We'll talk about that in a little while, but for
123:11 about that in a little while, but for now, set your settings for your timeline
123:13 now, set your settings for your timeline to this and then hit okay. And that made
123:16 to this and then hit okay. And that made our viewer flash a little bit. And
123:18 our viewer flash a little bit. And that's because what it's doing is
123:19 that's because what it's doing is putting this timeline into color managed
123:21 putting this timeline into color managed mode, which for our purposes means that
123:23 mode, which for our purposes means that it's going to do a little bit of color
123:25 it's going to do a little bit of color correction to make our log footage not
123:28 correction to make our log footage not look like log footage. If you're like,
123:30 look like log footage. If you're like, "What the heck is log footage?" We'll
123:31 "What the heck is log footage?" We'll talk about it in a little bit. But for
123:33 talk about it in a little bit. But for now, what we're going to do is shift
123:35 now, what we're going to do is shift select all of these clips right here.
123:37 select all of these clips right here. So, our alien plate, our ship plate, our
123:39 So, our alien plate, our ship plate, our house exterior, and our wide shot. And
123:41 house exterior, and our wide shot. And we're going to rightclick and go down to
123:43 we're going to rightclick and go down to input color space and select Blackmagic
123:45 input color space and select Blackmagic Design. Blackmagic Design Pocket 4K film
123:49 Design. Blackmagic Design Pocket 4K film Gen 4 right here. That's what we want.
123:52 Gen 4 right here. That's what we want. Boom. This makes our colors look a
123:56 Boom. This makes our colors look a little bit better because we're doing a
123:58 little bit better because we're doing a little bit of initial color correction
124:00 little bit of initial color correction to our footage. And that's just going to
124:02 to our footage. And that's just going to make everything in Fusion work a little
124:03 make everything in Fusion work a little bit nicer. Like I said, we'll talk about
124:05 bit nicer. Like I said, we'll talk about this a little bit more when we get to
124:07 this a little bit more when we get to the color page. For now, your clip
124:09 the color page. For now, your clip should look like this. And we're going
124:11 should look like this. And we're going to add some smoke to the sky here. The
124:13 to add some smoke to the sky here. The first thing that we need to do is get
124:15 first thing that we need to do is get some smoke. And you can do this a lot of
124:17 some smoke. And you can do this a lot of different ways. You could get an image
124:19 different ways. You could get an image of a smoke trail. You could render one
124:21 of a smoke trail. You could render one in 3D. You can do all different kinds of
124:24 in 3D. You can do all different kinds of things. What we can actually do here in
124:26 things. What we can actually do here in Fusion is generate something that looks
124:29 Fusion is generate something that looks sort of like smoke using this little
124:30 sort of like smoke using this little icon right here. I can click this and
124:32 icon right here. I can click this and drag this in. This is called fast noise.
124:35 drag this in. This is called fast noise. And to take a look at what this does,
124:37 And to take a look at what this does, remember I said we're going to talk
124:38 remember I said we're going to talk about these two viewers here. I'll make
124:40 about these two viewers here. I'll make sure to select this button right here.
124:43 sure to select this button right here. And that's going to make sure that we
124:44 And that's going to make sure that we have two viewers. You can kind of switch
124:45 have two viewers. You can kind of switch between one viewer and two viewers with
124:47 between one viewer and two viewers with this button. There's similar buttons on
124:48 this button. There's similar buttons on the other pages. They're kind of like
124:50 the other pages. They're kind of like this actually. But if we have two
124:52 this actually. But if we have two viewers here, I can take this fast noise
124:55 viewers here, I can take this fast noise node and I can just drag it into my left
124:57 node and I can just drag it into my left viewer and that'll let me see what this
125:00 viewer and that'll let me see what this fast noise node is doing. So this fast
125:03 fast noise node is doing. So this fast noise node is creating this kind of
125:06 noise node is creating this kind of foggy cloud texture. And if I select
125:08 foggy cloud texture. And if I select this and go to my inspector, I can push
125:11 this and go to my inspector, I can push up the detail. I can push up the scale.
125:14 up the detail. I can push up the scale. And that's going to make these clouds.
125:16 And that's going to make these clouds. So, we're going to make some kind of
125:17 So, we're going to make some kind of clouds here. We'll just I don't know,
125:18 clouds here. We'll just I don't know, make it about that size. Sure. You don't
125:20 make it about that size. Sure. You don't have to get it exactly like me. I'll go
125:22 have to get it exactly like me. I'll go ahead and close our media pool, too, so
125:24 ahead and close our media pool, too, so we have a little room. And we're going
125:25 we have a little room. And we're going to change the color of this fog. We're
125:27 to change the color of this fog. We're going to go to the color tab of our fast
125:30 going to go to the color tab of our fast noise here. And here for color two,
125:32 noise here. And here for color two, instead of white, I'm going to take the
125:34 instead of white, I'm going to take the blue, green, and red down so that it's
125:37 blue, green, and red down so that it's black. So, it's basically just black
125:38 black. So, it's basically just black clouds over transparent. You can see
125:40 clouds over transparent. You can see it's transparent by the checkerboard
125:42 it's transparent by the checkerboard here. And so, this is just black clouds
125:44 here. And so, this is just black clouds over transparent. And now, we're going
125:46 over transparent. And now, we're going to put these black clouds over this
125:49 to put these black clouds over this image. Now, you might think that what
125:52 image. Now, you might think that what you do is you run this image through
125:54 you do is you run this image through this image because you're applying these
125:56 this image because you're applying these black clouds to it. Really, what's
125:58 black clouds to it. Really, what's happening here is we have one image,
126:00 happening here is we have one image, which is our original footage, and then
126:02 which is our original footage, and then we have this other image, which is our
126:03 we have this other image, which is our fast noise, and we're going to combine
126:05 fast noise, and we're going to combine them together. To combine two images
126:07 them together. To combine two images together, you use a very specific node
126:09 together, you use a very specific node called a merge node. Here's how it
126:12 called a merge node. Here's how it works. This little icon right here, if
126:14 works. This little icon right here, if we grab this and drag this down, this
126:16 we grab this and drag this down, this will make a merge node. And it has three
126:18 will make a merge node. And it has three inputs: yellow, green, and blue. The
126:21 inputs: yellow, green, and blue. The yellow input is the background for our
126:23 yellow input is the background for our merge. So, we can take the output of
126:25 merge. So, we can take the output of this media in one. I can actually just
126:27 this media in one. I can actually just click on this line once to get rid of
126:29 click on this line once to get rid of it. I can take the output, which is that
126:31 it. I can take the output, which is that little gray square, drag this into merge
126:33 little gray square, drag this into merge one, like this.
126:36 one, like this. into the yellow input. And then I can
126:38 into the yellow input. And then I can take my fast noise and put that into the
126:40 take my fast noise and put that into the green input and take the output of my
126:43 green input and take the output of my merge and put that into my media out.
126:45 merge and put that into my media out. And I'll make sure to drag this media
126:47 And I'll make sure to drag this media out to the right viewer so that I'm
126:48 out to the right viewer so that I'm always looking at that media out. And
126:50 always looking at that media out. And now we have our black clouds over our
126:52 now we have our black clouds over our image. So we put two images together,
126:55 image. So we put two images together, our black clouds and our original image.
126:57 our black clouds and our original image. And don't miss this. Either of these
127:00 And don't miss this. Either of these viewers can view any node at any time.
127:02 viewers can view any node at any time. All you have to do is take the node and
127:03 All you have to do is take the node and drag it into the viewer. You can also
127:05 drag it into the viewer. You can also hit one or two on the keyboard with the
127:07 hit one or two on the keyboard with the node selected to load it into either
127:09 node selected to load it into either viewer. What I like to do is have my
127:11 viewer. What I like to do is have my media out on the right viewer and then
127:13 media out on the right viewer and then just view various nodes on the left
127:15 just view various nodes on the left viewer so that I can see what's
127:17 viewer so that I can see what's happening with little pieces of my
127:19 happening with little pieces of my composite. A lot like you would grab a
127:22 composite. A lot like you would grab a piece of media here on the source viewer
127:24 piece of media here on the source viewer and you'd have your timeline on the
127:25 and you'd have your timeline on the right viewer. Kind of the same thing. We
127:28 right viewer. Kind of the same thing. We look at pieces of it on the left viewer
127:30 look at pieces of it on the left viewer and our media out on the right viewer.
127:32 and our media out on the right viewer. So now, just as a reminder, if we go
127:33 So now, just as a reminder, if we go over to the edit page, this clip is
127:35 over to the edit page, this clip is going to have those black clouds over
127:37 going to have those black clouds over it.
127:39 it. That's really cool. We can select this
127:40 That's really cool. We can select this fast noise and adjust the detail
127:45 fast noise and adjust the detail and the scale and everything of those
127:47 and the scale and everything of those clouds. We can adjust the se to kind of
127:50 clouds. We can adjust the se to kind of move these around. That's going to give
127:52 move these around. That's going to give us those dark clouds. But we don't want
127:54 us those dark clouds. But we don't want those clouds to be everywhere. We only
127:56 those clouds to be everywhere. We only want it to be kind of in one place. We
127:59 want it to be kind of in one place. We really want this to be kind of a streak
128:01 really want this to be kind of a streak across the sky like this. So what we can
128:04 across the sky like this. So what we can do is mask this fast noise and limit
128:07 do is mask this fast noise and limit this image so that it only exists right
128:10 this image so that it only exists right there inside of this little shape. So we
128:12 there inside of this little shape. So we can do that with a mask node. So there
128:14 can do that with a mask node. So there are quite a few little mask nodes here
128:17 are quite a few little mask nodes here in Fusion. And we can grab whichever one
128:19 in Fusion. And we can grab whichever one of these that we think is the best.
128:20 of these that we think is the best. There are a few. There's a ellipse node
128:23 There are a few. There's a ellipse node which draws a circle,
128:25 which draws a circle, a rectangle which draws a rectangle.
128:27 a rectangle which draws a rectangle. This is pretty This is pretty intense
128:28 This is pretty This is pretty intense stuff.
128:31 stuff. We also have a polygon node which lets
128:33 We also have a polygon node which lets you kind of use a pen tool to make a
128:35 you kind of use a pen tool to make a custom shape. And that's the kind of
128:37 custom shape. And that's the kind of shape that we're actually going to use.
128:38 shape that we're actually going to use. So, let's grab a polygon node. That's
128:40 So, let's grab a polygon node. That's this middle one here. Drag this down.
128:43 this middle one here. Drag this down. And then we're going to make the shape.
128:44 And then we're going to make the shape. I'm going to just kind of make like a
128:46 I'm going to just kind of make like a triangle thing here that's sort of going
128:48 triangle thing here that's sort of going off the screen like that. There we go.
128:50 off the screen like that. There we go. It's actually kind of a rectangle, I
128:52 It's actually kind of a rectangle, I guess, but it's really skewed. And so
128:54 guess, but it's really skewed. And so the idea here is that we're only
128:56 the idea here is that we're only highlighting this part of the image and
128:59 highlighting this part of the image and this is where we want to draw those
129:01 this is where we want to draw those clouds. So we can take the output of
129:03 clouds. So we can take the output of this and we can plug this output into
129:05 this and we can plug this output into the blue input of this fast noise. And
129:08 the blue input of this fast noise. And what's going to happen? Check this out.
129:09 what's going to happen? Check this out. Take this, plug this into the blue
129:11 Take this, plug this into the blue input. That's going to limit this fast
129:14 input. That's going to limit this fast noise to only exist inside of that
129:17 noise to only exist inside of that shape. So now if I double click off of
129:19 shape. So now if I double click off of this, we can see that those clouds are
129:21 this, we can see that those clouds are only inside of that shape. You can think
129:24 only inside of that shape. You can think of a mask this way. If a node has one
129:26 of a mask this way. If a node has one job, like this fast noise has a job of
129:28 job, like this fast noise has a job of making these black clouds. You can use a
129:31 making these black clouds. You can use a polygon to draw a shape and say whatever
129:34 polygon to draw a shape and say whatever your job is node, I want you to only do
129:37 your job is node, I want you to only do that job right here inside of this
129:39 that job right here inside of this shape. When we connect this to the blue
129:40 shape. When we connect this to the blue input, we're limiting it to that shape.
129:43 input, we're limiting it to that shape. If we had a different shape like a
129:45 If we had a different shape like a ellipse and we put that into the blue
129:47 ellipse and we put that into the blue input, it would limit it to that
129:49 input, it would limit it to that ellipse. All right? So, it's sort of
129:51 ellipse. All right? So, it's sort of like we're cropping what that node is
129:53 like we're cropping what that node is doing.
129:55 doing. So, we put that into the vast noise. And
129:57 So, we put that into the vast noise. And then let's view our media out. And now
130:00 then let's view our media out. And now it looks like the edges here are just
130:01 it looks like the edges here are just too sharp. So, something we could do
130:03 too sharp. So, something we could do would be to select our polygon and go
130:05 would be to select our polygon and go over here to soft edge. We can push that
130:08 over here to soft edge. We can push that soft edge up. We could really soften
130:10 soft edge up. We could really soften this. And look, now we have just kind of
130:13 this. And look, now we have just kind of a trail of dark clouds here. And it
130:16 a trail of dark clouds here. And it doesn't look like we cut that out with a
130:17 doesn't look like we cut that out with a mask. It just looks like a nice little
130:19 mask. It just looks like a nice little trail. So that works really, really
130:21 trail. So that works really, really well. So if you can do this, this is
130:23 well. So if you can do this, this is like your first visual effect inside of
130:26 like your first visual effect inside of Fusion. What an exciting thing. And so
130:28 Fusion. What an exciting thing. And so now when we play this back, we have the
130:30 now when we play this back, we have the bikes going across and we have the smoke
130:32 bikes going across and we have the smoke trail. The other thing we can do is we
130:34 trail. The other thing we can do is we can go to our fast noise and we can push
130:36 can go to our fast noise and we can push up the sea rate. Can push that up a
130:38 up the sea rate. Can push that up a little bit. I'm going to push it up way
130:39 little bit. I'm going to push it up way too much right now just so we can see
130:40 too much right now just so we can see what's going on. But this see rate will
130:42 what's going on. But this see rate will animate those clouds just continuously.
130:45 animate those clouds just continuously. So when we play this back, we can see
130:47 So when we play this back, we can see how the clouds are kind of like
130:48 how the clouds are kind of like wobbling, right? We don't want it this
130:51 wobbling, right? We don't want it this fast. So I can take this down a lot. I
130:54 fast. So I can take this down a lot. I just want it just just ever so slight.
130:58 just want it just just ever so slight. Just so it has a little bit of movement.
131:00 Just so it has a little bit of movement. Just so it isn't totally static.
131:04 Just so it isn't totally static. Yeah, maybe something like that where
131:06 Yeah, maybe something like that where it's just almost imperceptibly moving so
131:09 it's just almost imperceptibly moving so it doesn't look like just a still. There
131:11 it doesn't look like just a still. There we go. Now we have this smoke trail from
131:13 we go. Now we have this smoke trail from the crashed UFO going across the screen.
131:16 the crashed UFO going across the screen. I love that. And anytime we want, we can
131:19 I love that. And anytime we want, we can change this polygon and kind of change
131:21 change this polygon and kind of change this shape to change where our smoke
131:24 this shape to change where our smoke trail goes. Now, the one thing that
131:25 trail goes. Now, the one thing that you'll run into when you're adjusting a
131:27 you'll run into when you're adjusting a polygon mask is that it automatically
131:30 polygon mask is that it automatically animates. And so, if we were to look at
131:32 animates. And so, if we were to look at this and play this back, see how that
131:34 this and play this back, see how that mask is animating? When I go back and
131:36 mask is animating? When I go back and forth, it animates. That's because I
131:39 forth, it animates. That's because I have a key frame on this mask, that
131:42 have a key frame on this mask, that first frame where I drew this mask. And
131:45 first frame where I drew this mask. And when I changed it just now, we were
131:47 when I changed it just now, we were actually at a different place in time.
131:49 actually at a different place in time. So, if we're doing this on purpose, it's
131:51 So, if we're doing this on purpose, it's great. But one thing that I always do
131:53 great. But one thing that I always do with masks that I'm not going to animate
131:55 with masks that I'm not going to animate is I go over here to the inspector. I
131:57 is I go over here to the inspector. I select the polygon mask. Go over here to
131:59 select the polygon mask. Go over here to the inspector. Right here where it says
132:01 the inspector. Right here where it says right click here for shape animation, I
132:03 right click here for shape animation, I rightclick and then go down and I say
132:05 rightclick and then go down and I say remove polygon one polyline. like that.
132:08 remove polygon one polyline. like that. Boop. Like that. What that's going to do
132:10 Boop. Like that. What that's going to do is get rid of the key frames, which are
132:11 is get rid of the key frames, which are the little white ticks that were on
132:13 the little white ticks that were on here. It's not going to have a red key
132:14 here. It's not going to have a red key frame diamond. It's just going to stay
132:17 frame diamond. It's just going to stay where it's at. And no matter where I
132:19 where it's at. And no matter where I change this mask, it's always going to
132:21 change this mask, it's always going to stay like that because there is no
132:23 stay like that because there is no animation. All right, that has got me in
132:26 animation. All right, that has got me in trouble so many times. That's why I'm
132:28 trouble so many times. That's why I'm telling you about it now. If your mask
132:31 telling you about it now. If your mask is animating, it's because it's
132:32 is animating, it's because it's automatically key framed. You got to
132:34 automatically key framed. You got to right click and get rid of that
132:35 right click and get rid of that animation. So, now we have a little bit
132:37 animation. So, now we have a little bit of movement there. We have a nice
132:39 of movement there. We have a nice looking shot. We have this kind of
132:41 looking shot. We have this kind of streak across the sky. How do we get it
132:43 streak across the sky. How do we get it back into the edit page? I'm testing
132:45 back into the edit page? I'm testing you. All you do is switch back to the
132:47 you. All you do is switch back to the edit page and boom, there it is. That's
132:49 edit page and boom, there it is. That's our finished visual effects shot. Isn't
132:51 our finished visual effects shot. Isn't that awesome? We did that all right here
132:53 that awesome? We did that all right here inside of Resolve, inside of Fusion.
132:55 inside of Resolve, inside of Fusion. Beautiful. Let's go to our first shot,
132:58 Beautiful. Let's go to our first shot, this house exterior. I'll switch back
133:00 this house exterior. I'll switch back over to Fusion. Again, I'm moving this
133:02 over to Fusion. Again, I'm moving this around by clicking and dragging with my
133:05 around by clicking and dragging with my middle button on my mouse, my scroll
133:06 middle button on my mouse, my scroll wheel button. And you can kind of move
133:08 wheel button. And you can kind of move this around. Same thing here for the
133:10 this around. Same thing here for the viewers. But now, what we're going to do
133:12 viewers. But now, what we're going to do is we're going to turn this into a
133:13 is we're going to turn this into a nighttime shot. So, this is going to
133:15 nighttime shot. So, this is going to involve a couple things. One is we need
133:18 involve a couple things. One is we need to make it darker. Two is we need to
133:19 to make it darker. Two is we need to make it blue. Three is we need to kind
133:23 make it blue. Three is we need to kind of keep some of the light that's here so
133:25 of keep some of the light that's here so that it doesn't look weird and it
133:26 that it doesn't look weird and it doesn't look too dark. So, we're
133:27 doesn't look too dark. So, we're darkening everything except for these
133:29 darkening everything except for these lights basically. How do we do this? In
133:32 lights basically. How do we do this? In Fusion, we can run an image through an
133:35 Fusion, we can run an image through an effect. So, for instance, this color
133:36 effect. So, for instance, this color correction effect. We could grab this
133:39 correction effect. We could grab this and drag that down like this. And we can
133:41 and drag that down like this. And we can select the color corrector. Maybe we'll
133:43 select the color corrector. Maybe we'll push this a little bit blue. Maybe push
133:45 push this a little bit blue. Maybe push up a little bit of contrast. Maybe take
133:47 up a little bit of contrast. Maybe take this gain down. That's just the
133:49 this gain down. That's just the brightness of the brightest parts of the
133:50 brightness of the brightest parts of the image. Maybe something like that. Now,
133:53 image. Maybe something like that. Now, we're really darkening that kind of
133:55 we're really darkening that kind of thing down. That's one way that we could
133:57 thing down. That's one way that we could do it. We could also use a curves node.
134:01 do it. We could also use a curves node. And this, if we uncheck alpha, we can
134:03 And this, if we uncheck alpha, we can add a little bit of a contrast curve
134:04 add a little bit of a contrast curve like that. But the tool that I really
134:06 like that. But the tool that I really like for this kind of thing inside of
134:08 like for this kind of thing inside of Fusion is our brightness and contrast
134:10 Fusion is our brightness and contrast node. That's this node right here.
134:13 node. That's this node right here. We can take this and drag this in. I
134:15 We can take this and drag this in. I like this because it's a little bit more
134:17 like this because it's a little bit more simple. I could just take maybe this
134:19 simple. I could just take maybe this gamma down. Push this down like this.
134:22 gamma down. Push this down like this. Take the saturation down a little bit.
134:24 Take the saturation down a little bit. And now we're just making this a little
134:25 And now we're just making this a little bit darker. Like that. Yes. And we're
134:28 bit darker. Like that. Yes. And we're pretty quickly going to figure out that
134:30 pretty quickly going to figure out that the color here is going to be too dark
134:32 the color here is going to be too dark here and not dark enough up here. So,
134:35 here and not dark enough up here. So, what we're going to have to do is do
134:37 what we're going to have to do is do this in a couple different parts. So, I
134:38 this in a couple different parts. So, I could take this brightness and contrast
134:40 could take this brightness and contrast down. And I'm just going to pick one of
134:41 down. And I'm just going to pick one of these. I can either pick the sky or I
134:43 these. I can either pick the sky or I can pick the ground and the building and
134:45 can pick the ground and the building and stuff. So, I'll just pick the building
134:47 stuff. So, I'll just pick the building first. Maybe just kind of take that
134:49 first. Maybe just kind of take that down. Something like that. Great. The
134:52 down. Something like that. Great. The other thing I want to do is clip black
134:53 other thing I want to do is clip black and clip white. This makes sure that no
134:56 and clip white. This makes sure that no craziness happens with our color.
134:57 craziness happens with our color. Sometimes you can make things that are
134:59 Sometimes you can make things that are blacker than black or whiter than white
135:01 blacker than black or whiter than white and that kind of messes with things and
135:02 and that kind of messes with things and gives you weird results sometimes. So
135:04 gives you weird results sometimes. So you always want to clip that black and
135:05 you always want to clip that black and white unless you're doing something
135:06 white unless you're doing something really specific. I also tend to click
135:09 really specific. I also tend to click pre-ivide post multiply. This makes sure
135:11 pre-ivide post multiply. This makes sure that if you're color correcting
135:12 that if you're color correcting something that has transparency, like an
135:14 something that has transparency, like an alpha channel, maybe it's a logo or
135:16 alpha channel, maybe it's a logo or something like that that has
135:17 something like that that has transparency, that when you adjust the
135:19 transparency, that when you adjust the colors that it only adjusts the colors
135:21 colors that it only adjusts the colors on the pixels that aren't transparent.
135:23 on the pixels that aren't transparent. Sometimes you can color correct
135:25 Sometimes you can color correct transparent pixels and weird stuff
135:26 transparent pixels and weird stuff happens too. So basically you tick all
135:29 happens too. So basically you tick all of these boxes to make sure weird stuff
135:31 of these boxes to make sure weird stuff doesn't happen. Okay, so we have this a
135:33 doesn't happen. Okay, so we have this a little bit darker. Let's darken the sky
135:36 little bit darker. Let's darken the sky too. So what I could do would just be to
135:38 too. So what I could do would just be to copy and paste this just by hitting C,
135:41 copy and paste this just by hitting C, double clicking, hitting Ctrl +V. And
135:43 double clicking, hitting Ctrl +V. And let's do another version of this. Let's
135:45 let's do another version of this. Let's take our original footage and we'll run
135:46 take our original footage and we'll run it through brightness and contrast like
135:48 it through brightness and contrast like this. Take this brightness and contrast.
135:50 this. Take this brightness and contrast. Make sure we're looking at that. Just
135:51 Make sure we're looking at that. Just dragging it up here. And then we'll clip
135:54 dragging it up here. And then we'll clip black and white. Pre-divide, post
135:55 black and white. Pre-divide, post multiply. And this time we're going to
135:57 multiply. And this time we're going to take this gain down a lot. We're going
135:59 take this gain down a lot. We're going to take the gamma down a lot. We're just
136:01 to take the gamma down a lot. We're just going to make that sky really dark. All
136:03 going to make that sky really dark. All I care about is the sky. Yeah, something
136:06 I care about is the sky. Yeah, something like that. Really, really dark.
136:08 like that. Really, really dark. Everything else is way too dark, but we
136:09 Everything else is way too dark, but we just care about the sky. Also going to
136:11 just care about the sky. Also going to take the saturation down a lot. Maybe
136:13 take the saturation down a lot. Maybe like all the way. Okay. So, we have a
136:16 like all the way. Okay. So, we have a separate color correction for the sky,
136:18 separate color correction for the sky, and we have a separate color correction
136:19 and we have a separate color correction for the bottom part. Now we're going to
136:21 for the bottom part. Now we're going to combine these images together. So we can
136:23 combine these images together. So we can do that with a merge node that always
136:25 do that with a merge node that always combines images like this. So we're
136:28 combines images like this. So we're going to put this merge node here. And
136:29 going to put this merge node here. And let's look at our media out. So now we
136:31 let's look at our media out. So now we have this color correction for the
136:34 have this color correction for the building. And now we're going to take
136:36 building. And now we're going to take the output of the color correction for
136:37 the output of the color correction for our sky and put that into the foreground
136:40 our sky and put that into the foreground of this merge. And look what happens. We
136:42 of this merge. And look what happens. We only see the foreground. Okay. So here's
136:45 only see the foreground. Okay. So here's the background before the merge. Here's
136:48 the background before the merge. Here's the foreground before the merge.
136:50 the foreground before the merge. And here is the composite after the
136:53 And here is the composite after the merge, but we only wanted it for the
136:55 merge, but we only wanted it for the sky. Well, the thing is we didn't tell
136:57 sky. Well, the thing is we didn't tell Fusion that we only want on the sky. So,
137:00 Fusion that we only want on the sky. So, what we got to do is use a mask just
137:02 what we got to do is use a mask just like we did with the black smoke. And
137:03 like we did with the black smoke. And so, I could take something like this
137:05 so, I could take something like this polygon mask. I'll drag this down. And
137:07 polygon mask. I'll drag this down. And this time, I'm going to mask the merge
137:10 this time, I'm going to mask the merge because this merge is doing one job.
137:12 because this merge is doing one job. What it's doing is it's putting the
137:13 What it's doing is it's putting the foreground over the background. And what
137:15 foreground over the background. And what I want to do is tell it to only put that
137:17 I want to do is tell it to only put that foreground over the background inside of
137:20 foreground over the background inside of this shape that I'm going to draw. So,
137:22 this shape that I'm going to draw. So, actually, let's go ahead and draw this
137:24 actually, let's go ahead and draw this shape first. And I'm just going to start
137:26 shape first. And I'm just going to start kind of up here. I'm going to select
137:28 kind of up here. I'm going to select this polygon and start up here and just
137:31 this polygon and start up here and just kind of draw around where I want the
137:34 kind of draw around where I want the sky. There we go. Something like that.
137:37 sky. There we go. Something like that. Then I can connect this polygon to the
137:38 Then I can connect this polygon to the blue input of that merge. And look what
137:40 blue input of that merge. And look what happens. We have the sky color grade
137:43 happens. We have the sky color grade over the building color grade. And
137:45 over the building color grade. And again, just like we did with the black
137:47 again, just like we did with the black smoke, I can take this polygon and push
137:49 smoke, I can take this polygon and push up the soft edge like this. We'll just
137:52 up the soft edge like this. We'll just push it up a little bit.
137:55 push it up a little bit. Maybe bring this down.
137:58 Maybe bring this down. Soften that edge a lot.
138:04 And we're just going to kind of move that around to where we get a good
138:09 that around to where we get a good solid combination of both of those
138:12 solid combination of both of those colors.
138:14 colors. Might want to make this even softer.
138:17 Might want to make this even softer. And now we can select this merge and
138:18 And now we can select this merge and turn off on and off this switch. And we
138:21 turn off on and off this switch. And we can see the difference, right?
138:24 can see the difference, right? Makes a big big difference. I also want
138:26 Makes a big big difference. I also want to take this polygon and maybe move it
138:27 to take this polygon and maybe move it up a little bit just so we're not
138:29 up a little bit just so we're not softening the edges. is we'll take it
138:30 softening the edges. is we'll take it way off the canvas here like this. And
138:34 way off the canvas here like this. And now we have essentially two color
138:36 now we have essentially two color corrected images combined together. We
138:39 corrected images combined together. We have our sky grade and our building
138:42 have our sky grade and our building grade and we're putting those together
138:44 grade and we're putting those together in two different layers. Now let's take
138:46 in two different layers. Now let's take this whole thing and turn it blue. I'm
138:48 this whole thing and turn it blue. I'm going to take this media out and we're
138:50 going to take this media out and we're going to take some color correction.
138:51 going to take some color correction. We're going to run this through our
138:52 We're going to run this through our color corrector and we're going to push
138:54 color corrector and we're going to push this a little bit blue. All right. Let's
138:56 this a little bit blue. All right. Let's make sure we're looking at our media
138:57 make sure we're looking at our media out. Oh yeah, that's too blue. We just
138:59 out. Oh yeah, that's too blue. We just want it a little bit blue. Something
139:02 want it a little bit blue. Something like that. Maybe take the saturation
139:04 like that. Maybe take the saturation down a little bit.
139:08 down a little bit. And we can really start to dial this in
139:10 And we can really start to dial this in and make this look like it's nighttime.
139:12 and make this look like it's nighttime. Okay. Now, a lot of this is stuff that
139:14 Okay. Now, a lot of this is stuff that we could probably do in the color page,
139:16 we could probably do in the color page, honestly. But I like this exercise
139:18 honestly. But I like this exercise because it gets us used to working with
139:20 because it gets us used to working with nodes. And this will also help us with
139:22 nodes. And this will also help us with color here in a little bit. If anytime
139:24 color here in a little bit. If anytime you get lost in a node tree, you can
139:27 you get lost in a node tree, you can just grab the nodes on the left and just
139:29 just grab the nodes on the left and just start dragging each one into this left
139:31 start dragging each one into this left viewer and kind of think about it in
139:33 viewer and kind of think about it in steps. The first step we have is our
139:35 steps. The first step we have is our original footage. Then we're adjusting
139:37 original footage. Then we're adjusting it with the brightness and contrast.
139:40 it with the brightness and contrast. Then we're taking our original footage
139:42 Then we're taking our original footage again and we're adjusting it differently
139:44 again and we're adjusting it differently with our brightness and contrast. So we
139:46 with our brightness and contrast. So we have two versions of this color
139:48 have two versions of this color corrected image. One that's sort of dark
139:50 corrected image. One that's sort of dark and one that's really dark. Then we're
139:52 and one that's really dark. Then we're merging our really dark one over our
139:54 merging our really dark one over our sort of dark one, but we're only doing
139:57 sort of dark one, but we're only doing it inside of this polygon mask. So just
140:01 it inside of this polygon mask. So just on the sky part. Then we're taking that
140:03 on the sky part. Then we're taking that whole thing and we're color correcting
140:06 whole thing and we're color correcting it to tint it blue. And that gives us
140:09 it to tint it blue. And that gives us our composite where we have multiple
140:12 our composite where we have multiple images put over one another. Now we
140:14 images put over one another. Now we could go even crazier here. What really
140:17 could go even crazier here. What really sells a day fornight shot is when we
140:19 sells a day fornight shot is when we have these bright yellow lights kind of
140:20 have these bright yellow lights kind of lighting things up. And so we could copy
140:23 lighting things up. And so we could copy this media in again. I'll just copy and
140:24 this media in again. I'll just copy and paste. Now we have our original footage
140:28 paste. Now we have our original footage again. And we can put this over our blue
140:32 again. And we can put this over our blue kind of nighttime shot like this. We can
140:35 kind of nighttime shot like this. We can do that by adding a merge node and
140:38 do that by adding a merge node and putting it into the foreground. And if
140:40 putting it into the foreground. And if we look at our media out, we have our
140:42 we look at our media out, we have our original footage with nothing over it,
140:44 original footage with nothing over it, right? But we're only going to merge
140:46 right? But we're only going to merge this where the bright parts are here. So
140:48 this where the bright parts are here. So we could do something like grab a
140:51 we could do something like grab a ellipse and plug this into the blue
140:53 ellipse and plug this into the blue input here.
140:56 input here. And I can make this ellipse really small
140:59 And I can make this ellipse really small and move it like this. And then soften
141:01 and move it like this. And then soften that edge like this. See what we're
141:04 that edge like this. See what we're doing here?
141:07 doing here? Soften that edge. And now we have that
141:09 Soften that edge. And now we have that yellow that looks like the light is
141:14 yellow that looks like the light is emitting light. Right. We could copy and
141:17 emitting light. Right. We could copy and paste this ellipse mask. I'll just drag
141:19 paste this ellipse mask. I'll just drag this down. Hit Ctrl + C and then Ctrl
141:22 this down. Hit Ctrl + C and then Ctrl +V. It's going to copy and paste that.
141:24 +V. It's going to copy and paste that. And it's going to run that mask through
141:26 And it's going to run that mask through that mask, which is basically just going
141:27 that mask, which is basically just going to combine them. So I can add another
141:29 to combine them. So I can add another mask over here. Create. I'll move these
141:31 mask over here. Create. I'll move these down. Grab this one. Copy paste. Crl +
141:34 down. Grab this one. Copy paste. Crl + Crl + V. Move this over here for this
141:36 Crl + V. Move this over here for this one. Maybe make this one a little bit
141:38 one. Maybe make this one a little bit bigger. So we have a little bit more
141:41 bigger. So we have a little bit more light over here. Something like that.
141:44 light over here. Something like that. And now we have that light showing up
141:47 And now we have that light showing up here and it looks more like a night
141:50 here and it looks more like a night shot. Isn't that cool? This is the kind
141:52 shot. Isn't that cool? This is the kind of stuff that you can do in Fusion
141:54 of stuff that you can do in Fusion really easily. Maybe we want to add some
141:57 really easily. Maybe we want to add some fog to this. Remember, we kind of know
141:59 fog to this. Remember, we kind of know how to do that already. We can take this
142:01 how to do that already. We can take this second icon, which again makes fog. It's
142:04 second icon, which again makes fog. It's a fast noise. push up the detail. Maybe
142:07 a fast noise. push up the detail. Maybe maybe push down the scale a little bit.
142:09 maybe push down the scale a little bit. And let's merge this over everything. By
142:12 And let's merge this over everything. By the way, there is a quick trick to merge
142:15 the way, there is a quick trick to merge something over something else. So you
142:17 something over something else. So you don't have to grab this merge node and
142:19 don't have to grab this merge node and then plug it into the foreground. What
142:20 then plug it into the foreground. What you can do is just take the output, this
142:22 you can do is just take the output, this little gray square, and drop it on the
142:25 little gray square, and drop it on the white square here like this. Boop. And
142:27 white square here like this. Boop. And that will automatically put it in the
142:29 that will automatically put it in the foreground of a merge right after this
142:31 foreground of a merge right after this node. So now we have our fast noise over
142:34 node. So now we have our fast noise over everything just like we did before. And
142:36 everything just like we did before. And again, we can grab a polygon
142:40 again, we can grab a polygon and let's just kind of make a little
142:43 and let's just kind of make a little mask around here. I'm just clicking and
142:44 mask around here. I'm just clicking and dragging to make it soft. Pushing this
142:47 dragging to make it soft. Pushing this soft edge.
142:49 soft edge. Selecting these
142:51 Selecting these and just
142:53 and just messing with this shape that I can get a
142:57 messing with this shape that I can get a little bit of fog.
142:59 little bit of fog. Isn't that cool?
143:02 Isn't that cool? Now, this fog is a little bit strong.
143:03 Now, this fog is a little bit strong. So, I want to take this merge and I'm
143:06 So, I want to take this merge and I'm going to turn down the opacity of the
143:08 going to turn down the opacity of the foreground. I'm going to make it more
143:09 foreground. I'm going to make it more transparent. With this merge, I can take
143:11 transparent. With this merge, I can take this blend and push the blend down like
143:14 this blend and push the blend down like this. And so, I can kind of fade this on
143:16 this. And so, I can kind of fade this on or off. So, if I want to split the
143:18 or off. So, if I want to split the difference, I can take this blend to
143:19 difference, I can take this blend to 0.5.
143:21 0.5. And I'll actually just push this in just
143:23 And I'll actually just push this in just a little bit, maybe like 20% or so. And
143:27 a little bit, maybe like 20% or so. And now we have this fog in our shot.
143:31 now we have this fog in our shot. And it really adds a lot. Makes it feel
143:33 And it really adds a lot. Makes it feel like it's a nighttime kind of foggy
143:36 like it's a nighttime kind of foggy shot. Look at that big difference.
143:39 shot. Look at that big difference. Here's our original footage
143:42 Here's our original footage and here's after. That's a big big
143:44 and here's after. That's a big big difference. Isn't that cool? The other
143:45 difference. Isn't that cool? The other thing we can do with this fog is we can
143:48 thing we can do with this fog is we can grab this fast noise and look at this.
143:50 grab this fast noise and look at this. We can move the center of the fast noise
143:52 We can move the center of the fast noise around and that just kind of moves this
143:54 around and that just kind of moves this texture. And we can start this here at
143:57 texture. And we can start this here at the beginning of our shot. And just like
144:00 the beginning of our shot. And just like we can animate stuff in the edit page,
144:02 we can animate stuff in the edit page, we can animate stuff here in the fusion
144:05 we can animate stuff here in the fusion page. So I could take this fog. I'll
144:07 page. So I could take this fog. I'll take the center and just start it there.
144:08 take the center and just start it there. You can really start it anywhere. It's
144:10 You can really start it anywhere. It's just going to be easier to animate from
144:11 just going to be easier to animate from one side to the other rather than
144:12 one side to the other rather than starting here and then animating it off
144:14 starting here and then animating it off screen. We're going to start right here.
144:16 screen. We're going to start right here. And I'm going to animate the center.
144:17 And I'm going to animate the center. I'll just click this key frame diamond.
144:19 I'll just click this key frame diamond. And then at the end, we'll move this
144:21 And then at the end, we'll move this over a little bit. I don't know, maybe
144:23 over a little bit. I don't know, maybe halfway or so. So now as
144:27 halfway or so. So now as we play this back, we see the fog kind
144:29 we play this back, we see the fog kind of rolling across a little bit. Oh,
144:31 of rolling across a little bit. Oh, that's so cool. We could also adjust the
144:35 that's so cool. We could also adjust the seed rate and push that up just a little
144:36 seed rate and push that up just a little bit so that this kind of changes over
144:38 bit so that this kind of changes over time. Maybe a little bit stronger than
144:41 time. Maybe a little bit stronger than that. There we go. So now we have the
144:44 that. There we go. So now we have the fog kind of rolling in across this. I'm
144:46 fog kind of rolling in across this. I'm going to turn this up so you can see it
144:48 going to turn this up so you can see it a little better. We have that fog going
144:50 a little better. We have that fog going from left to right.
144:52 from left to right. I always want to keep things subtle, but
144:54 I always want to keep things subtle, but it's a little bit easier to see on the
144:56 it's a little bit easier to see on the recording here. So, let's just push this
144:58 recording here. So, let's just push this up
145:00 up just so it's nice and subtle. Little bit
145:02 just so it's nice and subtle. Little bit of fog. Ah, it's so cool. Movie magic in
145:06 of fog. Ah, it's so cool. Movie magic in Fusion. And remember, once we have this
145:08 Fusion. And remember, once we have this all built out, we can switch to the edit
145:09 all built out, we can switch to the edit page. And look, here's our shot in the
145:11 page. And look, here's our shot in the edit page. We don't have to render it.
145:13 edit page. We don't have to render it. We don't have to do anything crazy. It's
145:15 We don't have to do anything crazy. It's just already in the timeline. Isn't that
145:17 just already in the timeline. Isn't that awesome? Now, here's kind of one of the
145:19 awesome? Now, here's kind of one of the dirty little secrets about Fusion. You
145:22 dirty little secrets about Fusion. You kind of take one look at this node tree
145:23 kind of take one look at this node tree and you're like, gosh, that's a lot of
145:25 and you're like, gosh, that's a lot of little boxes and everything, but it
145:27 little boxes and everything, but it wasn't that hard when we were building
145:28 wasn't that hard when we were building it because we're just building it one
145:30 it because we're just building it one step at a time. Okay? And really, we're
145:33 step at a time. Okay? And really, we're just starting with this media in and
145:36 just starting with this media in and we're color correcting it, which is one
145:38 we're color correcting it, which is one step. We're starting with this media in
145:40 step. We're starting with this media in again and we're color correcting it.
145:42 again and we're color correcting it. We're putting it together. We're masking
145:44 We're putting it together. We're masking where it goes together. We're color
145:46 where it goes together. We're color correcting it blue. We're taking the
145:49 correcting it blue. We're taking the original footage again and we're just
145:50 original footage again and we're just putting it over everything, but only
145:53 putting it over everything, but only within these masks. So only where it's
145:55 within these masks. So only where it's white right here. Then we're taking some
145:57 white right here. Then we're taking some fast noise and we're putting it over our
145:59 fast noise and we're putting it over our shot, but only inside of a mask that's
146:03 shot, but only inside of a mask that's right down here. And so it's pretty
146:05 right down here. And so it's pretty simple, straightforward stuff. It's just
146:07 simple, straightforward stuff. It's just lined out with every single step that we
146:09 lined out with every single step that we did. So that's the bad thing and the
146:11 did. So that's the bad thing and the good thing about nodes. The bad thing is
146:13 good thing about nodes. The bad thing is that it looks kind of intimidating. But
146:15 that it looks kind of intimidating. But the good thing is that you can always go
146:16 the good thing is that you can always go back to any of these steps. All these
146:18 back to any of these steps. All these steps are modular. And so you can go
146:20 steps are modular. And so you can go back and say, actually, I don't know if
146:23 back and say, actually, I don't know if I like the correction here. I can go to
146:26 I like the correction here. I can go to my brightness and contrast here and
146:28 my brightness and contrast here and adjust that correction on the top part
146:30 adjust that correction on the top part of our screen, and I can see what it
146:31 of our screen, and I can see what it looks like even after it flows through
146:33 looks like even after it flows through all of this stuff. Fusion is the very
146:36 all of this stuff. Fusion is the very most powerful page in Resolve. You can
146:38 most powerful page in Resolve. You can do absolutely anything with it. Fusion
146:40 do absolutely anything with it. Fusion is what we dive super deep into in our
146:42 is what we dive super deep into in our courses. We have a course called Intro
146:44 courses. We have a course called Intro to Fusion that breaks down all of this
146:46 to Fusion that breaks down all of this in even more detail and helps you truly
146:48 in even more detail and helps you truly understand how Fusion works and then
146:50 understand how Fusion works and then puts you through the paces to transform
146:52 puts you through the paces to transform you from somebody who doesn't really
146:53 you from somebody who doesn't really know anything about Fusion to somebody
146:55 know anything about Fusion to somebody who can confidently use Fusion for
146:57 who can confidently use Fusion for visual effects and for graphics and for
147:00 visual effects and for graphics and for creating awesome things in Resolve. Now,
147:02 creating awesome things in Resolve. Now, let's go back to our edit page and we
147:05 let's go back to our edit page and we have these two shots and we want to
147:07 have these two shots and we want to combine them. Now, to combine a couple
147:09 combine them. Now, to combine a couple of shots in Fusion, you can do this a
147:11 of shots in Fusion, you can do this a couple different ways. One thing I could
147:13 couple different ways. One thing I could do would be to just be over this bottom
147:15 do would be to just be over this bottom one and switch to Fusion. And then I
147:17 one and switch to Fusion. And then I could go to my media pool and grab this
147:20 could go to my media pool and grab this other shot and drag this in like this.
147:22 other shot and drag this in like this. And that's going to make another media
147:24 And that's going to make another media in. And so we have this footage and this
147:27 in. And so we have this footage and this footage. And then I can combine them
147:28 footage. And then I can combine them just like I combined the same footage
147:30 just like I combined the same footage over itself. The other way that we can
147:32 over itself. The other way that we can do it that's sometimes a little bit more
147:35 do it that's sometimes a little bit more convenient, I'll just rightclick on this
147:37 convenient, I'll just rightclick on this and reset our fusion composition is I
147:40 and reset our fusion composition is I can stack these on the timeline, select
147:42 can stack these on the timeline, select both of them, rightclick and go to new
147:45 both of them, rightclick and go to new fusion clip. What that will do is
147:47 fusion clip. What that will do is combine these together and then I can
147:49 combine these together and then I can switch into Fusion and I'll have both of
147:52 switch into Fusion and I'll have both of those clips synced up and lined up with
147:54 those clips synced up and lined up with each other here in the Fusion page. So
147:55 each other here in the Fusion page. So here's one of them and here's the other.
147:58 here's one of them and here's the other. It really doesn't matter which one you
147:59 It really doesn't matter which one you use. It's kind of dependent on what you
148:01 use. It's kind of dependent on what you feel like doing. One advantage that you
148:03 feel like doing. One advantage that you have with working with just one piece of
148:05 have with working with just one piece of footage though is that when you switch
148:06 footage though is that when you switch into Fusion, it's going to open it up in
148:08 into Fusion, it's going to open it up in its native resolution. Okay, so this is
148:11 its native resolution. Okay, so this is 1920 x 800. If you make a Fusion clip,
148:14 1920 x 800. If you make a Fusion clip, it's going to make a version of this
148:16 it's going to make a version of this that's actually the timeline resolution,
148:19 that's actually the timeline resolution, which may or may not be an issue. In
148:21 which may or may not be an issue. In this case, it's not really that much of
148:23 this case, it's not really that much of an issue other than we have a little bit
148:25 an issue other than we have a little bit of empty space at the top and bottom
148:26 of empty space at the top and bottom because this footage is widescreen and
148:29 because this footage is widescreen and our timeline settings are HD. But I like
148:31 our timeline settings are HD. But I like to do it this way. Grab this original
148:34 to do it this way. Grab this original footage. And then I'll just grab this
148:37 footage. And then I'll just grab this other footage from the media pool and
148:38 other footage from the media pool and drag it in. And I can rename these nodes
148:41 drag it in. And I can rename these nodes by selecting the node and hitting F2. So
148:44 by selecting the node and hitting F2. So we'll call this alien MI for media in.
148:47 we'll call this alien MI for media in. This one's going to be called ship_mi
148:50 This one's going to be called ship_mi for media in. So we have our alien, we
148:52 for media in. So we have our alien, we have our ship. And now it's our job to
148:54 have our ship. And now it's our job to combine these together so it looks like
148:55 combine these together so it looks like this alien is inside of the ship. Now
148:58 this alien is inside of the ship. Now this might actually be easier if we put
149:01 this might actually be easier if we put this alien in the background and the
149:04 this alien in the background and the ship in the foreground. So let's go
149:06 ship in the foreground. So let's go ahead and disconnect our ship and we're
149:08 ahead and disconnect our ship and we're going to start with our alien. We're
149:10 going to start with our alien. We're going to take him and put him into the
149:12 going to take him and put him into the media out. This is going to be our
149:13 media out. This is going to be our original footage. In this case, they're
149:15 original footage. In this case, they're both the same resolution, so it doesn't
149:16 both the same resolution, so it doesn't really matter. And then we're going to
149:18 really matter. And then we're going to take our ship and we're going to put
149:19 take our ship and we're going to put this over our alien like that. So, we're
149:21 this over our alien like that. So, we're just going to be able to see the ship
149:23 just going to be able to see the ship and the aliens underneath it. So, if we
149:25 and the aliens underneath it. So, if we move this over, we can see the aliens
149:26 move this over, we can see the aliens underneath it. But the first thing we
149:28 underneath it. But the first thing we have to do is cut a hole in our clip of
149:31 have to do is cut a hole in our clip of the ship. In visual effects land, this
149:34 the ship. In visual effects land, this would be called a plate. Think of if
149:35 would be called a plate. Think of if you're stacking two plates in the
149:36 you're stacking two plates in the kitchen. Your foreground plate is on top
149:38 kitchen. Your foreground plate is on top of your background plate. All right? So,
149:40 of your background plate. All right? So, this foreground plate, this ship, we're
149:42 this foreground plate, this ship, we're going to cut a hole right here in the
149:44 going to cut a hole right here in the cockpit and see if we can put our little
149:46 cockpit and see if we can put our little alien shot in there. To do that, we can
149:48 alien shot in there. To do that, we can grab a polygon mask. And if we connect
149:51 grab a polygon mask. And if we connect it to the ship right now, everything's
149:53 it to the ship right now, everything's going to disappear and we're not going
149:54 going to disappear and we're not going to be able to see what we're working on.
149:56 to be able to see what we're working on. So, it's actually a little better idea
149:58 So, it's actually a little better idea to not connect this yet. We're just
149:59 to not connect this yet. We're just going to put this kind of nearby where
150:01 going to put this kind of nearby where we want to connect it. select this
150:02 we want to connect it. select this polygon and I'm just going to start
150:05 polygon and I'm just going to start drawing
150:08 drawing a mask right around here where I want
150:12 a mask right around here where I want this to be cut out. Now, drawing masks
150:15 this to be cut out. Now, drawing masks is kind of its own art. Let's just look
150:18 is kind of its own art. Let's just look at this polygon here for a minute. In
150:20 at this polygon here for a minute. In fact, I'll grab all these and kind of
150:21 fact, I'll grab all these and kind of reset it. If you click once, that's
150:24 reset it. If you click once, that's going to add a point to your polygon.
150:26 going to add a point to your polygon. So, if I click once several times,
150:28 So, if I click once several times, that's going to build a shape. Once I
150:31 that's going to build a shape. Once I connect that shape to itself and close
150:33 connect that shape to itself and close that path, that's going to make a
150:35 that path, that's going to make a selection. That's this white part right
150:37 selection. That's this white part right here. I can also add points to this by
150:40 here. I can also add points to this by just clicking and dragging. It's going
150:42 just clicking and dragging. It's going to add points. But there's also these
150:44 to add points. But there's also these little handles on the line. And if I
150:46 little handles on the line. And if I click and drag that, that's going to
150:48 click and drag that, that's going to make these points softer. Like it's
150:52 make these points softer. Like it's going to make them not as pointy. And so
150:54 going to make them not as pointy. And so I can adjust my path using these little
150:57 I can adjust my path using these little handles. And I can make soft curves or I
151:01 handles. And I can make soft curves or I can make them pointy depending on where
151:03 can make them pointy depending on where those handles are. When I'm drawing, if
151:06 those handles are. When I'm drawing, if I click once, that makes a sharp point.
151:08 I click once, that makes a sharp point. If I click and drag, that drags out
151:10 If I click and drag, that drags out those handles so that I can make a soft
151:12 those handles so that I can make a soft shape like that. Generally, when you're
151:15 shape like that. Generally, when you're drawing with a mask, you want to have
151:19 drawing with a mask, you want to have the least amount of points possible. And
151:22 the least amount of points possible. And so if you're going to draw a curve, you
151:24 so if you're going to draw a curve, you don't want to draw a ton of little
151:27 don't want to draw a ton of little points like that to make your shape,
151:30 points like that to make your shape, what's better is just to use one point
151:32 what's better is just to use one point here in the middle and drag those
151:34 here in the middle and drag those handles out like this.
151:36 handles out like this. Then you can kind of adjust it. But you
151:38 Then you can kind of adjust it. But you can get the same shape with three points
151:41 can get the same shape with three points instead of 30. And it takes some
151:43 instead of 30. And it takes some practice if you've never drawn these
151:45 practice if you've never drawn these kinds of paths before. You haven't used
151:47 kinds of paths before. You haven't used like a pen tool, you haven't drawn
151:49 like a pen tool, you haven't drawn vector shapes, things like that. It does
151:51 vector shapes, things like that. It does take some getting used to, but with a
151:52 take some getting used to, but with a little practice, you'll get the hang of
151:54 little practice, you'll get the hang of it. All right, so let's go back to our
151:56 it. All right, so let's go back to our ship, and we're going to use our polygon
151:59 ship, and we're going to use our polygon mask. And I'm going to click once here,
152:01 mask. And I'm going to click once here, and then click and drag here for this
152:03 and then click and drag here for this curve. Click once here. Click once here
152:06 curve. Click once here. Click once here because there's a little bit of curve.
152:08 because there's a little bit of curve. There we go. I'm clicking and dragging.
152:10 There we go. I'm clicking and dragging. Click once. Click and drag. Click once
152:13 Click once. Click and drag. Click once to close the path. I can hold control
152:16 to close the path. I can hold control and grab this little handle. That's
152:18 and grab this little handle. That's really hard to see. Let me adjust my
152:20 really hard to see. Let me adjust my viewer here. I'm just turning the gain
152:21 viewer here. I'm just turning the gain down in our viewer. It's just the colors
152:23 down in our viewer. It's just the colors of the viewer. It doesn't actually
152:24 of the viewer. It doesn't actually change the image. It's just like your
152:26 change the image. It's just like your preview of it. Those three dots. You can
152:28 preview of it. Those three dots. You can click on gain and gamma. And you can
152:29 click on gain and gamma. And you can kind of adjust the brightness of your
152:31 kind of adjust the brightness of your viewer just so you can do things like
152:33 viewer just so you can do things like this a little bit easier. I can hold
152:34 this a little bit easier. I can hold control and grab this handle and move
152:37 control and grab this handle and move this down into line cuz I want a good
152:40 this down into line cuz I want a good selection of this right here. I think
152:42 selection of this right here. I think that looks pretty good. I can reset my
152:44 that looks pretty good. I can reset my gain and gamma by clicking these little
152:46 gain and gamma by clicking these little dots here. Or I can also just go up to
152:48 dots here. Or I can also just go up to the three dots and turn off gain and
152:50 the three dots and turn off gain and gamma. And now I have this selection
152:52 gamma. And now I have this selection that looks like this. And if I apply
152:54 that looks like this. And if I apply this to the ship like this, look what
152:56 this to the ship like this, look what happens. That does cut out the ship, but
152:58 happens. That does cut out the ship, but it only leaves the center. And what I
153:01 it only leaves the center. And what I really want is the center to be gone and
153:02 really want is the center to be gone and everything else to stay there. So what I
153:04 everything else to stay there. So what I can do is select my polygon mask and
153:07 can do is select my polygon mask and right here where it says invert, I'm
153:09 right here where it says invert, I'm going to invert that selection. Boop.
153:10 going to invert that selection. Boop. Like that. And now look, we have a
153:13 Like that. And now look, we have a little hole cut out in our footage. And
153:16 little hole cut out in our footage. And we can see this checkerboard behind it.
153:17 we can see this checkerboard behind it. That means that it's transparent. So I
153:19 That means that it's transparent. So I can put this over our alien footage. And
153:22 can put this over our alien footage. And look, there he is. He's peeking out. So
153:25 look, there he is. He's peeking out. So we have this kind of partially done. We
153:26 we have this kind of partially done. We have this cut out. And we have our alien
153:29 have this cut out. And we have our alien in there, but he's not really the right
153:30 in there, but he's not really the right size. And so what we need to do is
153:32 size. And so what we need to do is resize this footage to fit right about
153:35 resize this footage to fit right about here. We're going to do that with a
153:37 here. We're going to do that with a transform node. So a transform node is
153:40 transform node. So a transform node is like taking an image and adjusting its
153:42 like taking an image and adjusting its size, its rotation, and its scale. It's
153:45 size, its rotation, and its scale. It's a lot like the transform controls right
153:48 a lot like the transform controls right here in the edit page, but it all lives
153:52 here in the edit page, but it all lives in one node. And so we can take this
153:54 in one node. And so we can take this alien, this original footage right here,
153:56 alien, this original footage right here, and we're going to run it through a
153:57 and we're going to run it through a transform node. Transform nodes are
153:59 transform node. Transform nodes are right here. Can grab this and drag this
154:01 right here. Can grab this and drag this in like this. Make sure this is
154:03 in like this. Make sure this is connected. And then with the transform
154:05 connected. And then with the transform node selected, I have my transform tools
154:07 node selected, I have my transform tools up here. And I can push the size down.
154:09 up here. And I can push the size down. And look, it kind of gives us a little
154:11 And look, it kind of gives us a little outline. And I can put this guy right
154:14 outline. And I can put this guy right where I want him to be. Look at that.
154:18 where I want him to be. Look at that. And so we're combining those images
154:20 And so we're combining those images together and we're making one new image.
154:23 together and we're making one new image. That's movie magic. Isn't that cool?
154:26 That's movie magic. Isn't that cool? Again, this node tree looks complicated,
154:28 Again, this node tree looks complicated, but it's our original footage of our
154:30 but it's our original footage of our alien. We're transforming him, making
154:33 alien. We're transforming him, making him smaller like this. We're taking our
154:35 him smaller like this. We're taking our ship footage, we're cutting out the
154:37 ship footage, we're cutting out the middle, and we're just pasting it on top
154:39 middle, and we're just pasting it on top of this image. Those combine together.
154:41 of this image. Those combine together. And they make our shot here. And now we
154:44 And they make our shot here. And now we can call this good or we can change it
154:46 can call this good or we can change it around a little bit. One thing is maybe
154:47 around a little bit. One thing is maybe this polygon mask needs a little bit of
154:49 this polygon mask needs a little bit of softness. So I'll push up the softness
154:51 softness. So I'll push up the softness just a little bit. Something like that.
154:54 just a little bit. Something like that. Adjust this a little bit. Make sure that
154:56 Adjust this a little bit. Make sure that we right click and remove our polygon
154:58 we right click and remove our polygon one polyline or else we'll have moving
155:00 one polyline or else we'll have moving masks.
155:01 masks. Just going to kind of adjust this and
155:03 Just going to kind of adjust this and make sure this looks good.
155:07 make sure this looks good. Always a good idea.
155:09 Always a good idea. Maybe we want to color correct right
155:11 Maybe we want to color correct right here and kind of put a little shadow so
155:13 here and kind of put a little shadow so it looks like he's really inside of that
155:16 it looks like he's really inside of that craft. We could run this transformed
155:19 craft. We could run this transformed alien, this right here through something
155:21 alien, this right here through something like a brightness and contrast.
155:24 like a brightness and contrast. And let's view this here on the left
155:25 And let's view this here on the left viewer. And we're going to take the gain
155:28 viewer. And we're going to take the gain down a little bit. Maybe maybe take the
155:29 down a little bit. Maybe maybe take the gamma down touch. Maybe take the
155:31 gamma down touch. Maybe take the saturation down. Just going to make it a
155:33 saturation down. Just going to make it a little bit darker. But we're only going
155:35 little bit darker. But we're only going to do it right here. Okay. So, we could
155:38 to do it right here. Okay. So, we could take a polygon mask or even maybe a
155:40 take a polygon mask or even maybe a rectangle mask and we can apply that to
155:43 rectangle mask and we can apply that to our color correction. And as we change
155:46 our color correction. And as we change this mask, look, it's only going to do
155:49 this mask, look, it's only going to do that color correction. That one node's
155:51 that color correction. That one node's job, this brightness and contrast job is
155:53 job, this brightness and contrast job is only going to happen inside of this
155:55 only going to happen inside of this rectangle. And so, I can take this
155:57 rectangle. And so, I can take this rectangle and let's we can either move
155:59 rectangle and let's we can either move it on this viewer or the other viewer,
156:01 it on this viewer or the other viewer, doesn't matter. We'll rotate this a
156:03 doesn't matter. We'll rotate this a little bit. I'll just move this right
156:04 little bit. I'll just move this right there. And then maybe soften that edge
156:07 there. And then maybe soften that edge just so we have a little bit of our
156:10 just so we have a little bit of our color correction here. Just like that.
156:12 color correction here. Just like that. Adds a little bit of interactive
156:14 Adds a little bit of interactive lighting there. So here's before and
156:16 lighting there. So here's before and here's after. And that's only happening
156:20 here's after. And that's only happening on this image because we're running it
156:22 on this image because we're running it through this brightness and contrast
156:23 through this brightness and contrast before we put it under the ship. If we
156:26 before we put it under the ship. If we did a color correction on this side,
156:28 did a color correction on this side, then what we're doing is we're taking
156:29 then what we're doing is we're taking this image and we're color correcting
156:31 this image and we're color correcting it. Right? So, if I did some kind of
156:33 it. Right? So, if I did some kind of color correction here, we'll just I
156:35 color correction here, we'll just I don't know, make this
156:38 don't know, make this really yellow, right? And then we put
156:41 really yellow, right? And then we put that inside of a ellipse. That's going
156:45 that inside of a ellipse. That's going to color correct everything at least
156:47 to color correct everything at least inside of that ellipse. But if we were
156:50 inside of that ellipse. But if we were to put this here before we put it under
156:52 to put this here before we put it under the ship, I can hold shift and drag this
156:54 the ship, I can hold shift and drag this out like this and just drop it back in
156:56 out like this and just drop it back in like that. Then that's going to color
156:58 like that. Then that's going to color correct this image before it goes under
157:00 correct this image before it goes under the ship. And so we're only color
157:02 the ship. And so we're only color correcting this image. So the order of
157:04 correcting this image. So the order of the nodes is really important. Let's get
157:06 the nodes is really important. Let's get rid of that. And now we have our nice
157:08 rid of that. And now we have our nice composite. We can switch back over to
157:09 composite. We can switch back over to the edit page. H. So beautiful. There's
157:12 the edit page. H. So beautiful. There's our little guy. We can get rid of this
157:14 our little guy. We can get rid of this alien plate. And now we have three
157:16 alien plate. And now we have three finished VFX shots right here in our
157:18 finished VFX shots right here in our timeline. And we can do this on any
157:20 timeline. And we can do this on any timeline. If we switch back to our edit
157:22 timeline. If we switch back to our edit timeline, I can quickly go into Fusion.
157:25 timeline, I can quickly go into Fusion. And maybe I'll do something like add
157:27 And maybe I'll do something like add fog.
157:33 push up the detail like this. And we'll just mask it to be
157:40 like right here. Soften that. Soften that edge a lot.
157:44 Soften that. Soften that edge a lot. Now we have a lot more fog than we did.
157:48 Now we have a lot more fog than we did. Really makes a big difference.
157:55 There are infinitely more things to go over in Fusion. Man, I could spend so
157:57 over in Fusion. Man, I could spend so much time on this. In fact, we have
157:58 much time on this. In fact, we have several courses on Fusion. We have
158:01 several courses on Fusion. We have hundreds of students that have learned
158:02 hundreds of students that have learned how to use Fusion, this part of Resolve
158:04 how to use Fusion, this part of Resolve that is the most powerful, inspiring,
158:06 that is the most powerful, inspiring, amazing part of Resolve. You can also
158:08 amazing part of Resolve. You can also use Fusion to make motion graphics and
158:10 use Fusion to make motion graphics and animations and all kinds of cool stuff
158:12 animations and all kinds of cool stuff like that. In fact, you know what? I
158:13 like that. In fact, you know what? I don't care if this is a million hour
158:15 don't care if this is a million hour video. We're going to uh I need to show
158:17 video. We're going to uh I need to show you some of this stuff, too. Let's
158:20 you some of this stuff, too. Let's switch back to our wide shot here. And
158:22 switch back to our wide shot here. And imagine imagine if we made this into
158:26 imagine imagine if we made this into kind of like a sort of like predator
158:28 kind of like a sort of like predator vision kind of shot where it's all kind
158:30 vision kind of shot where it's all kind of washed with some color and maybe
158:32 of washed with some color and maybe there's like a little targeting system
158:34 there's like a little targeting system or something that tracks one of these
158:35 or something that tracks one of these bikes and maybe there's like heat vision
158:37 bikes and maybe there's like heat vision or something like that. You can do all
158:39 or something like that. You can do all this kind of stuff in Fusion. And so
158:40 this kind of stuff in Fusion. And so let's let's just walk through and play
158:42 let's let's just walk through and play around and have a little bit of fun
158:43 around and have a little bit of fun here.
158:44 here. So, after all of these nodes that we're
158:48 So, after all of these nodes that we're using, let's kind of do some color
158:49 using, let's kind of do some color correction here. And let's just maybe
158:52 correction here. And let's just maybe turn it blue, maybe push up the contrast
158:55 turn it blue, maybe push up the contrast a little bit, take the saturation down,
158:57 a little bit, take the saturation down, so we have this kind of like bluish gray
158:59 so we have this kind of like bluish gray wash on everything. Let's make a little
159:01 wash on everything. Let's make a little graphic that kind of follows her. And
159:03 graphic that kind of follows her. And you can do this in a bunch of different
159:05 you can do this in a bunch of different ways. One way that'd be pretty easy
159:06 ways. One way that'd be pretty easy would be to grab a background. So, this
159:09 would be to grab a background. So, this just generates a background color of any
159:12 just generates a background color of any color you want. Maybe we'll make this
159:14 color you want. Maybe we'll make this kind of a greenish cyan kind of thing.
159:17 kind of a greenish cyan kind of thing. Let's put this over our color
159:18 Let's put this over our color correction. And let's take a mask and
159:21 correction. And let's take a mask and we're just going to put a rectangle mask
159:22 we're just going to put a rectangle mask on this like this.
159:25 on this like this. And then we can kind of put a box around
159:28 And then we can kind of put a box around our girl here. And then let's uncheck
159:32 our girl here. And then let's uncheck solid and push up border width for our
159:34 solid and push up border width for our mask. And now we have a little border,
159:36 mask. And now we have a little border, like a little picture frame here. Push
159:38 like a little picture frame here. Push up the corner radius. Now we have this
159:40 up the corner radius. Now we have this little mask that's masking this colored
159:43 little mask that's masking this colored background and creating this little
159:45 background and creating this little picture frame. I'll take that border
159:47 picture frame. I'll take that border width down a little bit. Something like
159:49 width down a little bit. Something like that. And I think I'll just work on a
159:51 that. And I think I'll just work on a little bit of this shot. Let's just go
159:53 little bit of this shot. Let's just go to the edit page and just trim this real
159:55 to the edit page and just trim this real quick just because we're playing around
159:56 quick just because we're playing around with it. Let's make it easy on
159:58 with it. Let's make it easy on ourselves. Just do a little bit of this.
160:01 ourselves. Just do a little bit of this. That's going to adjust the trim points
160:03 That's going to adjust the trim points here. And I can zoom in this little bar
160:06 here. And I can zoom in this little bar so that we're only looking at the part
160:08 so that we're only looking at the part in between the yellow markers in and out
160:10 in between the yellow markers in and out of this comp. And one thing we could do
160:13 of this comp. And one thing we could do would be to key frame the rectangle mask
160:16 would be to key frame the rectangle mask here. And so I could end it right here
160:18 here. And so I could end it right here and adjust the center. And I could kind
160:21 and adjust the center. And I could kind of just key frame this
160:24 of just key frame this so that it sort of follows her sort of
160:27 so that it sort of follows her sort of in the middle here. I'm going to add
160:28 in the middle here. I'm going to add another key frame. Just move this over.
160:30 another key frame. Just move this over. Sort of in the middle of that. move that
160:32 Sort of in the middle of that. move that over like this. So now we have this kind
160:35 over like this. So now we have this kind of following her as she rides. And that
160:40 of following her as she rides. And that works fine. The other way that we could
160:41 works fine. The other way that we could do this would be to track the motion. So
160:44 do this would be to track the motion. So depending on what you're doing, this
160:46 depending on what you're doing, this could be more or less work. I'm going to
160:48 could be more or less work. I'm going to double click here in the empty space.
160:49 double click here in the empty space. And you can hit shift and spacebar and
160:51 And you can hit shift and spacebar and that's going to bring up a menu that
160:53 that's going to bring up a menu that will let you select all of the 37ome
160:56 will let you select all of the 37ome nodes inside of Fusion. There are a ton.
160:59 nodes inside of Fusion. There are a ton. Look at that. It's crazy. But I'm going
161:00 Look at that. It's crazy. But I'm going to type tracker. That's going to bring
161:02 to type tracker. That's going to bring up this tracker node. I'll select that
161:04 up this tracker node. I'll select that and hit add. And you can take your
161:06 and hit add. And you can take your original footage here. I can just copy
161:09 original footage here. I can just copy and paste this. Crl + C. Double click
161:10 and paste this. Crl + C. Double click off. Ctrl +V. I'll just move this up
161:12 off. Ctrl +V. I'll just move this up here and put this into the tracker.
161:14 here and put this into the tracker. Let's just look at this here on the
161:15 Let's just look at this here on the right. And this tracker, what that does
161:18 right. And this tracker, what that does is it will lock on to a feature in your
161:21 is it will lock on to a feature in your image and it will follow it. And so we
161:24 image and it will follow it. And so we can grab this little target thing here.
161:27 can grab this little target thing here. Let's just go to the beginning of our
161:28 Let's just go to the beginning of our clip here. Let's take this Intelllet
161:30 clip here. Let's take this Intelllet track and put that right on top of our
161:32 track and put that right on top of our leading lady here. And let's track that
161:36 leading lady here. And let's track that forward using this button right here.
161:37 forward using this button right here. What that's going to do is stick that
161:39 What that's going to do is stick that tracker to her as she rides by. It's
161:43 tracker to her as she rides by. It's going to track that motion. It's
161:45 going to track that motion. It's basically doing some key frames for us
161:47 basically doing some key frames for us here. And once we have that, then we can
161:49 here. And once we have that, then we can do a bunch of different things with this
161:50 do a bunch of different things with this tracker. One thing we could do would be
161:52 tracker. One thing we could do would be to maybe take some text or something and
161:55 to maybe take some text or something and plug that into the green foreground
161:57 plug that into the green foreground input of this tracker and say, you know,
161:59 input of this tracker and say, you know, text like this, select this tracker, go
162:02 text like this, select this tracker, go over to operation, and here where it
162:04 over to operation, and here where it says operation none, switch it to match
162:06 says operation none, switch it to match move. And what that's going to do is put
162:08 move. And what that's going to do is put some text here. And I can select the
162:09 some text here. And I can select the text, put this right where it's supposed
162:11 text, put this right where it's supposed to be, and watch what happens here. This
162:14 to be, and watch what happens here. This text will follow her as she rides her
162:16 text will follow her as she rides her bike. Isn't that awesome? And so if you
162:19 bike. Isn't that awesome? And so if you need to stick something to something,
162:20 need to stick something to something, you can use a tracker to do it. So we're
162:22 you can use a tracker to do it. So we're kind of using this tracker like a merge
162:24 kind of using this tracker like a merge node, but it will animate the
162:26 node, but it will animate the foreground. Now, we don't have to
162:28 foreground. Now, we don't have to include the background here. We can
162:29 include the background here. We can select this tracker, go to operation,
162:31 select this tracker, go to operation, mesh move, and then merge. Instead of
162:32 mesh move, and then merge. Instead of foreground over background, let's just
162:34 foreground over background, let's just say foreground only. That's going to
162:36 say foreground only. That's going to give us just the text in its own kind of
162:38 give us just the text in its own kind of isolated layer, but it has the same
162:40 isolated layer, but it has the same movement. So we could put this into the
162:43 movement. So we could put this into the foreground as a separate thing. Then we
162:45 foreground as a separate thing. Then we have the tracker as a separate thing and
162:46 have the tracker as a separate thing and then the merge as a separate thing,
162:50 then the merge as a separate thing, right? So it kind of gives us the same
162:51 right? So it kind of gives us the same idea, but there's the text. Now, what's
162:54 idea, but there's the text. Now, what's cool about this cool about nodes here is
162:56 cool about this cool about nodes here is that we don't have any effects applied
162:58 that we don't have any effects applied to anything specifically. We're just
163:00 to anything specifically. We're just running it through this effect, so it's
163:01 running it through this effect, so it's always modular. So I could take this
163:03 always modular. So I could take this text out and I could take my rectangle
163:04 text out and I could take my rectangle background, plug that into the green
163:06 background, plug that into the green input right there, and I'll adjust this
163:08 input right there, and I'll adjust this rectangle here. Let's actually reset our
163:10 rectangle here. Let's actually reset our center. I'm just double clicking on that
163:12 center. I'm just double clicking on that center here. I'm going to put this
163:13 center here. I'm going to put this around her. Look at this. Now it follows
163:16 around her. Look at this. Now it follows her because it's running through that
163:18 her because it's running through that tracker. Okay, so we're tracking the
163:22 tracker. Okay, so we're tracking the bike and we're moving along with it.
163:25 bike and we're moving along with it. Now, here's what's really cool. This is
163:27 Now, here's what's really cool. This is where things just get so awesome. Let's
163:29 where things just get so awesome. Let's take all of this and move it to the
163:32 take all of this and move it to the right here a little bit. Just make a
163:33 right here a little bit. Just make a little bit of room. We could take this
163:35 little bit of room. We could take this same kind of tracker, which is really
163:37 same kind of tracker, which is really just giving us an image that looks like
163:39 just giving us an image that looks like this, and we could make sort of a
163:41 this, and we could make sort of a different version of it, and we can use
163:43 different version of it, and we can use it as a mask. So, we could do something
163:47 it as a mask. So, we could do something like I could just copy and paste this.
163:49 like I could just copy and paste this. Ctrl + C, double click off, Ctrl +V. All
163:52 Ctrl + C, double click off, Ctrl +V. All right. So, this is going to be our
163:54 right. So, this is going to be our frame, our cyan frame. But this one,
163:57 frame, our cyan frame. But this one, let's just drag this up here. Instead of
163:59 let's just drag this up here. Instead of a cyan frame, let's go to this rectangle
164:01 a cyan frame, let's go to this rectangle mask and let's check solid and take down
164:05 mask and let's check solid and take down our border width. And that's going to
164:07 our border width. And that's going to give us just a solid mask. And we don't
164:09 give us just a solid mask. And we don't even need the background anymore. We can
164:10 even need the background anymore. We can get rid of the background here and plug
164:12 get rid of the background here and plug this into the foreground input of the
164:13 this into the foreground input of the tracker. Not the blue input, the
164:15 tracker. Not the blue input, the foreground input. And what this will do
164:17 foreground input. And what this will do is give us a animated mask that we can
164:21 is give us a animated mask that we can use by plugging into the blue input of
164:24 use by plugging into the blue input of something. So, I could take this output
164:26 something. So, I could take this output of this tracker, plug this into the blue
164:27 of this tracker, plug this into the blue input of the color correction, and look
164:29 input of the color correction, and look what happens. It's only color correcting
164:31 what happens. It's only color correcting inside of that mask. Isn't that magical?
164:34 inside of that mask. Isn't that magical? We could grab this color corrector, go
164:36 We could grab this color corrector, go over to settings, and here we have some
164:40 over to settings, and here we have some mask settings, and we can select apply
164:42 mask settings, and we can select apply mask inverted like this. And look at
164:44 mask inverted like this. And look at that. Now, it's going to be everywhere
164:46 that. Now, it's going to be everywhere except for in that mask.
164:49 except for in that mask. And we can connect this to multiple
164:50 And we can connect this to multiple things. Check this out. I could grab a
164:52 things. Check this out. I could grab a blur and make this really blurry
164:56 blur and make this really blurry everywhere except for inside of that
164:58 everywhere except for inside of that mask. So, I could take the same thing. I
165:00 mask. So, I could take the same thing. I could take the output and plug that into
165:01 could take the output and plug that into the blue input of the blur. And again,
165:04 the blue input of the blur. And again, go to settings, apply mask inverted, and
165:07 go to settings, apply mask inverted, and everything's blurry except for inside of
165:09 everything's blurry except for inside of this.
165:12 this. We can do so much cool stuff.
165:14 We can do so much cool stuff. I could get rid of this color corrector
165:16 I could get rid of this color corrector thing like this. And now it's just sharp
165:19 thing like this. And now it's just sharp inside of here and blurry everywhere
165:21 inside of here and blurry everywhere else. So many cool things you can do.
165:25 else. So many cool things you can do. But don't miss this. You can take the
165:28 But don't miss this. You can take the output of a node and run it into
165:30 output of a node and run it into multiple different nodes. You can use
165:32 multiple different nodes. You can use one node or one mask to mask like 50
165:35 one node or one mask to mask like 50 different things if you want to. That's
165:36 different things if you want to. That's what's so powerful about nodes. I love
165:38 what's so powerful about nodes. I love it. This is a cool effect. Let's add a
165:41 it. This is a cool effect. Let's add a little bit of graphics to it. We can
165:42 little bit of graphics to it. We can just grab a text node and just drag this
165:45 just grab a text node and just drag this in here. And we'll call this uh sector
165:47 in here. And we'll call this uh sector 45B
165:49 45B North America.
165:52 North America. Sure. And we'll take the output of this
165:54 Sure. And we'll take the output of this and put this over the output like that.
165:57 and put this over the output like that. Just like this. Let's take this text,
165:59 Just like this. Let's take this text, switch this maybe to aerial. Let's take
166:02 switch this maybe to aerial. Let's take the size down. There we go. We can kind
166:05 the size down. There we go. We can kind of put this down here like this. And we
166:08 of put this down here like this. And we can start making our graphics. We could
166:11 can start making our graphics. We could animate this right on property like
166:13 animate this right on property like this. So it looks like it's typed in. So
166:15 this. So it looks like it's typed in. So we could have this come in like right
166:18 we could have this come in like right here. I could animate this right on
166:20 here. I could animate this right on property just by clicking that key frame
166:22 property just by clicking that key frame diamond and have this come up.
166:25 diamond and have this come up. Just animate this like this. And now we
166:29 Just animate this like this. And now we have this really cool effect
166:32 have this really cool effect like that. Now we have like this
166:35 like that. Now we have like this predator vision kind of thing. Isn't
166:37 predator vision kind of thing. Isn't that cool? I want to show you something
166:38 that cool? I want to show you something that's just in the paid version of
166:40 that's just in the paid version of Resolve called Magic Mask. Magic Mask is
166:43 Resolve called Magic Mask. Magic Mask is ridiculous. It is a way that you can
166:47 ridiculous. It is a way that you can trace out things and animate that trace
166:50 trace out things and animate that trace without a whole lot of work. So, we can
166:52 without a whole lot of work. So, we can take this original footage. I'm just
166:53 take this original footage. I'm just dragging this in here. And I can double
166:56 dragging this in here. And I can double click off and hit shift spacebar and
166:58 click off and hit shift spacebar and type magic. Again, this is only in the
167:00 type magic. Again, this is only in the paid version of Resolve. And I'll just
167:02 paid version of Resolve. And I'll just hit enter. That's going to make a magic
167:03 hit enter. That's going to make a magic mask node. I'll drag this over here. And
167:06 mask node. I'll drag this over here. And what I could do is either copy and paste
167:07 what I could do is either copy and paste this media in like I've been doing. Or I
167:09 this media in like I've been doing. Or I can even take the output of this and
167:10 can even take the output of this and just plug this in like this. All right.
167:13 just plug this in like this. All right. So, it's the same thing as copying and
167:15 So, it's the same thing as copying and pasting this media and putting it in
167:17 pasting this media and putting it in here like that. I could even take this
167:19 here like that. I could even take this one over here. Doesn't matter. But I'll
167:21 one over here. Doesn't matter. But I'll take this one like this. And let's drag
167:23 take this one like this. And let's drag the magic mask in here. And what this
167:25 the magic mask in here. And what this will let us do is you can draw a line
167:28 will let us do is you can draw a line on whatever you want to select. So, I'm
167:30 on whatever you want to select. So, I'm just going to draw a line over her. And
167:34 just going to draw a line over her. And what that's going to do is automatically
167:35 what that's going to do is automatically try and trace her out. I can hold alt
167:38 try and trace her out. I can hold alt and get rid of the extra parts. So,
167:40 and get rid of the extra parts. So, we'll just do kind of a soft mask around
167:42 we'll just do kind of a soft mask around her like this. And then we'll track this
167:44 her like this. And then we'll track this back and forth. So, I'll click this
167:46 back and forth. So, I'll click this track back and forth. And it's going to
167:47 track back and forth. And it's going to do a pretty good job of at least kind of
167:50 do a pretty good job of at least kind of making a blob around her. There isn't a
167:52 making a blob around her. There isn't a lot of resolution here. There's a lot of
167:54 lot of resolution here. There's a lot of reasons why this would have a lot of
167:55 reasons why this would have a lot of trouble, but this is actually going to
167:56 trouble, but this is actually going to work out perfectly for what we're trying
167:58 work out perfectly for what we're trying to do. I can take the output of this
168:00 to do. I can take the output of this magic mask and put it on top of this
168:02 magic mask and put it on top of this merge two like this. Let's look at our
168:04 merge two like this. Let's look at our media out. And now we have the original
168:06 media out. And now we have the original footage layered on top, but only where
168:08 footage layered on top, but only where that magic mask is tracing it out. So we
168:11 that magic mask is tracing it out. So we could take this magic mask, go to matt,
168:13 could take this magic mask, go to matt, push up this blur a little bit, and
168:15 push up this blur a little bit, and that's going to make this a little bit
168:17 that's going to make this a little bit more of kind of a blurry little blob on
168:19 more of kind of a blurry little blob on top of her. Okay. We could take that and
168:22 top of her. Okay. We could take that and color correct it like this. Color
168:26 color correct it like this. Color corrector like this. And we could maybe
168:28 corrector like this. And we could maybe make that bright orange like this. And
168:32 make that bright orange like this. And now look, we have this kind of
168:36 now look, we have this kind of sort of looks like a heat signature kind
168:39 sort of looks like a heat signature kind of thing where she's going. Isn't that
168:41 of thing where she's going. Isn't that cool? So cool. Now, this isn't actually
168:44 cool? So cool. Now, this isn't actually the greatest use for magic mask. This is
168:46 the greatest use for magic mask. This is just going to kind of work great in this
168:48 just going to kind of work great in this circumstance. Let's uh let's grab one of
168:50 circumstance. Let's uh let's grab one of our color clips. I'll just grab clip
168:51 our color clips. I'll just grab clip 106. Maybe put this into Fusion. Make
168:54 106. Maybe put this into Fusion. Make sure the clip 106 is tagged with our
168:56 sure the clip 106 is tagged with our input color space. Blackmagic Design
168:59 input color space. Blackmagic Design 6K film Gen 4. Okay. We could run this
169:02 6K film Gen 4. Okay. We could run this through magic mask and we'll just draw
169:05 through magic mask and we'll just draw on top of him like this. What that's
169:07 on top of him like this. What that's going to do is cut him out pretty darn
169:09 going to do is cut him out pretty darn well. We can track this back and forth.
169:12 well. We can track this back and forth. And now we'll completely cut him out
169:14 And now we'll completely cut him out from the background.
169:17 from the background. And we can adjust this mat by blurring
169:19 And we can adjust this mat by blurring it a little bit, maybe eroding it. But
169:22 it a little bit, maybe eroding it. But then we can take this and maybe we'll
169:25 then we can take this and maybe we'll take this same media and color correct
169:27 take this same media and color correct it. I don't know, we'll color it blue or
169:29 it. I don't know, we'll color it blue or something. put this into our media out
169:32 something. put this into our media out and take our magic mask and put it over
169:34 and take our magic mask and put it over everything. And now it'll do a really
169:37 everything. And now it'll do a really good job of separating that subject from
169:40 good job of separating that subject from the background. Not only that, but you
169:42 the background. Not only that, but you can put stuff behind him, you know? So,
169:44 can put stuff behind him, you know? So, if you want to put some text behind him,
169:46 if you want to put some text behind him, let's say,
169:54 we can have this behind him because we're separating those layers. And you
169:57 we're separating those layers. And you can do this yourself with masks, but it
169:59 can do this yourself with masks, but it takes a lot more time and effort to
170:01 takes a lot more time and effort to trace him out. And for certain things,
170:03 trace him out. And for certain things, Magic Mask works really, really well. It
170:06 Magic Mask works really, really well. It doesn't work perfectly with everything,
170:07 doesn't work perfectly with everything, but it can really help you save some
170:08 but it can really help you save some time when you're doing things like this.
170:10 time when you're doing things like this. That said, if you do want to get into
170:12 That said, if you do want to get into Fusion, I have a whole bunch of videos
170:13 Fusion, I have a whole bunch of videos for free here on YouTube on how to learn
170:15 for free here on YouTube on how to learn Fusion, as well as a bunch of courses
170:17 Fusion, as well as a bunch of courses that are designed to take you from
170:18 that are designed to take you from somebody who has no idea how Fusion
170:20 somebody who has no idea how Fusion works to being really comfortable and
170:22 works to being really comfortable and using Fusion amazingly. But hopefully
170:23 using Fusion amazingly. But hopefully you see the potential of what is
170:25 you see the potential of what is possible in the fusion page of Resolve.
170:28 possible in the fusion page of Resolve. Now let's get into the next fancy page
170:30 Now let's get into the next fancy page color. To follow along with this part,
170:32 color. To follow along with this part, if you have the media, there should be a
170:34 if you have the media, there should be a folder called color. And what we're
170:36 folder called color. And what we're going to do is select and shift select
170:38 going to do is select and shift select all of these color clips. Right click on
170:40 all of these color clips. Right click on the first one and say create new
170:41 the first one and say create new timeline using selected clips. Just like
170:43 timeline using selected clips. Just like that. We'll call this color timeline and
170:47 that. We'll call this color timeline and hit create.
170:49 hit create. That's going to put all of these clips
170:51 That's going to put all of these clips here in order. And this is pretty much
170:53 here in order. And this is pretty much to simulate if you had an edit where you
170:56 to simulate if you had an edit where you had all kinds of different clips.
170:57 had all kinds of different clips. They're all put together in a timeline,
170:59 They're all put together in a timeline, but now you want to make your colors
171:01 but now you want to make your colors look good. We'll walk through all the
171:02 look good. We'll walk through all the need to know stuff on the color page in
171:04 need to know stuff on the color page in this timeline. Again, to bring it into
171:06 this timeline. Again, to bring it into the color page, all you have to do is
171:08 the color page, all you have to do is click into color and it will bring that
171:10 click into color and it will bring that timeline here into the color page. Very
171:12 timeline here into the color page. Very exciting. So, a general overview. The
171:15 exciting. So, a general overview. The color page of Resolve is obviously made
171:17 color page of Resolve is obviously made for doing color correction. And this is
171:20 for doing color correction. And this is another one of those interfaces that I
171:22 another one of those interfaces that I mean there's so much stuff here. It
171:23 mean there's so much stuff here. It looks like the helm of a spaceship. And
171:25 looks like the helm of a spaceship. And you could pretty easily just look at it
171:27 you could pretty easily just look at it and be overwhelmed by all the little
171:28 and be overwhelmed by all the little buttons and panels and everything. And
171:30 buttons and panels and everything. And this isn't even all of them when you
171:31 this isn't even all of them when you switch through. I mean, look at this.
171:33 switch through. I mean, look at this. It's crazy. Not only can I switch out
171:35 It's crazy. Not only can I switch out these panels, but each panel has several
171:38 these panels, but each panel has several different panels. It's crazy. The great
171:41 different panels. It's crazy. The great news is that you really only need to
171:42 news is that you really only need to know a couple of these little panels.
171:45 know a couple of these little panels. And we're going to walk through all of
171:46 And we're going to walk through all of this. And by the end of this section,
171:47 this. And by the end of this section, you're going to be really familiar with
171:49 you're going to be really familiar with the color page. If you've ever used a
171:52 the color page. If you've ever used a different editing app before, you might
171:54 different editing app before, you might be used to, you know, having a bunch of
171:56 be used to, you know, having a bunch of shots in your timeline and then you have
171:58 shots in your timeline and then you have some kind of effect like a color
171:59 some kind of effect like a color corrector or color correction effect and
172:01 corrector or color correction effect and you drag it onto the shots and change
172:03 you drag it onto the shots and change your color. Sort of like you would do
172:05 your color. Sort of like you would do with an effect in the edit page. You
172:06 with an effect in the edit page. You have all these shots. You drag it to the
172:07 have all these shots. You drag it to the shot. You click on the shot and then you
172:09 shot. You click on the shot and then you have some kind of properties panel or
172:11 have some kind of properties panel or something where you adjust your color
172:13 something where you adjust your color for the shot. And that would totally
172:15 for the shot. And that would totally make sense. And there are some color
172:17 make sense. And there are some color effects in Resolve that sort of work
172:19 effects in Resolve that sort of work that way. But the idea of the color page
172:21 that way. But the idea of the color page in Resolve actually kind of simplifies
172:24 in Resolve actually kind of simplifies the color correction process. You have
172:26 the color correction process. You have multiple shots in your timeline. And
172:29 multiple shots in your timeline. And whatever shot you're looking at in the
172:30 whatever shot you're looking at in the viewer, whatever shot your playhead is
172:32 viewer, whatever shot your playhead is over, that's the shot that you're
172:34 over, that's the shot that you're working on, and you're automatically in
172:36 working on, and you're automatically in color mode. You don't have to drag any
172:37 color mode. You don't have to drag any effects to the shot or anything like
172:38 effects to the shot or anything like that. You're just going to adjust the
172:40 that. You're just going to adjust the colors of each clip as you look at them.
172:43 colors of each clip as you look at them. And so even though this looks like a
172:44 And so even though this looks like a really complicated interface, the basics
172:46 really complicated interface, the basics of it are actually really simple. We
172:48 of it are actually really simple. We have a viewer up here where we can see
172:50 have a viewer up here where we can see the shot that we're working on. We click
172:53 the shot that we're working on. We click on whatever shot we want. Each one of
172:55 on whatever shot we want. Each one of these thumbnails represents a single
172:57 these thumbnails represents a single shot in our timeline. And so if we want
173:00 shot in our timeline. And so if we want to adjust the shot of our actor here, we
173:03 to adjust the shot of our actor here, we just click on his face. And we can play
173:05 just click on his face. And we can play this back and even loop it like this. So
173:07 this back and even loop it like this. So we have that shot. And as long as we're
173:10 we have that shot. And as long as we're looking at it here in the viewer, we can
173:13 looking at it here in the viewer, we can mess with our color controls. And we're
173:15 mess with our color controls. And we're going to change the colors of that shot
173:17 going to change the colors of that shot and that shot only. If we want to adjust
173:20 and that shot only. If we want to adjust another shot, we can switch to that
173:21 another shot, we can switch to that shot. And now we're adjusting that shot
173:23 shot. And now we're adjusting that shot only. You can really think of this in a
173:26 only. You can really think of this in a couple main sections. We have our viewer
173:28 couple main sections. We have our viewer up here. We have a way to select our
173:31 up here. We have a way to select our shots. And then we have all of the color
173:34 shots. And then we have all of the color controls. So, this actually is kind of
173:37 controls. So, this actually is kind of like the inspector sort of for whatever
173:39 like the inspector sort of for whatever shot we want to do our color on. Each of
173:42 shot we want to do our color on. Each of these little panels down here is called
173:43 these little panels down here is called a color palette. And we use the color
173:45 a color palette. And we use the color palettes to adjust the color on whatever
173:47 palettes to adjust the color on whatever shot we're working on. We also have a
173:49 shot we're working on. We also have a graph up here. And this is also a node
173:52 graph up here. And this is also a node graph. Although the nodes in the color
173:55 graph. Although the nodes in the color page are slightly more simple. They're
173:57 page are slightly more simple. They're the same in that they're little boxes
173:59 the same in that they're little boxes and they connect to each other and one
174:01 and they connect to each other and one box comes after another box and the
174:04 box comes after another box and the nodes flow in order. So if I were to in
174:07 nodes flow in order. So if I were to in this first node make this black and
174:08 this first node make this black and white and then in the second node make
174:10 white and then in the second node make it pink. In the third node we're
174:12 it pink. In the third node we're starting with a pinkish purple image. If
174:15 starting with a pinkish purple image. If I were to do this the other way and make
174:17 I were to do this the other way and make this really pink and then turn it black
174:20 this really pink and then turn it black and white, we have a black and white
174:22 and white, we have a black and white image because the order matters. The big
174:25 image because the order matters. The big difference with these nodes compared to
174:27 difference with these nodes compared to the fusion nodes is that while fusion
174:29 the fusion nodes is that while fusion nodes really only have one job and if
174:31 nodes really only have one job and if you want to do something different you
174:32 you want to do something different you have to use a different kind of node,
174:34 have to use a different kind of node, each color node is really like a group
174:37 each color node is really like a group of corrections. So this first node I can
174:40 of corrections. So this first node I can do a bunch of stuff down here in my
174:43 do a bunch of stuff down here in my color palettes and it all lives in this
174:45 color palettes and it all lives in this one node. So I could make a curve like
174:48 one node. So I could make a curve like this. I could turn it green. I can mess
174:51 this. I could turn it green. I can mess with all kinds of crazy stuff here. And
174:53 with all kinds of crazy stuff here. And this all lives in this one node. If I
174:56 this all lives in this one node. If I rightclick and say add node, add serial,
174:58 rightclick and say add node, add serial, that's going to make another node in a
175:00 that's going to make another node in a series after this node. And so I'm
175:03 series after this node. And so I'm starting with the image that this node
175:04 starting with the image that this node gave me. So if I desaturate it, and then
175:08 gave me. So if I desaturate it, and then maybe I add a little bit more contrast,
175:10 maybe I add a little bit more contrast, then that correction is going to happen
175:12 then that correction is going to happen after this first correction. I can click
175:14 after this first correction. I can click on the number of the node to turn it off
175:16 on the number of the node to turn it off and on. And so I can quickly see what my
175:19 and on. And so I can quickly see what my image looks like with or without certain
175:21 image looks like with or without certain corrections. That's a really nice way to
175:23 corrections. That's a really nice way to work. And so all of the corrections and
175:26 work. And so all of the corrections and all of the work that I'm doing down here
175:28 all of the work that I'm doing down here lives in a node of some kind. And we can
175:30 lives in a node of some kind. And we can have as many nodes as we want. And it's
175:32 have as many nodes as we want. And it's really up to us to figure out how we
175:35 really up to us to figure out how we want to group those corrections. For
175:37 want to group those corrections. For instance, some people like to adjust the
175:39 instance, some people like to adjust the brightness in the first node. And I can
175:41 brightness in the first node. And I can hit Alt S to add another node here. And
175:43 hit Alt S to add another node here. And maybe in this second one, they like to
175:44 maybe in this second one, they like to adjust the contrast.
175:47 adjust the contrast. Alt S. Maybe in this third one they want
175:49 Alt S. Maybe in this third one they want to adjust the temperature or the tint or
175:51 to adjust the temperature or the tint or whatever and make something warmer or
175:53 whatever and make something warmer or darker. And even though you could do all
175:55 darker. And even though you could do all of this in one node, it's nice to split
175:58 of this in one node, it's nice to split it up into three different parts so that
176:00 it up into three different parts so that you can see what it looks like without
176:02 you can see what it looks like without the exposure or without the contrast or
176:05 the exposure or without the contrast or without the warmness. You can rightclick
176:07 without the warmness. You can rightclick and select node label to rename this. So
176:10 and select node label to rename this. So this could be warm, this could be
176:12 this could be warm, this could be contrast, and this could be exposure.
176:16 contrast, and this could be exposure. And you can kind of split this up into
176:17 And you can kind of split this up into different jobs. There's no right or
176:19 different jobs. There's no right or wrong way to do this. It's really up to
176:20 wrong way to do this. It's really up to you to stay organized and to do things
176:22 you to stay organized and to do things how you want. You can always reset a
176:24 how you want. You can always reset a clip's color by right-clicking in the
176:26 clip's color by right-clicking in the empty space and saying reset all grades
176:28 empty space and saying reset all grades and nodes. That's going to reset
176:30 and nodes. That's going to reset everything. And when a clip doesn't have
176:32 everything. And when a clip doesn't have any color adjustments on it, its number
176:35 any color adjustments on it, its number is gray. As soon as we touch something,
176:38 is gray. As soon as we touch something, its number turns rainbow. That's how we
176:41 its number turns rainbow. That's how we know that we've changed some kind of
176:43 know that we've changed some kind of color in this clip. So, it's really easy
176:45 color in this clip. So, it's really easy to see the clips that you haven't
176:46 to see the clips that you haven't changed and the clips that you have. So,
176:50 changed and the clips that you have. So, the color page, just like the other
176:51 the color page, just like the other pages, uses the edit timeline. So, this
176:54 pages, uses the edit timeline. So, this is the same timeline from our edit page.
176:56 is the same timeline from our edit page. It's our current timeline that we have
176:57 It's our current timeline that we have up. And any color that we do in the
176:59 up. And any color that we do in the color page happens by looking at the
177:01 color page happens by looking at the image that we want to adjust, which
177:03 image that we want to adjust, which automatically selects it down here on
177:05 automatically selects it down here on our thumbnail timeline. We can do any
177:08 our thumbnail timeline. We can do any kind of adjustments we want down here
177:09 kind of adjustments we want down here with the color palettes. All of those
177:12 with the color palettes. All of those adjustments live in the nodes. And then
177:14 adjustments live in the nodes. And then whatever our image looks like here in
177:15 whatever our image looks like here in the color page, it will also look that
177:17 the color page, it will also look that way in the edit page. Again, without any
177:20 way in the edit page. Again, without any kind of roundt tripping or rendering or
177:22 kind of roundt tripping or rendering or converting things or anything like that.
177:23 converting things or anything like that. So the idea is that we can quickly go
177:25 So the idea is that we can quickly go through our entire edit and we can make
177:27 through our entire edit and we can make all the colors look exactly how we want,
177:30 all the colors look exactly how we want, make everything look really good, and
177:33 make everything look really good, and that all lives on our timeline, and we
177:35 that all lives on our timeline, and we can export our edit with our color
177:36 can export our edit with our color applied. Now, we're going to get into
177:39 applied. Now, we're going to get into the major color palettes down here. The
177:41 the major color palettes down here. The stuff that you really need to know here
177:42 stuff that you really need to know here in just a minute. But first, we got to
177:44 in just a minute. But first, we got to build a little bit of foundation here.
177:47 build a little bit of foundation here. We got to talk about it. Color
177:48 We got to talk about it. Color management. Let's take a look at this
177:50 management. Let's take a look at this shot here. I'll just bring this up full
177:52 shot here. I'll just bring this up full screen. And there's a couple things to
177:54 screen. And there's a couple things to notice about this shot. This was shot on
177:56 notice about this shot. This was shot on a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 6K. If
177:59 a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 6K. If you don't know what the heck that camera
178:00 you don't know what the heck that camera is or you don't care, it's no big deal.
178:03 is or you don't care, it's no big deal. But the way this camera shoots, and much
178:06 But the way this camera shoots, and much like a lot of professional cameras these
178:07 like a lot of professional cameras these days, this shoots in a log format. Now,
178:10 days, this shoots in a log format. Now, what the heck does that mean? Log is
178:12 what the heck does that mean? Log is basically a way for a camera to capture
178:14 basically a way for a camera to capture more colors and more ranges of
178:16 more colors and more ranges of brightness by kind of desaturating and
178:19 brightness by kind of desaturating and decontrasting the image. There's a lot
178:21 decontrasting the image. There's a lot of technical mumbo jumbo here that I'll
178:23 of technical mumbo jumbo here that I'll cover in another video at some point,
178:24 cover in another video at some point, but basically what happens is to get the
178:27 but basically what happens is to get the very most data packed into the video
178:29 very most data packed into the video signal, what the camera does is it makes
178:31 signal, what the camera does is it makes the blacks not as black, it makes the
178:33 the blacks not as black, it makes the whites not as white, and it makes the
178:35 whites not as white, and it makes the colors not as colorful. And we end up
178:37 colors not as colorful. And we end up with this kind of gray nasty looking
178:39 with this kind of gray nasty looking image. And so this image has a lot of
178:42 image. And so this image has a lot of potential. It could look really good,
178:44 potential. It could look really good, but right now it doesn't look very good.
178:46 but right now it doesn't look very good. It's sort of like if you're going
178:47 It's sort of like if you're going camping and you buy the world's greatest
178:49 camping and you buy the world's greatest tent. It comes in a box and the tent is
178:52 tent. It comes in a box and the tent is all rolled up in a bag and it's all kind
178:53 all rolled up in a bag and it's all kind of crushed in. It could be the best tent
178:56 of crushed in. It could be the best tent in the world, but right now it kind of
178:57 in the world, but right now it kind of looks like a box with a bunch of fabric
178:59 looks like a box with a bunch of fabric stuffed in it. So, in order to actually
179:02 stuffed in it. So, in order to actually go camping and have a good time, you
179:03 go camping and have a good time, you have to take that tent out of the box
179:06 have to take that tent out of the box and spread it out and based on the
179:09 and spread it out and based on the instructions, set up the tent so that it
179:11 instructions, set up the tent so that it looks right. That's kind of the same
179:13 looks right. That's kind of the same thing that we need to do with this
179:15 thing that we need to do with this image. All the information that the
179:17 image. All the information that the camera saw is kind of crushed down into
179:20 camera saw is kind of crushed down into this gray nasty looking image. And what
179:22 this gray nasty looking image. And what we need to do is follow the right
179:24 we need to do is follow the right instructions from the camera to unpack
179:26 instructions from the camera to unpack this image and make it look nice again.
179:28 this image and make it look nice again. That process is called color management.
179:31 That process is called color management. It's pretty much for any kind of image
179:33 It's pretty much for any kind of image format that isn't Rex 709. What does Rex
179:36 format that isn't Rex 709. What does Rex 709 mean? REX 709 is the color space,
179:39 709 mean? REX 709 is the color space, the kind of image colors that look good
179:42 the kind of image colors that look good on your screen. So, for instance, this
179:44 on your screen. So, for instance, this video that you're watching right here is
179:46 video that you're watching right here is in Rex 709. My skin is saturated.
179:49 in Rex 709. My skin is saturated. There's good contrast and everything
179:50 There's good contrast and everything like that, but without any color
179:52 like that, but without any color management, it looks a little bit more
179:54 management, it looks a little bit more like this, which is kind of desaturated.
179:56 like this, which is kind of desaturated. The colors aren't as bright. And so,
179:57 The colors aren't as bright. And so, there needs to be this step. Takes our
179:59 there needs to be this step. Takes our image from gray nasty looking to
180:01 image from gray nasty looking to actually looking good. And so, this
180:03 actually looking good. And so, this image right now is Rex 709. and it
180:06 image right now is Rex 709. and it doesn't need any color management. It
180:07 doesn't need any color management. It doesn't need to be changed into a format
180:09 doesn't need to be changed into a format that looks good on your screen. It
180:10 that looks good on your screen. It already looks good. Whereas this footage
180:12 already looks good. Whereas this footage doesn't look good out of the box. We
180:14 doesn't look good out of the box. We need to convert it. Now, what some
180:17 need to convert it. Now, what some people will do and what has been done
180:18 people will do and what has been done for a long time is somebody will look at
180:21 for a long time is somebody will look at this shot and say, you know, I know what
180:23 this shot and say, you know, I know what this shot needs. It needs a little bit
180:25 this shot needs. It needs a little bit more contrast and it needs a little bit
180:27 more contrast and it needs a little bit of saturation. If I add that to this
180:29 of saturation. If I add that to this image, then that's going to look really
180:31 image, then that's going to look really good. And so, they might use some color
180:34 good. And so, they might use some color tools. I'm just going to kind of do this
180:36 tools. I'm just going to kind of do this quickly because we're going to get into
180:37 quickly because we're going to get into these tools here in just a second. And
180:39 these tools here in just a second. And they'll up some contrast and they'll up
180:41 they'll up some contrast and they'll up some saturation. And so they've taken
180:43 some saturation. And so they've taken this image that looks gray and nasty and
180:45 this image that looks gray and nasty and made it look good on the screen. But
180:46 made it look good on the screen. But there's one important part that we
180:48 there's one important part that we missed here. And that is we didn't
180:50 missed here. And that is we didn't follow the instructions. So this is like
180:53 follow the instructions. So this is like taking our tent that's all packed up and
180:55 taking our tent that's all packed up and then just kind of spreading it out and
180:57 then just kind of spreading it out and trying to put it together just
180:58 trying to put it together just willy-nilly. It might work and it might
181:02 willy-nilly. It might work and it might be a good tent, but a couple things are
181:04 be a good tent, but a couple things are going to happen. Is one, it's probably
181:05 going to happen. Is one, it's probably not going to be exactly right. And two,
181:08 not going to be exactly right. And two, it's going to take a lot of time. And
181:10 it's going to take a lot of time. And also, I'm sort of just guessing how
181:14 also, I'm sort of just guessing how bright things should be. I'm just kind
181:15 bright things should be. I'm just kind of looking on my screen and saying, "Oh,
181:18 of looking on my screen and saying, "Oh, yeah. Okay, this white should be about
181:20 yeah. Okay, this white should be about that white, and this black should be
181:22 that white, and this black should be about that black, and these colors
181:24 about that black, and these colors should be about that bright." And if I'm
181:26 should be about that bright." And if I'm being honest, I don't really have any
181:28 being honest, I don't really have any idea of if they are supposed to be that
181:30 idea of if they are supposed to be that bright, if this wall is supposed to be
181:32 bright, if this wall is supposed to be bright white or not. I can guess, but
181:34 bright white or not. I can guess, but I'm not really going to know. And so,
181:36 I'm not really going to know. And so, basically, I'm taking a bunch of time to
181:38 basically, I'm taking a bunch of time to kind of guess how the color should look.
181:40 kind of guess how the color should look. And so, what we do instead of manually
181:43 And so, what we do instead of manually color correcting this is we use color
181:45 color correcting this is we use color management. Color management takes the
181:48 management. Color management takes the instructions from the camera that
181:50 instructions from the camera that recorded this image and made it look
181:52 recorded this image and made it look gray and it kind of reverses those
181:54 gray and it kind of reverses those instructions to sort of unpack that tent
181:57 instructions to sort of unpack that tent and set it up perfectly so that it looks
182:00 and set it up perfectly so that it looks exactly how it was intended to look. So,
182:03 exactly how it was intended to look. So, how the heck does that work? Well, we
182:04 how the heck does that work? Well, we kind of touched on this earlier in the
182:06 kind of touched on this earlier in the Fusion portion of this video, but what
182:09 Fusion portion of this video, but what we got to do is go to our media pool and
182:10 we got to do is go to our media pool and let's right click on our color timeline
182:12 let's right click on our color timeline and go to timelines, timeline settings.
182:14 and go to timelines, timeline settings. I'm going to uncheck use project
182:16 I'm going to uncheck use project settings and go over to color. For this
182:18 settings and go over to color. For this color science, the default color
182:20 color science, the default color science, which is basically just how
182:22 science, which is basically just how Resolve thinks about colors is called Da
182:24 Resolve thinks about colors is called Da Vinci YGB. What that basically means is
182:27 Vinci YGB. What that basically means is that it's not going to mess with your
182:29 that it's not going to mess with your colors in any way. All of it's going to
182:31 colors in any way. All of it's going to be manual. Anything that you do is going
182:33 be manual. Anything that you do is going to be manual adjusting sliders and
182:35 to be manual adjusting sliders and buttons and things like that. So,
182:37 buttons and things like that. So, instead of that, we're going to switch
182:38 instead of that, we're going to switch this from Da Vinci YGB to Da Vinci YGB
182:41 this from Da Vinci YGB to Da Vinci YGB color managed. What that's going to do
182:43 color managed. What that's going to do is do its best to look up the
182:46 is do its best to look up the instructions that cameras use to make
182:48 instructions that cameras use to make those log images and it's going to apply
182:52 those log images and it's going to apply kind of reverse math to those
182:54 kind of reverse math to those instructions to make the images look
182:56 instructions to make the images look good. Now, if you're not that into this,
182:58 good. Now, if you're not that into this, you can absolutely just say Da Vinci RGB
183:00 you can absolutely just say Da Vinci RGB color managed and then hit okay. What's
183:03 color managed and then hit okay. What's going to actually be slightly better is
183:05 going to actually be slightly better is if you go to Da Vinci RGB color manage,
183:07 if you go to Da Vinci RGB color manage, uncheck automatic color management.
183:10 uncheck automatic color management. Right here where it says color
183:11 Right here where it says color processing mode, switch this to HDR, Da
183:13 processing mode, switch this to HDR, Da Vinci widegamut intermediate. This is
183:17 Vinci widegamut intermediate. This is going to basically do the same thing as
183:19 going to basically do the same thing as automatic color management. It's just
183:21 automatic color management. It's just going to be a little higher quality. If
183:23 going to be a little higher quality. If you have questions about that, if you
183:24 you have questions about that, if you want me to dive into it, let me know.
183:26 want me to dive into it, let me know. But we can switch it to this. All you
183:27 But we can switch it to this. All you have to do is make your settings look
183:29 have to do is make your settings look like this and then hit okay. Now,
183:32 like this and then hit okay. Now, nothing is going to happen by default.
183:35 nothing is going to happen by default. All we've done is just told Resolve,
183:37 All we've done is just told Resolve, "Hey, we're going to use some color
183:38 "Hey, we're going to use some color management." And it said, "Okay, these
183:42 management." And it said, "Okay, these images still look gray and washed out
183:44 images still look gray and washed out because we haven't told Resolve how we
183:48 because we haven't told Resolve how we shot these images. We haven't told it
183:50 shot these images. We haven't told it what camera we used. So, what we can do
183:53 what camera we used. So, what we can do is go up to our media pool and we can
183:56 is go up to our media pool and we can shift select all of our images that are
183:58 shift select all of our images that are from the same camera. And I can right
184:00 from the same camera. And I can right click on any of them and go down to
184:02 click on any of them and go down to input color space. This is where we tell
184:05 input color space. This is where we tell it what camera we used. So there are a
184:07 it what camera we used. So there are a whole list of different cameras. If
184:09 whole list of different cameras. If you're shooting on an iPhone like a 15
184:11 you're shooting on an iPhone like a 15 or 16 Pro, something like that, you can
184:13 or 16 Pro, something like that, you can select Apple log. There's Blackmagic
184:16 select Apple log. There's Blackmagic Design cameras. There's Canon cameras,
184:18 Design cameras. There's Canon cameras, Nikon, Leica, Samsung, Sony, all kinds
184:21 Nikon, Leica, Samsung, Sony, all kinds of different cameras here. This was shot
184:23 of different cameras here. This was shot on a Blackmagic Design camera. We shot
184:26 on a Blackmagic Design camera. We shot this on Blackmagic Design Pocket 6K and
184:29 this on Blackmagic Design Pocket 6K and the color science was film Gen 4. Now,
184:32 the color science was film Gen 4. Now, how the heck do I know that? Well, we
184:35 how the heck do I know that? Well, we wrote it down when we shot it. Odds are,
184:38 wrote it down when we shot it. Odds are, if you have a professional camera of
184:40 if you have a professional camera of some kind, there is a way to look up the
184:42 some kind, there is a way to look up the color science. You can Google, "How do I
184:44 color science. You can Google, "How do I look up the color science for whatever
184:45 look up the color science for whatever your camera is?" It's usually in your
184:48 your camera is?" It's usually in your menus under picture styles or something
184:50 menus under picture styles or something like that. And chances are, if you have
184:52 like that. And chances are, if you have a professional camera, you probably
184:54 a professional camera, you probably bought it for that reason anyway. So,
184:56 bought it for that reason anyway. So, however you shot this footage, that's
184:59 however you shot this footage, that's what you tag this as. If you don't know
185:02 what you tag this as. If you don't know how you shot the footage, you should go
185:04 how you shot the footage, you should go and try and figure it out because the
185:06 and try and figure it out because the only way to do this the right way is to
185:08 only way to do this the right way is to actually know. All right, Blackmagic
185:11 actually know. All right, Blackmagic Design Pocket 6K Gen Film Gen 4. And
185:14 Design Pocket 6K Gen Film Gen 4. And look what happens when I click this.
185:16 look what happens when I click this. Boom.
185:17 Boom. Now we have footage that looks correct.
185:22 Now we have footage that looks correct. So this has good contrast, good
185:24 So this has good contrast, good saturation. The images don't look
185:26 saturation. The images don't look perfect. We can still make them look
185:28 perfect. We can still make them look better. There's still some style we want
185:30 better. There's still some style we want to add, but it doesn't look halfway
185:32 to add, but it doesn't look halfway black and white like it did. This
185:34 black and white like it did. This actually looks as scientifically close
185:36 actually looks as scientifically close as it can possibly be to how the colors
185:39 as it can possibly be to how the colors looked in real life when we shot this
185:42 looked in real life when we shot this footage. And you'll notice that I didn't
185:44 footage. And you'll notice that I didn't tweak any sliders. I didn't move
185:46 tweak any sliders. I didn't move anything up and down. I didn't change
185:47 anything up and down. I didn't change anything around. All I did was enable
185:50 anything around. All I did was enable color management and then go to my
185:52 color management and then go to my footage and tell Resolve what color
185:53 footage and tell Resolve what color science I used. Blackmagic Design Pocket
185:56 science I used. Blackmagic Design Pocket 6K film Gen 4. And that gives us a great
185:59 6K film Gen 4. And that gives us a great starting point for our color correction.
186:01 starting point for our color correction. It really kind of gives us the best of
186:03 It really kind of gives us the best of both worlds. We have all this
186:04 both worlds. We have all this information that we packed in when we
186:07 information that we packed in when we recorded the footage and we're unpacking
186:09 recorded the footage and we're unpacking it scientifically so that we can have
186:12 it scientifically so that we can have the most information and work in the
186:14 the most information and work in the highest quality possible when it comes
186:15 highest quality possible when it comes to adjusting our colors. Color
186:18 to adjusting our colors. Color management is a just a massively huge
186:20 management is a just a massively huge topic, but it's honestly not that much
186:23 topic, but it's honestly not that much more complicated than this. In Resolve
186:25 more complicated than this. In Resolve 20, they've made color management a lot
186:26 20, they've made color management a lot easier. You just enable it in your
186:28 easier. You just enable it in your timeline settings under color. Make sure
186:30 timeline settings under color. Make sure you have these settings. Any footage
186:32 you have these settings. Any footage that you have that's log, you rightclick
186:35 that you have that's log, you rightclick input color space and select the color
186:36 input color space and select the color space that you used. If you don't know
186:38 space that you used. If you don't know the color space or it's footage that
186:41 the color space or it's footage that wasn't shot in log, then you can just
186:43 wasn't shot in log, then you can just set your input color space to same as
186:45 set your input color space to same as timeline or project Rexto9 and it's not
186:48 timeline or project Rexto9 and it's not really going to do any tweaks to your
186:50 really going to do any tweaks to your colors. It's just going to try and leave
186:52 colors. It's just going to try and leave them alone. But do yourself a favor and
186:54 them alone. But do yourself a favor and don't skip this step. Color management
186:56 don't skip this step. Color management is essential for getting good color
186:58 is essential for getting good color grades. It gives you a higher quality
187:00 grades. It gives you a higher quality image at the end and it saves you a
187:02 image at the end and it saves you a bunch of time because I don't have to go
187:04 bunch of time because I don't have to go through and make all of these look
187:05 through and make all of these look normal before I even start thinking
187:07 normal before I even start thinking about how to make them look really
187:08 about how to make them look really great. I can just start with the normal
187:10 great. I can just start with the normal image and be on my way. So, now that we
187:12 image and be on my way. So, now that we have our color management set up and
187:14 have our color management set up and everything is ready for us, let's jump
187:16 everything is ready for us, let's jump into what the heck we do in the color
187:19 into what the heck we do in the color page. Let's just pick a shot. Maybe this
187:21 page. Let's just pick a shot. Maybe this shot number eight here. And let's just
187:23 shot number eight here. And let's just have a look at how we would adjust an
187:26 have a look at how we would adjust an image just so we have a little bit more
187:28 image just so we have a little bit more room. I'm going to close my clips and my
187:30 room. I'm going to close my clips and my timeline panels just so we have some
187:32 timeline panels just so we have some room here. Maybe even close my effects.
187:34 room here. Maybe even close my effects. Sure. I'll even zoom in and crop this a
187:36 Sure. I'll even zoom in and crop this a little bit. And let's talk about how we
187:37 little bit. And let's talk about how we would actually adjust an image. Again,
187:40 would actually adjust an image. Again, because we're looking at this image in
187:42 because we're looking at this image in our viewer, that's the image that we're
187:44 our viewer, that's the image that we're going to be adjusting with the color
187:46 going to be adjusting with the color palette, all of the windows that live
187:47 palette, all of the windows that live down here. And there are a lot of
187:49 down here. And there are a lot of different color palettes. Look at this.
187:51 different color palettes. Look at this. We can really just go through a whole
187:53 We can really just go through a whole bunch of these things. And the good news
187:55 bunch of these things. And the good news is that you don't need to know all of
187:56 is that you don't need to know all of them. Really, you only need to know a
187:58 them. Really, you only need to know a couple to do most of the work that you
188:01 couple to do most of the work that you need to do here in color. And the one
188:02 need to do here in color. And the one we're going to start with is right here,
188:05 we're going to start with is right here, this lower left panel called the
188:07 this lower left panel called the primaries. And I'm actually going to
188:09 primaries. And I'm actually going to make sure that I'm on this little button
188:11 make sure that I'm on this little button right here. Up here, this should say
188:12 right here. Up here, this should say primaries color wheels. That's the one.
188:15 primaries color wheels. That's the one. By the way, if you don't have three
188:16 By the way, if you don't have three panels here, like one,
188:19 panels here, like one, two, three, and it's two panels or even
188:22 two, three, and it's two panels or even one, and maybe these little icons are
188:24 one, and maybe these little icons are squished together, don't worry about it.
188:26 squished together, don't worry about it. you have the same panels. Almost all of
188:28 you have the same panels. Almost all of these panels are in the free version as
188:30 these panels are in the free version as well. Again, if something is just in the
188:32 well. Again, if something is just in the paid version, I'm going to tell you, but
188:34 paid version, I'm going to tell you, but sometimes what it will do is squish one
188:35 sometimes what it will do is squish one or two of these panels together for
188:37 or two of these panels together for different resolutions on your screen.
188:39 different resolutions on your screen. So, if you have your scaling or your
188:41 So, if you have your scaling or your resolution set to something different
188:43 resolution set to something different than mine, it might not quite look like
188:44 than mine, it might not quite look like mine, but you should have the same
188:46 mine, but you should have the same panel. So, this primary color wheels
188:48 panel. So, this primary color wheels palette, this, I'd say, is where you do
188:50 palette, this, I'd say, is where you do most of the work when you're adjusting
188:53 most of the work when you're adjusting your colors. And even though it looks
188:54 your colors. And even though it looks like there are a lot of controls,
188:55 like there are a lot of controls, there's really only three kind of main
188:57 there's really only three kind of main controls down here. One is the color
188:59 controls down here. One is the color wheel. The other is this little slider
189:01 wheel. The other is this little slider here. The other kind of control are
189:04 here. The other kind of control are these little number boxes. And if you've
189:06 these little number boxes. And if you've never used anything like this before, I
189:07 never used anything like this before, I want you to do me a favor and just
189:09 want you to do me a favor and just follow along with me. Open up this image
189:12 follow along with me. Open up this image and grab the center of this color wheel
189:13 and grab the center of this color wheel and just push it around. Just grab it
189:15 and just push it around. Just grab it and drag it. And you can see as you drag
189:18 and drag it. And you can see as you drag your mouse around, it's going to move
189:20 your mouse around, it's going to move that little dot in the middle of the
189:21 that little dot in the middle of the wheel away from the center. And the
189:23 wheel away from the center. And the farther it gets away from that center,
189:25 farther it gets away from that center, the more color it's going to push into
189:27 the more color it's going to push into your image. And the direction that it
189:29 your image. And the direction that it pushes is going to be the hue, the color
189:31 pushes is going to be the hue, the color that is pushed into the image. And so if
189:33 that is pushed into the image. And so if I want to make this look very blue, I
189:35 I want to make this look very blue, I take this and move this down to the
189:36 take this and move this down to the lower right a lot. And that makes this
189:39 lower right a lot. And that makes this very blue. And so that's like a third of
189:41 very blue. And so that's like a third of what you need to know as far as actual
189:43 what you need to know as far as actual controls down here in the primaries. The
189:45 controls down here in the primaries. The second one, this little slider, this is
189:47 second one, this little slider, this is called the master wheel. And if you grab
189:49 called the master wheel. And if you grab the master wheel and you move your mouse
189:51 the master wheel and you move your mouse to the right or to the left, that makes
189:53 to the right or to the left, that makes things brighter to the right or darker
189:55 things brighter to the right or darker to the left. You can also mouse over
189:57 to the left. You can also mouse over this and scroll with your scroll wheel.
190:00 this and scroll with your scroll wheel. Adjust that. And so just with these two
190:02 Adjust that. And so just with these two controls, we can adjust the tint of the
190:04 controls, we can adjust the tint of the image as well as the brightness. And
190:06 image as well as the brightness. And this color wheel master wheel combo,
190:08 this color wheel master wheel combo, this is just duplicated three more
190:11 this is just duplicated three more times. And so it's the same basic kind
190:12 times. And so it's the same basic kind of control, but why is this split up
190:15 of control, but why is this split up into four parts? Well, what's happening
190:16 into four parts? Well, what's happening here is if you move the offset, that's
190:18 here is if you move the offset, that's going to adjust the colors of the entire
190:21 going to adjust the colors of the entire image. Same thing for the offset master
190:23 image. Same thing for the offset master wheel. The brightness is going to go up
190:24 wheel. The brightness is going to go up or down for the entire image. But lift,
190:27 or down for the entire image. But lift, gamma, and gain splits the image up into
190:29 gamma, and gain splits the image up into kind of the darker part, the midtones,
190:31 kind of the darker part, the midtones, and the brighter parts. And so, which
190:34 and the brighter parts. And so, which one you grab depends on what you want to
190:36 one you grab depends on what you want to adjust in the image. And so, if I want
190:38 adjust in the image. And so, if I want the brighter parts to be more yellow, I
190:40 the brighter parts to be more yellow, I select the gain because that's the
190:41 select the gain because that's the brighter parts. And I push this a little
190:43 brighter parts. And I push this a little bit more towards yellow. Now, this is
190:45 bit more towards yellow. Now, this is going to make the entire image a little
190:47 going to make the entire image a little bit more yellow, but it's going to be
190:48 bit more yellow, but it's going to be strongest in the bright parts. So, we
190:50 strongest in the bright parts. So, we can see how it's really yellow right
190:52 can see how it's really yellow right here and in here in the brighter parts.
190:54 here and in here in the brighter parts. And the parts that are black are maybe
190:56 And the parts that are black are maybe just a little yellow, but not super
190:57 just a little yellow, but not super yellow like these brights. If I were to
190:59 yellow like these brights. If I were to do the same thing, take the lift, which
191:01 do the same thing, take the lift, which is the darkest parts, and push those
191:03 is the darkest parts, and push those towards yellow. We'll see we're starting
191:04 towards yellow. We'll see we're starting to really tint the darker parts of the
191:06 to really tint the darker parts of the image, but the brighter parts right here
191:08 image, but the brighter parts right here stay white. That's because this is
191:10 stay white. That's because this is strongest in the darker parts of the
191:12 strongest in the darker parts of the image. And then, as you might imagine,
191:13 image. And then, as you might imagine, the gamma, these are the midtones, and
191:16 the gamma, these are the midtones, and this is going to be strongest in the
191:17 this is going to be strongest in the medium brightness kind of parts of the
191:19 medium brightness kind of parts of the image. So, depending on what you're
191:20 image. So, depending on what you're going for here, you might choose to
191:22 going for here, you might choose to adjust the offset, lift, gamma, or gain
191:25 adjust the offset, lift, gamma, or gain of your image and adjust the color or
191:28 of your image and adjust the color or the brightness of that part. So, for
191:30 the brightness of that part. So, for instance, if I want to make the bright
191:31 instance, if I want to make the bright parts brighter, I can go to the gain and
191:33 parts brighter, I can go to the gain and take this master wheel and drag it to
191:36 take this master wheel and drag it to the right, and that's going to make the
191:37 the right, and that's going to make the brighter parts brighter. The darker
191:39 brighter parts brighter. The darker parts are pretty much going to stay kind
191:40 parts are pretty much going to stay kind of where they are. If I want to make the
191:42 of where they are. If I want to make the darker parts darker, I can go to lift
191:45 darker parts darker, I can go to lift and take that master wheel and take it
191:47 and take that master wheel and take it to the left. And that's going to make
191:48 to the left. And that's going to make the darker parts darker. And I can go
191:50 the darker parts darker. And I can go really, really crazy on this. And that's
191:51 really, really crazy on this. And that's going to darken the darker parts. But
191:53 going to darken the darker parts. But look, the bright parts stay the same. So
191:55 look, the bright parts stay the same. So if I want to do something like give this
191:57 if I want to do something like give this image more contrast, one thing I can do
191:59 image more contrast, one thing I can do is take the bright parts and push them
192:01 is take the bright parts and push them to the right to brighten that up and the
192:03 to the right to brighten that up and the dark parts and push it to the left.
192:05 dark parts and push it to the left. That's going to give this more contrast.
192:07 That's going to give this more contrast. And again, all of these adjustments,
192:08 And again, all of these adjustments, anything that I do down here lives in
192:11 anything that I do down here lives in this node. So I could turn this node off
192:12 this node. So I could turn this node off and on to see what's happening. So I'm
192:14 and on to see what's happening. So I'm just upping that contrast by pushing the
192:16 just upping that contrast by pushing the gain up and the lift down in their
192:19 gain up and the lift down in their master wheels. If I want to reset
192:20 master wheels. If I want to reset anything that's happening in the
192:21 anything that's happening in the primaries, I can click this little reset
192:23 primaries, I can click this little reset button. I can also rightclick on this
192:25 button. I can also rightclick on this node and say reset node grade. That will
192:27 node and say reset node grade. That will reset anything that is done in this
192:29 reset anything that is done in this node. If I want to boost up the
192:31 node. If I want to boost up the brightness of kind of medium tones right
192:33 brightness of kind of medium tones right here, I can take the gamma and push that
192:35 here, I can take the gamma and push that up. That's going to leave the bright
192:37 up. That's going to leave the bright parts about where they are and the dark
192:38 parts about where they are and the dark parts about where they are and push up
192:40 parts about where they are and push up the midtones. So, what we've gone over
192:41 the midtones. So, what we've gone over here pretty much covers all of this
192:43 here pretty much covers all of this panel. These little numbers, these
192:46 panel. These little numbers, these little controls here, these are called
192:47 little controls here, these are called the primary controls. And the primary
192:49 the primary controls. And the primary controls are other kind of little
192:51 controls are other kind of little specific things about the image. So, for
192:53 specific things about the image. So, for instance, there is a contrast control.
192:55 instance, there is a contrast control. So, this is another way that I can put
192:57 So, this is another way that I can put some contrast into the image. I can take
192:58 some contrast into the image. I can take this contrast and drag it to the right.
193:00 this contrast and drag it to the right. And that again is going to make the
193:01 And that again is going to make the darker parts dark and the brighter parts
193:03 darker parts dark and the brighter parts brighter. The pivot adjusts kind of the
193:06 brighter. The pivot adjusts kind of the split between what it thinks is dark
193:08 split between what it thinks is dark versus light. So if I push this pivot to
193:10 versus light. So if I push this pivot to the left, it's going to think more
193:11 the left, it's going to think more things are bright. If I push it to the
193:13 things are bright. If I push it to the right, it's going to think more things
193:14 right, it's going to think more things are dark. And so I can use this contrast
193:16 are dark. And so I can use this contrast and pivot to dial in the contrast of my
193:18 and pivot to dial in the contrast of my image to be exactly how I want. And that
193:21 image to be exactly how I want. And that might be a little bit more easy than
193:23 might be a little bit more easy than pushing up the gain and the pushing down
193:25 pushing up the gain and the pushing down the lift. We also have temperature and
193:26 the lift. We also have temperature and tint, which is an easy way to adjust
193:29 tint, which is an easy way to adjust something like white balance. Or if I
193:31 something like white balance. Or if I want this whole thing to feel a little
193:32 want this whole thing to feel a little bit more cool, I can take the
193:34 bit more cool, I can take the temperature and just grab that and push
193:36 temperature and just grab that and push that to the left. And now kind of a blue
193:37 that to the left. And now kind of a blue tone. And I can balance it between green
193:39 tone. And I can balance it between green and magenta like this. I can warm it up
193:42 and magenta like this. I can warm it up by bringing the temperature to the
193:43 by bringing the temperature to the right. And I can double click on any of
193:45 right. And I can double click on any of these to reset them. Down below I have
193:47 these to reset them. Down below I have some more controls. Shadows are the
193:49 some more controls. Shadows are the darker midtones of the image. Highlights
193:51 darker midtones of the image. Highlights are the brighter midtones of the image.
193:53 are the brighter midtones of the image. So it's almost like you have a master
193:55 So it's almost like you have a master wheel kind of between the lift and gamma
193:57 wheel kind of between the lift and gamma and the gamma and gain. That's what goes
193:59 and the gamma and gain. That's what goes right here. We have the saturation of
194:01 right here. We have the saturation of the whole image. So that's how strong
194:02 the whole image. So that's how strong the colors are. If I take this and drag
194:04 the colors are. If I take this and drag it all the way to the right, we have
194:05 it all the way to the right, we have very punchy colors. Hue is what actual
194:08 very punchy colors. Hue is what actual color things are. Pretty rarely use that
194:10 color things are. Pretty rarely use that unless you're trying to actually change
194:11 unless you're trying to actually change the color of something. Color boost is
194:13 the color of something. Color boost is like saturation except for it targets
194:16 like saturation except for it targets the things that are less saturated. And
194:18 the things that are less saturated. And so if you want to saturate the things
194:19 so if you want to saturate the things that are less saturated, you could push
194:21 that are less saturated, you could push up the color boost a little bit. And
194:22 up the color boost a little bit. And there are a few other buttons and
194:23 there are a few other buttons and sliders here that you can learn at some
194:25 sliders here that you can learn at some point, but these are the main ones.
194:26 point, but these are the main ones. lift, gamma, gain, offset, saturation,
194:29 lift, gamma, gain, offset, saturation, temp, tint, contrast, color boost. Those
194:31 temp, tint, contrast, color boost. Those are the big ones. And the cool thing is
194:33 are the big ones. And the cool thing is that just understanding this part of
194:35 that just understanding this part of this panel, you can do so much. You can
194:37 this panel, you can do so much. You can really make your colors look good for
194:40 really make your colors look good for your movie. I mean, this is seriously,
194:41 your movie. I mean, this is seriously, this is all you need. This combined with
194:43 this is all you need. This combined with color management, there's no reason why
194:46 color management, there's no reason why you can't correct your shots and make
194:48 you can't correct your shots and make them look really nice. So, here's what I
194:50 them look really nice. So, here's what I want you to do right now. Find this clip
194:52 want you to do right now. Find this clip and I want you to play around with the
194:54 and I want you to play around with the primaries. make this shot look as good
194:56 primaries. make this shot look as good as you can just using the primaries
194:58 as you can just using the primaries palette. So, one thing that I might do
195:00 palette. So, one thing that I might do is just push a little bit of contrast in
195:01 is just push a little bit of contrast in here. I might maybe push up the offset a
195:04 here. I might maybe push up the offset a little bit. Maybe I'll take the
195:05 little bit. Maybe I'll take the temperature a little bit more blue. I
195:07 temperature a little bit more blue. I can push and pull this contrast, adjust
195:09 can push and pull this contrast, adjust the pivot a little bit. Maybe push up
195:10 the pivot a little bit. Maybe push up some saturation. Maybe we'll push some
195:13 some saturation. Maybe we'll push some color boost instead. Something like
195:15 color boost instead. Something like that. Maybe take that offset up just a
195:17 that. Maybe take that offset up just a little bit. And so now we have a really
195:18 little bit. And so now we have a really nice looking image here. Has some
195:20 nice looking image here. Has some contrast. We have some blue coming in
195:22 contrast. We have some blue coming in from the windows. We have some warm on
195:23 from the windows. We have some warm on her face. overall looks pretty nice.
195:26 her face. overall looks pretty nice. This really is the Swiss Army knife of
195:28 This really is the Swiss Army knife of the color page. If you learn just the
195:31 the color page. If you learn just the primary color wheels, I'm telling you,
195:33 primary color wheels, I'm telling you, it's so powerful cuz check this out. We
195:35 it's so powerful cuz check this out. We can go to any shot. I'm just hitting
195:37 can go to any shot. I'm just hitting down on the keyboard. Sure. Let's grab
195:39 down on the keyboard. Sure. Let's grab this shot here where he's zipping up the
195:40 this shot here where he's zipping up the backpack. We can adjust this. Maybe
195:42 backpack. We can adjust this. Maybe we'll take the gain down a little bit.
195:44 we'll take the gain down a little bit. Push the gamma up. Put a little contrast
195:46 Push the gamma up. Put a little contrast in there. Maybe a little saturation just
195:48 in there. Maybe a little saturation just to make this look really nice. Maybe
195:50 to make this look really nice. Maybe it's a little bit too warm. We could
195:52 it's a little bit too warm. We could take the temperature down. Make that
195:54 take the temperature down. Make that temperature a little bit more blue.
195:55 temperature a little bit more blue. Yeah, something like that. And we can
195:56 Yeah, something like that. And we can have a nice looking shot. Here's before,
195:59 have a nice looking shot. Here's before, which was just way too bright. After
196:02 which was just way too bright. After looks good. Here's this shot right here,
196:04 looks good. Here's this shot right here, which kind of feels gray and a little
196:06 which kind of feels gray and a little bit dark and maybe a little bit green.
196:08 bit dark and maybe a little bit green. Maybe we'll take this offset up a little
196:10 Maybe we'll take this offset up a little bit. Push some saturation in there.
196:12 bit. Push some saturation in there. Maybe take this away from green a little
196:14 Maybe take this away from green a little bit. Just push this tint a little bit.
196:16 bit. Just push this tint a little bit. Maybe take the temperature a little bit
196:18 Maybe take the temperature a little bit blue just to balance out those whites a
196:20 blue just to balance out those whites a little bit. Maybe add a little contrast.
196:23 little bit. Maybe add a little contrast. Play with the pivot a little bit. And
196:25 Play with the pivot a little bit. And here is before and here's after. See
196:27 here is before and here's after. See that difference? Isn't that amazing what
196:29 that difference? Isn't that amazing what we can do just with this one panel?
196:31 we can do just with this one panel? Isn't that nuts? This is the kind of
196:32 Isn't that nuts? This is the kind of thing that is available to you for free
196:34 thing that is available to you for free in Resolve. This is why Resolve is the
196:37 in Resolve. This is why Resolve is the king of the color correction apps. It's
196:39 king of the color correction apps. It's the best app in the world for color
196:40 the best app in the world for color correction because all of that power is
196:42 correction because all of that power is right here. Isn't that nuts? You already
196:45 right here. Isn't that nuts? You already know enough to color grade like a whole
196:47 know enough to color grade like a whole movie. Now, is there more that you can
196:48 movie. Now, is there more that you can do? Are there more techniques? Are there
196:50 do? Are there more techniques? Are there more tools? Absolutely. But this primary
196:52 more tools? Absolutely. But this primary color wheel panel, this is the bee's
196:54 color wheel panel, this is the bee's knees. So, take some time, go through
196:55 knees. So, take some time, go through these shots and see what you can do.
196:57 these shots and see what you can do. Here's our outside shot again. Maybe we
197:00 Here's our outside shot again. Maybe we want to just take the exposure down a
197:02 want to just take the exposure down a little bit. Maybe add a little contrast.
197:04 little bit. Maybe add a little contrast. Maybe brighten this up. I can push the
197:05 Maybe brighten this up. I can push the gain a little bit more orange. We can
197:07 gain a little bit more orange. We can have kind of a more of a sunset look
197:09 have kind of a more of a sunset look here. Just push this pivot down. Maybe
197:12 here. Just push this pivot down. Maybe take this saturation down a touch. And
197:14 take this saturation down a touch. And we can make a really cool look compared
197:16 we can make a really cool look compared to what we had just using those
197:17 to what we had just using those primaries. Ah, so cool. Now, I'm going
197:20 primaries. Ah, so cool. Now, I'm going to rightclick and reset all grades and
197:22 to rightclick and reset all grades and nodes right here. Let's talk about the
197:24 nodes right here. Let's talk about the second most useful palette here on the
197:25 second most useful palette here on the color page. And that is the custom
197:27 color page. And that is the custom curves. The custom curves right here.
197:30 curves. The custom curves right here. This, if you've used an image editing
197:32 This, if you've used an image editing app that has curves like this, is going
197:34 app that has curves like this, is going to feel very familiar. If you haven't,
197:36 to feel very familiar. If you haven't, pretty much how this works is this is a
197:37 pretty much how this works is this is a graph. A graph of the brightnesses of an
197:40 graph. A graph of the brightnesses of an image. So, the bottom part here, this is
197:43 image. So, the bottom part here, this is the input. That's the input
197:45 the input. That's the input brightnesses. This axis is the output.
197:49 brightnesses. This axis is the output. down here is black and up here is white
197:51 down here is black and up here is white and in the middle is like gray. And so
197:54 and in the middle is like gray. And so if I were to find a point from left to
197:56 if I were to find a point from left to right that's maybe in the middle right
197:57 right that's maybe in the middle right here, this would be the input gray. So
198:00 here, this would be the input gray. So that would be right there on that line.
198:02 that would be right there on that line. If I want to make the gray parts
198:04 If I want to make the gray parts brighter, I would push this line up
198:07 brighter, I would push this line up because right now it's gray equals gray.
198:10 because right now it's gray equals gray. And if I want the gray to be light gray,
198:12 And if I want the gray to be light gray, I could say gray equals light gray like
198:14 I could say gray equals light gray like that. So I'll just take this and push
198:16 that. So I'll just take this and push this up. And what that will do is push
198:18 this up. And what that will do is push up the midtones basically. That's maybe
198:20 up the midtones basically. That's maybe a little strong. So I can push this up
198:22 a little strong. So I can push this up like this. The black parts are down
198:24 like this. The black parts are down here. And so I can push the black parts
198:26 here. And so I can push the black parts up. That's going to essentially do the
198:28 up. That's going to essentially do the same thing as my master wheel and my
198:29 same thing as my master wheel and my lift. This upper part is like the master
198:32 lift. This upper part is like the master wheel of my gain. So if I take my gain
198:34 wheel of my gain. So if I take my gain up and to the left, that's going to make
198:36 up and to the left, that's going to make more things bright. I can also take this
198:38 more things bright. I can also take this down and take the brightness of the
198:39 down and take the brightness of the bright parts down like that. I can take
198:42 bright parts down like that. I can take this black point and move it to the
198:43 this black point and move it to the right and keep it on the floor. And that
198:44 right and keep it on the floor. And that just makes more things black. And so you
198:46 just makes more things black. And so you have a lot of control over your image
198:49 have a lot of control over your image with this curve. So if I want to make
198:51 with this curve. So if I want to make the brighter parts of the image a little
198:52 the brighter parts of the image a little brighter and the darker parts of the
198:54 brighter and the darker parts of the image a little darker, well, I can make
198:56 image a little darker, well, I can make what we call an S-curve. Kind of looks
198:58 what we call an S-curve. Kind of looks like an S. And that's going to add a
199:00 like an S. And that's going to add a nice bit of contrast to my image. This
199:03 nice bit of contrast to my image. This S-curve is pretty much how you get kind
199:06 S-curve is pretty much how you get kind of a filmic contrast. There's always
199:09 of a filmic contrast. There's always some kind of version of this curve built
199:11 some kind of version of this curve built in. And usually you can add a few
199:13 in. And usually you can add a few different things. You could push up
199:14 different things. You could push up these blacks a little bit, crush the
199:16 these blacks a little bit, crush the lower mid tones down, maybe take
199:18 lower mid tones down, maybe take highlights down a little bit, but push
199:20 highlights down a little bit, but push up the upper mid tones. And you have
199:22 up the upper mid tones. And you have this nice kind of highlight roll off
199:23 this nice kind of highlight roll off there. Maybe even want to crush the
199:26 there. Maybe even want to crush the shadows in a little bit more. And so now
199:28 shadows in a little bit more. And so now we have this nice feeling that's nice
199:30 we have this nice feeling that's nice and rich just from this curve. I tell
199:33 and rich just from this curve. I tell you what, getting used to using this
199:34 you what, getting used to using this curve, oh man, you can make such nice
199:36 curve, oh man, you can make such nice images. And especially when you combine
199:38 images. And especially when you combine this curve with these primary color
199:40 this curve with these primary color wheels, chef's kiss. There are a lot of
199:42 wheels, chef's kiss. There are a lot of controls over here that honestly I don't
199:44 controls over here that honestly I don't use that often, so I'm going to skip
199:45 use that often, so I'm going to skip them. This is the important part right
199:47 them. This is the important part right here. You can also use this button right
199:49 here. You can also use this button right here to make big old curves. So if you
199:51 here to make big old curves. So if you want to get really detailed with your
199:53 want to get really detailed with your curve here, you could totally do that.
199:54 curve here, you could totally do that. But there are also some other kinds of
199:56 But there are also some other kinds of curves here. Selecting this second
199:58 curves here. Selecting this second little icon, this will bring us our hue
200:00 little icon, this will bring us our hue versus hue curves. Just like this curve
200:03 versus hue curves. Just like this curve is the input brightnesses versus the
200:06 is the input brightnesses versus the output brightnesses. These other curves
200:08 output brightnesses. These other curves are kind of just other graphs. So this
200:10 are kind of just other graphs. So this one is the input hue. So that's the
200:12 one is the input hue. So that's the actual color of the light versus the
200:14 actual color of the light versus the output hue. Okay. So if I want to take
200:17 output hue. Okay. So if I want to take stuff that is kind of this reddish part,
200:19 stuff that is kind of this reddish part, I can select the red and maybe I can add
200:22 I can select the red and maybe I can add a couple other little control points
200:23 a couple other little control points here. And if I push the red around, I
200:26 here. And if I push the red around, I can kind of move this back and forth and
200:27 can kind of move this back and forth and just change the reds. So this is great
200:29 just change the reds. So this is great if you need to change specific color.
200:32 if you need to change specific color. You can just kind of target that
200:34 You can just kind of target that specific color here on the chart. And
200:36 specific color here on the chart. And boom, we have a purple house. It's very
200:38 boom, we have a purple house. It's very selective. Similarly, we have hue versus
200:40 selective. Similarly, we have hue versus saturation. So you pick the hue that you
200:43 saturation. So you pick the hue that you want to adjust the saturation for. Maybe
200:45 want to adjust the saturation for. Maybe this green. By the way, you can click on
200:47 this green. By the way, you can click on the image when you have these curves up
200:49 the image when you have these curves up and it's going to add a control point
200:51 and it's going to add a control point for you. So I could click and drag and
200:53 for you. So I could click and drag and just color over where I want to select.
200:55 just color over where I want to select. That's going to select all the kind of
200:56 That's going to select all the kind of yellowish green. And I can take the
200:58 yellowish green. And I can take the saturation down. And so now we have all
201:00 saturation down. And so now we have all of these trees just black and white.
201:02 of these trees just black and white. See, here's the difference. It's not
201:04 See, here's the difference. It's not affecting the house too much. It's
201:05 affecting the house too much. It's mostly this kind of green stuff. We also
201:07 mostly this kind of green stuff. We also have hue versus luminance. So that's
201:09 have hue versus luminance. So that's just the brightness of certain hues. So
201:11 just the brightness of certain hues. So if I want to darken this backpack, I can
201:12 if I want to darken this backpack, I can select this backpack and maybe take that
201:14 select this backpack and maybe take that down a little bit in our hue versus
201:16 down a little bit in our hue versus luminance. That can be kind of nice
201:18 luminance. That can be kind of nice sometimes. We also have luminance versus
201:20 sometimes. We also have luminance versus saturation. And so depending on how
201:22 saturation. And so depending on how bright something is, you can adjust how
201:24 bright something is, you can adjust how saturated it is. And so a little trick
201:26 saturated it is. And so a little trick some people use is just to desaturate
201:29 some people use is just to desaturate anything that's getting close to white
201:30 anything that's getting close to white and desaturate anything that's close to
201:32 and desaturate anything that's close to black. And so really we only have
201:33 black. And so really we only have saturation in the midtones. And oftent
201:35 saturation in the midtones. And oftent times you can add a pretty harsh curve
201:38 times you can add a pretty harsh curve on this and it doesn't make that big of
201:40 on this and it doesn't make that big of a difference unless you have a really
201:42 a difference unless you have a really harsh push on it. So if I push this
201:44 harsh push on it. So if I push this offset really blue, you can see that
201:47 offset really blue, you can see that with this curve on it, we don't add too
201:49 with this curve on it, we don't add too much blue to the shadows or the
201:51 much blue to the shadows or the highlights. These are still black and
201:53 highlights. These are still black and these are still white. So if I were to
201:54 these are still white. So if I were to take this out, everything would be blue.
201:56 take this out, everything would be blue. We also have saturation versus
201:57 We also have saturation versus saturation. So if something is more
201:59 saturation. So if something is more saturated, we can remap it to be less
202:01 saturated, we can remap it to be less saturated and so on. This kind of helps
202:03 saturated and so on. This kind of helps us kind of keep our saturation problems
202:05 us kind of keep our saturation problems under control. We have something that's
202:07 under control. We have something that's just way too bright. Then we have
202:08 just way too bright. Then we have saturation versus luminance. So if
202:09 saturation versus luminance. So if something's more saturated or less
202:11 something's more saturated or less saturated, you can turn its brightness
202:12 saturated, you can turn its brightness up or down. So yeah, if I could only
202:15 up or down. So yeah, if I could only teach you one panel, it would be the
202:16 teach you one panel, it would be the primaries. If I could only teach you two
202:18 primaries. If I could only teach you two panels, it would be the curves and the
202:19 panels, it would be the curves and the primary. And now before we go any
202:21 primary. And now before we go any further, I want to stop and talk about
202:23 further, I want to stop and talk about the scopes. This is pretty darn
202:25 the scopes. This is pretty darn important when it comes to color
202:26 important when it comes to color grading. And I don't want you to watch
202:28 grading. And I don't want you to watch through the color part of this video and
202:29 through the color part of this video and not know how to read scopes cuz that
202:31 not know how to read scopes cuz that would be sad. Down in the lower right,
202:33 would be sad. Down in the lower right, we have a panel called color scopes. And
202:35 we have a panel called color scopes. And you can select the kind of scopes with
202:36 you can select the kind of scopes with this little drop down here. There are a
202:39 this little drop down here. There are a few different kind of scopes. Parade
202:40 few different kind of scopes. Parade waveform, vector scope, histogram, and
202:43 waveform, vector scope, histogram, and CIE chromaticity. We're going to start
202:46 CIE chromaticity. We're going to start with the waveform. And I'm going to put
202:49 with the waveform. And I'm going to put this into big mode. That'll bring up our
202:51 this into big mode. That'll bring up our big scopes here. And I'll switch this to
202:53 big scopes here. And I'll switch this to a single scope. And I'll go to this
202:55 a single scope. And I'll go to this little menu here. And I'm going to turn
202:56 little menu here. And I'm going to turn off colorize and switch this to Y mode
202:59 off colorize and switch this to Y mode just because it's easier for me to
203:01 just because it's easier for me to explain some things. This is called a
203:03 explain some things. This is called a waveform scope. And the idea of this
203:06 waveform scope. And the idea of this scope is that it is a graph of all of
203:09 scope is that it is a graph of all of the colors in your image. So every pixel
203:11 the colors in your image. So every pixel in your image has a little dot on this
203:14 in your image has a little dot on this graph somewhere. And on this graph on
203:16 graph somewhere. And on this graph on the x-axis here, we have the horizontal
203:18 the x-axis here, we have the horizontal position of each pixel. All right? So
203:21 position of each pixel. All right? So that means that a pixel that's over here
203:23 that means that a pixel that's over here on the left is going to be somewhere
203:25 on the left is going to be somewhere here on the left of our scope. A pixel
203:28 here on the left of our scope. A pixel that's going to be in the middle of our
203:30 that's going to be in the middle of our image is going to be somewhere here in
203:32 image is going to be somewhere here in the middle of our scope. But we really
203:33 the middle of our scope. But we really only care about the horizontal position
203:35 only care about the horizontal position here. Why is that? Because the up and
203:37 here. Why is that? Because the up and down is the graph of the brightness. So
203:40 down is the graph of the brightness. So it's the horizontal position and the
203:42 it's the horizontal position and the brightness. So, what that means is that
203:44 brightness. So, what that means is that if we had something really bright, let's
203:46 if we had something really bright, let's actually let's go to a different shot
203:48 actually let's go to a different shot that's a little bit easier to figure out
203:50 that's a little bit easier to figure out here. If we had something that's a
203:51 here. If we had something that's a little bit brighter on the left side of
203:53 little bit brighter on the left side of our image, it's going to be on the left
203:55 our image, it's going to be on the left side of our graph and it's going to be
203:57 side of our graph and it's going to be towards the top. So, this bit right
203:59 towards the top. So, this bit right here, this is going to be this kind of
204:02 here, this is going to be this kind of bluish part. It's a little bit towards
204:04 bluish part. It's a little bit towards the top. It's at about 10% into the
204:06 the top. It's at about 10% into the image and it's brighter. So, that is
204:08 image and it's brighter. So, that is right here. If we look at our scope, we
204:10 right here. If we look at our scope, we also have something on the right side of
204:12 also have something on the right side of the image that's a little bit brighter
204:14 the image that's a little bit brighter than this blue. And it's especially
204:17 than this blue. And it's especially bright, right? There's like something
204:18 bright, right? There's like something really bright right here. Something like
204:20 really bright right here. Something like that. And so, let's look at this. Yeah,
204:22 that. And so, let's look at this. Yeah, there we go. We have this lamp right
204:25 there we go. We have this lamp right here. So, it's really bright right
204:26 here. So, it's really bright right there. We also have the second lamp,
204:28 there. We also have the second lamp, which is this spike right here. This
204:30 which is this spike right here. This lamp is right here. We have something
204:32 lamp is right here. We have something bright right here. So, that's going to
204:34 bright right here. So, that's going to be this part of his arm. And so we can
204:36 be this part of his arm. And so we can kind of tell what the brightness of
204:38 kind of tell what the brightness of things are from this waveform scope.
204:41 things are from this waveform scope. This graph is from 1023 to 0. What the
204:44 This graph is from 1023 to 0. What the heck does that mean? There's technical
204:45 heck does that mean? There's technical reasons. Basically, 1023 is pure white
204:48 reasons. Basically, 1023 is pure white and 0 is pure black. So if you have an
204:51 and 0 is pure black. So if you have an image with things that should look
204:53 image with things that should look bright and things that should look pure
204:55 bright and things that should look pure black, you're going to have a signal
204:57 black, you're going to have a signal that stretches from 0 to 1023. A lot of
204:59 that stretches from 0 to 1023. A lot of things in the real world aren't actually
205:01 things in the real world aren't actually pure white and pure black. And so oftent
205:03 pure white and pure black. And so oftent times you'll have stuff that's almost a
205:05 times you'll have stuff that's almost a zero and maybe somewhere up in here. And
205:08 zero and maybe somewhere up in here. And that's in fact what we have right here.
205:09 that's in fact what we have right here. Right here. That's kind of where our
205:11 Right here. That's kind of where our image lives. Let's look at another image
205:14 image lives. Let's look at another image here. Here's one that's a little
205:15 here. Here's one that's a little brighter. You'll see we have this big
205:17 brighter. You'll see we have this big kind of purple blanket here that's
205:19 kind of purple blanket here that's somewhat darker. That's right here in
205:22 somewhat darker. That's right here in our signal. We have brighter parts. This
205:25 our signal. We have brighter parts. This little edge right here. This kind of
205:27 little edge right here. This kind of bright part. This bright part. That's
205:30 bright part. This bright part. That's right here. We have his shirt, which is
205:32 right here. We have his shirt, which is going to be hereish. And once you go
205:34 going to be hereish. And once you go through a few different shots, you can
205:35 through a few different shots, you can start to be able to read the scope a
205:37 start to be able to read the scope a little better. Here in this shot, we
205:38 little better. Here in this shot, we have this really bright part here.
205:40 have this really bright part here. That's this. This waveform scope is
205:43 That's this. This waveform scope is great for knowing the brightnesses of
205:45 great for knowing the brightnesses of things. But what's even more helpful is
205:47 things. But what's even more helpful is the parade. So, we can switch from
205:49 the parade. So, we can switch from waveform to parade. And what that is is
205:51 waveform to parade. And what that is is basically three waveform scopes next to
205:53 basically three waveform scopes next to each other. One for the red channel, one
205:55 each other. One for the red channel, one for the green channel, and one for the
205:56 for the green channel, and one for the blue channel. All images are made up of
205:59 blue channel. All images are made up of a combination of red, green, and blue
206:00 a combination of red, green, and blue light. And the percentage of light in
206:02 light. And the percentage of light in each channel determines what color
206:04 each channel determines what color things are going to be. If you have
206:05 things are going to be. If you have equal parts red, green, and blue light,
206:07 equal parts red, green, and blue light, that makes a neutral color like gray or
206:10 that makes a neutral color like gray or white or black. So, what's cool about
206:12 white or black. So, what's cool about this is if we can find something that's
206:13 this is if we can find something that's supposed to be relatively neutral, let's
206:15 supposed to be relatively neutral, let's say this pavement right here, we can
206:17 say this pavement right here, we can find that on the scope, which is going
206:19 find that on the scope, which is going to be right here, and we can balance
206:21 to be right here, and we can balance that using our color wheels to kind of
206:23 that using our color wheels to kind of fix the white balance. So, if this came
206:24 fix the white balance. So, if this came in like this, we would know that this is
206:27 in like this, we would know that this is a little bit tinted blue because if this
206:30 a little bit tinted blue because if this is assuming this is supposed to be gray,
206:31 is assuming this is supposed to be gray, which you honestly don't know, but it's
206:32 which you honestly don't know, but it's probably going to be pretty close to
206:34 probably going to be pretty close to gray, this signal should be equal across
206:37 gray, this signal should be equal across these channels. And so, if I can adjust
206:40 these channels. And so, if I can adjust this offset and make that signal equal,
206:43 this offset and make that signal equal, then the image is going to look
206:44 then the image is going to look balanced. Like here, let's try another
206:46 balanced. Like here, let's try another shot. If we wanted to white balance to
206:48 shot. If we wanted to white balance to this wall, we can pick the wall here in
206:50 this wall, we can pick the wall here in our signals and we can balance that out.
206:53 our signals and we can balance that out. Right now, the red channel is a little
206:55 Right now, the red channel is a little bit higher than the green channel, and
206:58 bit higher than the green channel, and the blue channel is a little bit higher
206:59 the blue channel is a little bit higher than the green channel. So, what this
207:00 than the green channel. So, what this means is this is going to look just a
207:02 means is this is going to look just a little bit pink. Now, it's hard to tell
207:04 little bit pink. Now, it's hard to tell just by looking at that image, which is
207:06 just by looking at that image, which is honestly why we have the scopes, but I
207:07 honestly why we have the scopes, but I can take this offset and I can push this
207:09 can take this offset and I can push this around until, and I just need to do it a
207:12 around until, and I just need to do it a little bit until these are right about
207:14 little bit until these are right about equal. And now this is going to be a
207:16 equal. And now this is going to be a neutral color. That's going to be a
207:19 neutral color. That's going to be a gray. We could also do this for the
207:20 gray. We could also do this for the window, which we can tell just by
207:23 window, which we can tell just by looking at it is a little bit blue, but
207:24 looking at it is a little bit blue, but we can confirm it with this signal right
207:26 we can confirm it with this signal right here. Red, green, blue. If you have blue
207:28 here. Red, green, blue. If you have blue higher than red and green, it's going to
207:31 higher than red and green, it's going to have more blue light, which means it's
207:33 have more blue light, which means it's going to be tinted blue. Actually, a
207:35 going to be tinted blue. Actually, a little bit more cyan because the green
207:36 little bit more cyan because the green is high, too. So, again, we can take
207:38 is high, too. So, again, we can take this offset and we can move this around
207:40 this offset and we can move this around like this. And if we move this around
207:42 like this. And if we move this around and just balance those signals, then we
207:46 and just balance those signals, then we can balance those out. And now this is
207:49 can balance those out. And now this is like a neutral white. Okay, it's like a
207:52 like a neutral white. Okay, it's like a neutral bright gray. Everything else is
207:54 neutral bright gray. Everything else is thrown off though because this is more
207:56 thrown off though because this is more of a blue light that's coming into the
207:58 of a blue light that's coming into the window and the white neutral light is
208:00 window and the white neutral light is more on our subject. And so when we
208:02 more on our subject. And so when we balance this to white, everything else
208:04 balance this to white, everything else kind of turns yellow. So I'll just reset
208:06 kind of turns yellow. So I'll just reset that. We can look at this again. We have
208:07 that. We can look at this again. We have this is blue. This is maybe just
208:09 this is blue. This is maybe just slightly magenta. So depending on if we
208:12 slightly magenta. So depending on if we think either of these should be white,
208:13 think either of these should be white, then we can balance to that if we want
208:15 then we can balance to that if we want to. I can also use my temperature and
208:16 to. I can also use my temperature and tint to kind of balance it a little bit.
208:18 tint to kind of balance it a little bit. Sure, something like that might be a
208:20 Sure, something like that might be a little bit more accurate to an actual
208:22 little bit more accurate to an actual balance here. Kind of depends on how you
208:24 balance here. Kind of depends on how you want it to look. By the way, it's not
208:26 want it to look. By the way, it's not totally essential that you get
208:28 totally essential that you get everything perfectly neutally balanced.
208:30 everything perfectly neutally balanced. What's important is that the image looks
208:32 What's important is that the image looks how you want it to look. Okay, that's
208:33 how you want it to look. Okay, that's kind of the bottom line when it comes to
208:35 kind of the bottom line when it comes to color correction. If anybody tells you
208:37 color correction. If anybody tells you that you need to balance everything and
208:39 that you need to balance everything and that everything should have pure bright
208:40 that everything should have pure bright whites, completely neutral whites,
208:42 whites, completely neutral whites, that's not necessarily true. Sometimes
208:45 that's not necessarily true. Sometimes the style that you're going for or the
208:47 the style that you're going for or the feeling that you might want to go for in
208:49 feeling that you might want to go for in your movie or something that your client
208:51 your movie or something that your client might want would be pure neutral whites.
208:53 might want would be pure neutral whites. Then in that case, yes, you should make
208:55 Then in that case, yes, you should make everything pure neutral white. But
208:56 everything pure neutral white. But that's not like a universal thing that
208:58 that's not like a universal thing that you need to do for every video. In fact,
209:00 you need to do for every video. In fact, pretty much look at any movie and you'll
209:02 pretty much look at any movie and you'll see there's usually some kind of tint to
209:03 see there's usually some kind of tint to it. It's not always purely beautifully
209:06 it. It's not always purely beautifully white balanced. There's a little bit of
209:07 white balanced. There's a little bit of style there. The other major scope that
209:09 style there. The other major scope that we can talk about here is the vector
209:11 we can talk about here is the vector scope. You can think of this like a big
209:12 scope. You can think of this like a big color wheel. The closer this signal is
209:15 color wheel. The closer this signal is to the middle, the less saturated it is.
209:17 to the middle, the less saturated it is. The farther it goes out, the more
209:19 The farther it goes out, the more saturated it is. And the direction is
209:22 saturated it is. And the direction is the hue. So if we had stuff kind of
209:24 the hue. So if we had stuff kind of coming over here towards this B, that's
209:26 coming over here towards this B, that's going to be really saturated blue.
209:28 going to be really saturated blue. Something up here towards this red is
209:29 Something up here towards this red is going to be really saturated red. So you
209:31 going to be really saturated red. So you can really tell what colors are in your
209:32 can really tell what colors are in your image just by looking at this vector
209:34 image just by looking at this vector scope. So just looking at this, we can
209:36 scope. So just looking at this, we can see we have a little bit of orange and a
209:38 see we have a little bit of orange and a little bit of red. And guess what? Skin
209:40 little bit of red. And guess what? Skin is basically light orange. And then we
209:42 is basically light orange. And then we have this red. We also have just a
209:44 have this red. We also have just a little bit of this kind of cyan blue,
209:46 little bit of this kind of cyan blue, which is obviously right here.
209:47 which is obviously right here. Everything else is somewhat neutral. If
209:49 Everything else is somewhat neutral. If we push the saturation up a lot, we can
209:52 we push the saturation up a lot, we can see that this image kind of grows and
209:54 see that this image kind of grows and now we have really saturated stuff.
209:56 now we have really saturated stuff. Generally, you have this invisible line
209:59 Generally, you have this invisible line in between these targets. This right
210:01 in between these targets. This right here is like pure magenta, pure blue,
210:03 here is like pure magenta, pure blue, pure cyan, pure green, pure yellow, and
210:05 pure cyan, pure green, pure yellow, and pure red. And usually, you don't want
210:07 pure red. And usually, you don't want your signal even touching these things
210:09 your signal even touching these things because it's going to be way too bright
210:11 because it's going to be way too bright and it's not going to look natural. You
210:12 and it's not going to look natural. You usually want your signal like something
210:14 usually want your signal like something like that. That's what tends to look
210:17 like that. That's what tends to look natural. You don't usually want it too
210:19 natural. You don't usually want it too small like this or it's going to look
210:20 small like this or it's going to look desaturated and black and white unless
210:22 desaturated and black and white unless you're going for it. But if you're
210:23 you're going for it. But if you're looking for just like a normal amount of
210:24 looking for just like a normal amount of saturation, you know, maybe somewhere in
210:26 saturation, you know, maybe somewhere in there. But the reason that we have
210:27 there. But the reason that we have scopes is so that we have some data on
210:30 scopes is so that we have some data on what our colors actually look like. The
210:33 what our colors actually look like. The reason we need that is because it's very
210:35 reason we need that is because it's very easy for your eyes to get used to an
210:37 easy for your eyes to get used to an image. You can look at an image and
210:39 image. You can look at an image and after a while, even if it's kind of
210:41 after a while, even if it's kind of crazy, like I could take this offset and
210:43 crazy, like I could take this offset and just push this pretty orangish red and
210:46 just push this pretty orangish red and it won't take long just staring at this
210:48 it won't take long just staring at this image for your eyes to sort of get used
210:50 image for your eyes to sort of get used to it. And they say it usually takes
210:52 to it. And they say it usually takes like 10 seconds for your eyes to just
210:54 like 10 seconds for your eyes to just kind of accept the colors and it sort of
210:57 kind of accept the colors and it sort of just doesn't seem so bad anymore. Like
210:59 just doesn't seem so bad anymore. Like right now, I'm looking at this image and
211:01 right now, I'm looking at this image and I go, you know, it's a little warm. It's
211:03 I go, you know, it's a little warm. It's not crazy. It's not unreasonable, but
211:05 not crazy. It's not unreasonable, but this is where we were. It's a huge huge
211:08 this is where we were. It's a huge huge difference this warmth that we're
211:10 difference this warmth that we're putting into that image. But after a
211:11 putting into that image. But after a while, your eyes don't really notice it.
211:13 while, your eyes don't really notice it. But when we look at the scope, the scope
211:15 But when we look at the scope, the scope always notices it. It says this thing is
211:18 always notices it. It says this thing is warm. If we look at the parade, this red
211:21 warm. If we look at the parade, this red channel is huge compared to the green
211:23 channel is huge compared to the green and blue channels. It is a warm image
211:25 and blue channels. It is a warm image objectively. And so the scopes are a way
211:28 objectively. And so the scopes are a way for you to tell the tint of an image,
211:30 for you to tell the tint of an image, the brightness of an image without your
211:32 the brightness of an image without your eyes playing tricks on you because they
211:33 eyes playing tricks on you because they do really quickly. In fact, it's usually
211:36 do really quickly. In fact, it's usually advised like once you switch to a shot
211:38 advised like once you switch to a shot to figure out what you think of that
211:40 to figure out what you think of that shot in the first like few seconds
211:42 shot in the first like few seconds because if you look at it longer than
211:43 because if you look at it longer than that, your eyes start to play tricks on
211:45 that, your eyes start to play tricks on you. Okay? So, you'll see a lot of
211:47 you. Okay? So, you'll see a lot of people that are into colorists and
211:49 people that are into colorists and people that are good to color kind of
211:51 people that are good to color kind of switching in between shots like this.
211:52 switching in between shots like this. I'm just hitting up and down on the
211:53 I'm just hitting up and down on the keyboard. And when you do that, it lets
211:55 keyboard. And when you do that, it lets your eyes kind of reset. All right. So,
211:57 your eyes kind of reset. All right. So, I go from this one to this one and I go,
211:59 I go from this one to this one and I go, I feel like this needs a little bit of
212:00 I feel like this needs a little bit of saturation. I can push that up. I feel
212:02 saturation. I can push that up. I feel like it needs a little bit of contrast.
212:03 like it needs a little bit of contrast. Right? And so we could push that in
212:06 Right? And so we could push that in there and then maybe look at something
212:07 there and then maybe look at something else for a while. Maybe literally just
212:09 else for a while. Maybe literally just look away from your screen and then look
212:11 look away from your screen and then look back and then yeah, I mean that looks
212:13 back and then yeah, I mean that looks looks pretty good. Maybe it's a little
212:14 looks pretty good. Maybe it's a little bit cool. Could maybe add a little bit
212:16 bit cool. Could maybe add a little bit of warmth there. Something like that.
212:18 of warmth there. Something like that. Maybe take away that green just a touch.
212:20 Maybe take away that green just a touch. And so color is part of the way making
212:22 And so color is part of the way making decisions on your image, but also part
212:24 decisions on your image, but also part of the way resetting your eyes and kind
212:26 of the way resetting your eyes and kind of keeping moving because that's the way
212:28 of keeping moving because that's the way that you can really make good decisions
212:31 that you can really make good decisions with your colors. If you're just spend
212:32 with your colors. If you're just spend all your time looking at one image and
212:34 all your time looking at one image and you never kind of reset your eyes, your
212:36 you never kind of reset your eyes, your eyes will play tricks on you and you'll
212:38 eyes will play tricks on you and you'll end up with all kinds of weird stuff.
212:40 end up with all kinds of weird stuff. So, for a lot of what I do in the color
212:41 So, for a lot of what I do in the color page, I'm pretty much just using these
212:44 page, I'm pretty much just using these three palettes, the primary color
212:46 three palettes, the primary color wheels, the curves, and looking at the
212:48 wheels, the curves, and looking at the scopes, usually on the parade, because I
212:51 scopes, usually on the parade, because I can go through a whole movie and do a
212:54 can go through a whole movie and do a lot of work and make things look really
212:57 lot of work and make things look really good just using these tools. And yeah,
213:00 good just using these tools. And yeah, those are kind of the basic controls for
213:03 those are kind of the basic controls for actually adjusting an image as a whole.
213:06 actually adjusting an image as a whole. Okay, so we have a good idea of how to
213:08 Okay, so we have a good idea of how to adjust a single image here in the color
213:10 adjust a single image here in the color page. But color grading is more than
213:13 page. But color grading is more than just adjusting a single shot. It's all
213:16 just adjusting a single shot. It's all about adjusting all of the shots so that
213:19 about adjusting all of the shots so that they work together in the context of the
213:21 they work together in the context of the movie. So, one of the first things that
213:22 movie. So, one of the first things that you're probably thinking is, "Okay, if I
213:24 you're probably thinking is, "Okay, if I make an adjustment to one shot and I
213:26 make an adjustment to one shot and I want to do the same thing on another
213:27 want to do the same thing on another shot that's very similar, do I have to
213:29 shot that's very similar, do I have to do all that work again?" And of course,
213:30 do all that work again?" And of course, no. That would be terrible. You can
213:32 no. That would be terrible. You can easily copy a color grade from one shot
213:35 easily copy a color grade from one shot to another one just by selecting the
213:37 to another one just by selecting the shot that you want to copy it to and
213:39 shot that you want to copy it to and then mousing over the shot you want to
213:41 then mousing over the shot you want to copy it from and then clicking down on
213:43 copy it from and then clicking down on your scroll wheel. That's this button
213:45 your scroll wheel. That's this button right here. clicking down on this scroll
213:47 right here. clicking down on this scroll wheel and that will instantly copy the
213:49 wheel and that will instantly copy the color grades from the shot that you
213:51 color grades from the shot that you clicked on to the shot that was
213:52 clicked on to the shot that was selected. And you can do this with
213:54 selected. And you can do this with multiple different shots, too. If I hold
213:56 multiple different shots, too. If I hold shift and select all of these, middle
213:58 shift and select all of these, middle button, mouse click here. If I have a
213:59 button, mouse click here. If I have a couple grades selected, it's going to
214:01 couple grades selected, it's going to ask me, do you want to replace the
214:03 ask me, do you want to replace the existing active grade? I'll say, and now
214:05 existing active grade? I'll say, and now it will put that blue over everything.
214:07 it will put that blue over everything. All right, so that's how you quickly
214:09 All right, so that's how you quickly just copy one grade to another. Anytime
214:11 just copy one grade to another. Anytime you want to reset a node, you can
214:13 you want to reset a node, you can rightclick here in the empty space and
214:15 rightclick here in the empty space and say reset all grades and nodes. You can
214:17 say reset all grades and nodes. You can also shift select everything and then do
214:19 also shift select everything and then do the same thing. Just right click in the
214:21 the same thing. Just right click in the empty space, reset all grades and nodes,
214:23 empty space, reset all grades and nodes, and that will reset it for everything
214:25 and that will reset it for everything that's been selected. So, this is great
214:27 that's been selected. So, this is great because then you don't have to duplicate
214:29 because then you don't have to duplicate work that you need to do on every single
214:31 work that you need to do on every single shot. So, we can just color grade this
214:32 shot. So, we can just color grade this shot. That looks good. And then anything
214:34 shot. That looks good. And then anything that's similar, just middle button,
214:35 that's similar, just middle button, mouse click right there. This one's
214:37 mouse click right there. This one's probably pretty similar. This one's
214:39 probably pretty similar. This one's probably pretty similar. We can at least
214:40 probably pretty similar. We can at least start with that. Here's similar. And we
214:42 start with that. Here's similar. And we can go through and very quickly work
214:45 can go through and very quickly work through our entire timeline. When I have
214:47 through our entire timeline. When I have my mouse over these thumbnails, I can
214:49 my mouse over these thumbnails, I can also hit control A on the keyboard to
214:51 also hit control A on the keyboard to select everything. And then I can copy a
214:53 select everything. And then I can copy a grade from a shot like this. Just
214:55 grade from a shot like this. Just clicking down on that scroll wheel. And
214:57 clicking down on that scroll wheel. And I can copy that. And I can also
214:59 I can copy that. And I can also rightclick reset all grades to reset
215:01 rightclick reset all grades to reset everything. Now, there are a lot of
215:02 everything. Now, there are a lot of different ways to copy grades and parts
215:04 different ways to copy grades and parts of grades and and group shots and use
215:07 of grades and and group shots and use parts of the grades and all of that
215:09 parts of the grades and all of that stuff and we just don't have time. This
215:11 stuff and we just don't have time. This is a multiple hour tutorial and we still
215:12 is a multiple hour tutorial and we still just don't have time to get into that.
215:14 just don't have time to get into that. But there are ways to do that. If you
215:15 But there are ways to do that. If you want more info on that, let me know in
215:17 want more info on that, let me know in the comments and we'll make a follow-up
215:18 the comments and we'll make a follow-up video. But right now, the need to know
215:20 video. But right now, the need to know stuff is that middle button mouse click
215:22 stuff is that middle button mouse click copies those grades. And anytime that
215:25 copies those grades. And anytime that I'm adjusting the colors on a shot,
215:27 I'm adjusting the colors on a shot, we'll just make this really pink just so
215:28 we'll just make this really pink just so we can see that happens to just this
215:30 we can see that happens to just this clip. And that adjustment I made lives
215:33 clip. And that adjustment I made lives in this first node of the clip. Now
215:36 in this first node of the clip. Now these nodes live in what we call the
215:38 these nodes live in what we call the clip grade. See there are different kind
215:41 clip grade. See there are different kind of layers of our color grades. You can
215:44 of layers of our color grades. You can think of these sort of like different
215:45 think of these sort of like different groupings. So each clip can be adjusted
215:48 groupings. So each clip can be adjusted by itself. So I can make this one green.
215:50 by itself. So I can make this one green. I can make this one orange. I can make
215:52 I can make this one orange. I can make this one blue. And these can all look
215:54 this one blue. And these can all look different, right? That's because they
215:56 different, right? That's because they all have their own node tree that lives
215:58 all have their own node tree that lives in each clip. But there is also a node
216:02 in each clip. But there is also a node tree for the timeline. If I go up here
216:05 tree for the timeline. If I go up here to these little dots and I click on this
216:08 to these little dots and I click on this right dot that you can just barely see
216:09 right dot that you can just barely see right here, that's going to switch to a
216:12 right here, that's going to switch to a new node graph here. And if I right
216:14 new node graph here. And if I right click and say add node corrector and
216:17 click and say add node corrector and then link this up like this is going to
216:19 then link this up like this is going to be a node that applies to the entire
216:22 be a node that applies to the entire timeline. That means all of these shots.
216:25 timeline. That means all of these shots. So, if I have 186,000 shots in our
216:28 So, if I have 186,000 shots in our timeline, this is going to apply to
216:30 timeline, this is going to apply to 186,000 shots. If I have three shots,
216:33 186,000 shots. If I have three shots, it's going to apply to three shots. All
216:34 it's going to apply to three shots. All right. And you'll notice as I switch in
216:37 right. And you'll notice as I switch in between these, I'm still looking at the
216:39 between these, I'm still looking at the same timeline node. So, let's take this
216:41 same timeline node. So, let's take this and maybe let's take the saturation and
216:43 and maybe let's take the saturation and turn the saturation all the way down.
216:45 turn the saturation all the way down. So, we're making this black and white.
216:46 So, we're making this black and white. Now, when I switch through this, look,
216:48 Now, when I switch through this, look, everything's black and white. What the
216:50 everything's black and white. What the heck is going on? Every single clip in
216:52 heck is going on? Every single clip in here has its own color grade. So, its
216:54 here has its own color grade. So, its own set of nodes. And then those nodes
216:56 own set of nodes. And then those nodes are being put through these nodes, the
216:59 are being put through these nodes, the timeline nodes. Okay. So, we're going to
217:01 timeline nodes. Okay. So, we're going to turn this bright blue. And then we're
217:03 turn this bright blue. And then we're going to put it into this node right
217:04 going to put it into this node right here, which turns it black and white.
217:06 here, which turns it black and white. And all of these clips have their own
217:08 And all of these clips have their own nodes. And I'll just move some of these
217:10 nodes. And I'll just move some of these around so we can see the difference when
217:12 around so we can see the difference when I switch in between. These are all
217:14 I switch in between. These are all different nodes. If I have several
217:16 different nodes. If I have several different nodes here on each one, right?
217:19 different nodes here on each one, right? If I switch in between the clips, they
217:21 If I switch in between the clips, they all have separate trees for their nodes,
217:24 all have separate trees for their nodes, but they all share the same timeline.
217:26 but they all share the same timeline. So, anything that I put in this timeline
217:27 So, anything that I put in this timeline is going to happen to all of the clips.
217:30 is going to happen to all of the clips. So, if I make it black and white,
217:31 So, if I make it black and white, they're all black and white. If I give
217:33 they're all black and white. If I give it a little bit of contrast like this,
217:34 it a little bit of contrast like this, they're all going to have that intense
217:36 they're all going to have that intense contrast. So, this is a great way to
217:40 contrast. So, this is a great way to make a style that goes over every single
217:44 make a style that goes over every single clip in your timeline. It's the perfect
217:46 clip in your timeline. It's the perfect place for establishing a creative look
217:49 place for establishing a creative look for your project or for something like
217:51 for your project or for something like this, making it making it all black and
217:53 this, making it making it all black and white, making it all look like old film
217:55 white, making it all look like old film or whatever. Whatever you put here is
217:57 or whatever. Whatever you put here is going to be applied to each of these
217:59 going to be applied to each of these nodes. But after the clip, that's why
218:02 nodes. But after the clip, that's why all of these look black and white. Even
218:03 all of these look black and white. Even though they're super tinted, all these
218:05 though they're super tinted, all these different colors, the result is black
218:07 different colors, the result is black and white because we're tinting them
218:09 and white because we're tinting them like crazy and then desaturating. So
218:12 like crazy and then desaturating. So again, just this level of understanding.
218:14 again, just this level of understanding. Oh my goodness, you can do so much cool
218:17 Oh my goodness, you can do so much cool stuff with this. Let's right click on
218:18 stuff with this. Let's right click on these timeline nodes and reset. And I
218:20 these timeline nodes and reset. And I can hit alt s to add a serial node, a
218:24 can hit alt s to add a serial node, a new corrector here. Then I'll switch
218:25 new corrector here. Then I'll switch back to my clip nodes. Crl+ A,
218:28 back to my clip nodes. Crl+ A, rightclick, and reset all grades and
218:30 rightclick, and reset all grades and nodes. And what I can do is make a
218:32 nodes. And what I can do is make a common look here in the timeline. And so
218:34 common look here in the timeline. And so let's just make something that's pretty
218:36 let's just make something that's pretty extreme just so we can see it. Okay,
218:38 extreme just so we can see it. Okay, normally you wouldn't probably go quite
218:39 normally you wouldn't probably go quite this extreme. We're getting crazy. We're
218:41 this extreme. We're getting crazy. We're having fun. So, let's say that we have
218:43 having fun. So, let's say that we have some bright orange kind of highlights
218:45 some bright orange kind of highlights and some kind of cool blue shadows. All
218:49 and some kind of cool blue shadows. All right. And we'll just really push this.
218:52 right. And we'll just really push this. And I'm going to right click and label
218:53 And I'm going to right click and label this. And we'll call this teal orange.
218:55 this. And we'll call this teal orange. Now, this isn't the best looking grade
218:57 Now, this isn't the best looking grade in the world. There are much more
218:59 in the world. There are much more tasteful ways to do this, but just
219:00 tasteful ways to do this, but just pretend that this is whatever style you
219:02 pretend that this is whatever style you want to add. Okay, I'll make another
219:04 want to add. Okay, I'll make another node by hitting Alt S, and then I'll
219:06 node by hitting Alt S, and then I'll make a little S curve like we were
219:08 make a little S curve like we were talking about earlier. Great. And maybe
219:10 talking about earlier. Great. And maybe I'll make another node. And let's go to
219:13 I'll make another node. And let's go to our luminance versus saturation. And I'm
219:16 our luminance versus saturation. And I'm just going to saturate things in the
219:17 just going to saturate things in the middle. And then take anything that's a
219:19 middle. And then take anything that's a little bit brighter and desaturate the
219:22 little bit brighter and desaturate the bright parts and the dark parts like
219:24 bright parts and the dark parts like this. So now we have this very intense
219:26 this. So now we have this very intense look. If I hit control and D, I can
219:29 look. If I hit control and D, I can disable these nodes. And so we're really
219:31 disable these nodes. And so we're really putting a lot of style into this. Okay.
219:33 putting a lot of style into this. Okay. Again, this may or may not be what you
219:36 Again, this may or may not be what you like, but the principle here is that we
219:38 like, but the principle here is that we have one creative look that we're going
219:41 have one creative look that we're going to put over our entire movie. And we
219:43 to put over our entire movie. And we call this, surprisingly, the look. It's
219:46 call this, surprisingly, the look. It's a really technical term. And we're not
219:47 a really technical term. And we're not only going to have this look on this
219:50 only going to have this look on this shot because we're working in the
219:51 shot because we're working in the timeline nodes. As I switch to the other
219:53 timeline nodes. As I switch to the other shots, we're going to have this same
219:55 shots, we're going to have this same kind of teal and orange look. Now, when
219:58 kind of teal and orange look. Now, when you add this kind of look, especially
220:00 you add this kind of look, especially one that's really extreme like this,
220:01 one that's really extreme like this, your other shots aren't necessarily
220:03 your other shots aren't necessarily going to look good, because that's
220:05 going to look good, because that's really only going to happen if you have
220:07 really only going to happen if you have an image that has similar colors and
220:09 an image that has similar colors and saturation and exposure and everything
220:11 saturation and exposure and everything to the clip that you designed this look
220:12 to the clip that you designed this look on. So, for instance, I could switch
220:14 on. So, for instance, I could switch over to shot six and it looks as
220:16 over to shot six and it looks as expected, but I switch to shot five and
220:19 expected, but I switch to shot five and what the heck is going on? It looks, as
220:21 what the heck is going on? It looks, as my daughter would say, poopy. It looks
220:23 my daughter would say, poopy. It looks like poopy. So, in order to make this
220:24 like poopy. So, in order to make this less poopy, let's switch over to our
220:26 less poopy, let's switch over to our clip nodes. And here's where we can
220:29 clip nodes. And here's where we can adjust our colors really before it goes
220:32 adjust our colors really before it goes into that creative look. And for
220:34 into that creative look. And for instance, maybe this needs to be a
220:36 instance, maybe this needs to be a little bit brighter. I can push up the
220:37 little bit brighter. I can push up the offset and that's going to help a lot
220:39 offset and that's going to help a lot because now we're pushing a little bit
220:41 because now we're pushing a little bit more colors into the highlights and
220:42 more colors into the highlights and those highlights get tinted orange. And
220:44 those highlights get tinted orange. And so, we have a lot less that is tinted
220:47 so, we have a lot less that is tinted teal and we actually have something that
220:48 teal and we actually have something that like sort of looks like it belongs in
220:50 like sort of looks like it belongs in this world. Okay, maybe the dark parts
220:52 this world. Okay, maybe the dark parts need to be a little bit darker. I can
220:54 need to be a little bit darker. I can take the lift and push that down. Can
220:55 take the lift and push that down. Can add a little bit of contrast like that.
220:57 add a little bit of contrast like that. And now we have two shots that sort of
221:00 And now we have two shots that sort of look like they belong together, right?
221:01 look like they belong together, right? But the idea here is that the more
221:04 But the idea here is that the more extreme your creative look is, the more
221:06 extreme your creative look is, the more you might have to tweak all of the shots
221:09 you might have to tweak all of the shots and make sure they match together in
221:11 and make sure they match together in order to have that kind of cohesive look
221:13 order to have that kind of cohesive look actually work. So for instance, shot
221:15 actually work. So for instance, shot seven, that's it's not good. So we can
221:18 seven, that's it's not good. So we can take that offset up. Maybe maybe push
221:20 take that offset up. Maybe maybe push this lift up a little bit and kind of
221:22 this lift up a little bit and kind of really push this around a little bit so
221:24 really push this around a little bit so we get a nice looking image with that
221:27 we get a nice looking image with that look on it. If we're planning on doing
221:29 look on it. If we're planning on doing this extreme look like this and we
221:31 this extreme look like this and we didn't set this look first, then we
221:33 didn't set this look first, then we might look at these different shots and
221:35 might look at these different shots and they might look like they match
221:36 they might look like they match relatively well. But what happens when
221:38 relatively well. But what happens when you have this extreme look is it can
221:40 you have this extreme look is it can sometimes amplify the differences in
221:42 sometimes amplify the differences in between these clips. And so we always
221:44 between these clips. And so we always want to make our look first, especially
221:47 want to make our look first, especially if it's an extreme look like this. That
221:50 if it's an extreme look like this. That way we can view our shots with that look
221:52 way we can view our shots with that look applied and make some adjustments here
221:54 applied and make some adjustments here in the clip nodes so that the shots
221:57 in the clip nodes so that the shots actually look somewhat reasonable. Okay.
221:59 actually look somewhat reasonable. Okay. And we can go through and make our
222:01 And we can go through and make our adjustments however we see fit to
222:03 adjustments however we see fit to hopefully get these things matching and
222:04 hopefully get these things matching and looking decent and get a good result.
222:07 looking decent and get a good result. So, that's the big bird's eyee view of a
222:10 So, that's the big bird's eyee view of a workflow is you want to figure out what
222:12 workflow is you want to figure out what your creative look really is before you
222:15 your creative look really is before you do tons and tons of work on everything
222:17 do tons and tons of work on everything else because the work you do in this
222:19 else because the work you do in this creative look may make some problems in
222:22 creative look may make some problems in your shots worse and it might make some
222:24 your shots worse and it might make some problems completely irrelevant. So, it's
222:26 problems completely irrelevant. So, it's a good idea to make sure you put that on
222:28 a good idea to make sure you put that on first. So, this is the smartest
222:30 first. So, this is the smartest workflow. Make sure you have that
222:31 workflow. Make sure you have that creative look and then go back and match
222:34 creative look and then go back and match your shots together. Now, I'm not really
222:36 your shots together. Now, I'm not really a fan of this creative look. It's a
222:37 a fan of this creative look. It's a little bit too extreme for me. And it
222:39 little bit too extreme for me. And it also brings up one little pet peeve that
222:41 also brings up one little pet peeve that I have about color grading. A lot of
222:43 I have about color grading. A lot of people, they'll see a tutorial on the
222:45 people, they'll see a tutorial on the internet and they'll say, "Oh, look at
222:46 internet and they'll say, "Oh, look at all of these controls I have over color.
222:49 all of these controls I have over color. I can just go crazy and I can make all
222:51 I can just go crazy and I can make all kinds of wild color looks." And so, they
222:53 kinds of wild color looks." And so, they end up making something that sort of
222:54 end up making something that sort of looks like this. Because they watched
222:56 looks like this. Because they watched The Matrix 5 years ago, and they
222:57 The Matrix 5 years ago, and they remember it being green, which was
222:59 remember it being green, which was really cool. And so, now they want their
223:00 really cool. And so, now they want their movie to look green. Here's a great big
223:03 movie to look green. Here's a great big colorist secret. The reason a movie
223:06 colorist secret. The reason a movie looks good is often not because of the
223:08 looks good is often not because of the color grading, but because of how it was
223:10 color grading, but because of how it was shot and the lighting and the set design
223:13 shot and the lighting and the set design and the costumes and things like that.
223:15 and the costumes and things like that. That's what gets a movie 80 90% there.
223:18 That's what gets a movie 80 90% there. The color grading is just like the spice
223:20 The color grading is just like the spice on top. It's like the salt on something
223:22 on top. It's like the salt on something that already tastes good. It just
223:23 that already tastes good. It just enhances the flavor. And so putting this
223:26 enhances the flavor. And so putting this heavy style on this image that wasn't
223:29 heavy style on this image that wasn't designed for this kind of style is going
223:32 designed for this kind of style is going to look bad. You just can't change the
223:34 to look bad. You just can't change the character of the image too much or else
223:37 character of the image too much or else it just doesn't look natural. It just
223:39 it just doesn't look natural. It just doesn't look good. And so a quick hack
223:40 doesn't look good. And so a quick hack that will save you years of pain, years
223:43 that will save you years of pain, years of torture, years of unhappy clients is
223:46 of torture, years of unhappy clients is just this. Look at the footage before
223:48 just this. Look at the footage before you start adding style to it. Just look
223:51 you start adding style to it. Just look at your color managed footage and think
223:53 at your color managed footage and think about the style that's already there
223:56 about the style that's already there because that's where the best color
223:58 because that's where the best color grade is going to live. It's going to be
224:00 grade is going to live. It's going to be a enhancement of that existing style of
224:04 a enhancement of that existing style of that existing tone. So in this shoot we
224:07 that existing tone. So in this shoot we have these kind of cooler toned windows.
224:11 have these kind of cooler toned windows. We have the warmer toned lamps. We have
224:14 We have the warmer toned lamps. We have these kind of red and maroon and blue
224:16 these kind of red and maroon and blue tones. We have just a little bit of
224:18 tones. We have just a little bit of green. We have white walls. That's the
224:21 green. We have white walls. That's the kind of set design that we have. It's
224:23 kind of set design that we have. It's not really dark and moody. It's not
224:25 not really dark and moody. It's not super bright and clean. And so our color
224:28 super bright and clean. And so our color grade needs to be somewhere in that
224:30 grade needs to be somewhere in that feeling. And so if I were creating a
224:32 feeling. And so if I were creating a look for this shot, a creative look, the
224:35 look for this shot, a creative look, the first thing I would do is just make sure
224:37 first thing I would do is just make sure that we have decent exposure on this
224:39 that we have decent exposure on this clip because this is what we're going to
224:41 clip because this is what we're going to design our look on. And I think the
224:43 design our look on. And I think the exposure looks pretty good. I could
224:44 exposure looks pretty good. I could maybe just bring it up just a touch.
224:46 maybe just bring it up just a touch. Maybe I'll just push the offset up just
224:48 Maybe I'll just push the offset up just a little bit with this master wheel.
224:50 a little bit with this master wheel. Okay, maybe just a little bit of
224:51 Okay, maybe just a little bit of contrast just to take some of the fog
224:53 contrast just to take some of the fog out of it. So, here's before and here's
224:56 out of it. So, here's before and here's after. Very subtle adjustment because
224:58 after. Very subtle adjustment because this is shot pretty well. Okay, there
225:00 this is shot pretty well. Okay, there aren't any major white balance issues.
225:02 aren't any major white balance issues. There aren't any major exposure issues.
225:04 There aren't any major exposure issues. It looks pretty good. Now, if we want to
225:06 It looks pretty good. Now, if we want to enhance it, I can switch to the timeline
225:08 enhance it, I can switch to the timeline nodes. I'll hit Alt S to add a serial
225:11 nodes. I'll hit Alt S to add a serial node. And this is where I'm going to
225:12 node. And this is where I'm going to start to build my look. And if you've
225:14 start to build my look. And if you've never built a look before, if you've
225:16 never built a look before, if you've never really tried to stylize something
225:18 never really tried to stylize something before, I would really highly recommend
225:21 before, I would really highly recommend that you stay with something like this.
225:23 that you stay with something like this. take this curve and make just a slight
225:25 take this curve and make just a slight scurve. All right. What that's going to
225:27 scurve. All right. What that's going to do is give us a little bit of contrast.
225:29 do is give us a little bit of contrast. It's going to take away some of the
225:30 It's going to take away some of the muddiness here. So, here's before and
225:33 muddiness here. So, here's before and here's after. It's just going to clarify
225:35 here's after. It's just going to clarify things a little bit. Let's rightclick
225:36 things a little bit. Let's rightclick and just let's just call this S curve.
225:39 and just let's just call this S curve. Let's make a new serial node. Alt S. And
225:42 Let's make a new serial node. Alt S. And then let's take that image and maybe
225:44 then let's take that image and maybe let's play around with the temperature.
225:47 let's play around with the temperature. So, I can go here to where it says
225:48 So, I can go here to where it says temperature and tint. And maybe just
225:50 temperature and tint. And maybe just push this, push it a little to the left
225:52 push this, push it a little to the left and see how we like it. Push it a little
225:54 and see how we like it. Push it a little to the right and see how we like it. And
225:55 to the right and see how we like it. And I think just pushing this a little to
225:57 I think just pushing this a little to the left a little bit cooler feels nice.
226:00 the left a little bit cooler feels nice. That starts to feel cleaner. It starts
226:02 That starts to feel cleaner. It starts to feel like it's at night time. Like
226:04 to feel like it's at night time. Like here's before. We have this gray gray
226:07 here's before. We have this gray gray green kind of look. And here's after. It
226:09 green kind of look. And here's after. It just feels like it's clarified a little
226:11 just feels like it's clarified a little bit. That feels nice. Okay. And even
226:14 bit. That feels nice. Okay. And even though this look isn't extreme, it's
226:16 though this look isn't extreme, it's still a nice look. It still looks good.
226:18 still a nice look. It still looks good. If I select both of these and hit Ctrl +
226:20 If I select both of these and hit Ctrl + D to disable. Here's before. Here's with
226:22 D to disable. Here's before. Here's with no style. And here's with the style
226:24 no style. And here's with the style added. It's very subtle, but it feels
226:26 added. It's very subtle, but it feels natural for the image. We're not
226:29 natural for the image. We're not fighting against the production here.
226:31 fighting against the production here. We're just taking what already looks
226:33 We're just taking what already looks good and enhancing it. Maybe we want a
226:35 good and enhancing it. Maybe we want a little bit brighter colors here. Maybe
226:36 little bit brighter colors here. Maybe we can make another node. This second
226:39 we can make another node. This second one is a temperature. Maybe this third
226:42 one is a temperature. Maybe this third one will do some saturation. So, let's
226:44 one will do some saturation. So, let's just push up our saturation knob a
226:45 just push up our saturation knob a little bit. We don't want to go too
226:47 little bit. We don't want to go too crazy. Once we go up here, that's just
226:48 crazy. Once we go up here, that's just too bright. Okay, we can always check
226:50 too bright. Okay, we can always check this on our vector scope. I'll make this
226:52 this on our vector scope. I'll make this a little bit bigger so we can see it.
226:54 a little bit bigger so we can see it. Here's our vector scope. We can even go
226:56 Here's our vector scope. We can even go to the little controls here. And I like
226:58 to the little controls here. And I like to turn on extents. That'll show the
227:00 to turn on extents. That'll show the very most extreme parts of our image
227:03 very most extreme parts of our image here. And see here, when we push the
227:05 here. And see here, when we push the saturation up, these extents are almost
227:07 saturation up, these extents are almost all the way out here. And some of the
227:09 all the way out here. And some of the blue is even beyond like it's way too
227:12 blue is even beyond like it's way too blue. Remember, we don't want things
227:14 blue. Remember, we don't want things that saturated. We really want stuff to
227:16 that saturated. We really want stuff to stop like hereish. All right. We want
227:19 stop like hereish. All right. We want this graph to be like here. All right.
227:22 this graph to be like here. All right. So, we can take the saturation down.
227:24 So, we can take the saturation down. Let's just put it somewhere in there.
227:25 Let's just put it somewhere in there. There. Our extensor like here for the
227:27 There. Our extensor like here for the red. The blue is maybe still a little
227:29 red. The blue is maybe still a little bit hardcore, which we could fix with a
227:31 bit hardcore, which we could fix with a curve maybe. But we're still putting
227:33 curve maybe. But we're still putting quite a bit of saturation in here.
227:35 quite a bit of saturation in here. Here's before and here's after. We're
227:37 Here's before and here's after. We're really brightening stuff up without it
227:38 really brightening stuff up without it being way too bright. Okay. Also, your
227:41 being way too bright. Okay. Also, your saturation and everything is going to
227:42 saturation and everything is going to depend on your lighting and the
227:44 depend on your lighting and the exposure. the colors of the things that
227:46 exposure. the colors of the things that you're shooting, the context, the tone,
227:48 you're shooting, the context, the tone, all of that stuff. Maybe let's work on
227:50 all of that stuff. Maybe let's work on these blues. Let's go to the hue versus
227:53 these blues. Let's go to the hue versus saturation. And we see we have this
227:55 saturation. And we see we have this spike here in the blues, which is
227:56 spike here in the blues, which is certainly going to be right here. I can
227:58 certainly going to be right here. I can take my color picker and just draw over
228:00 take my color picker and just draw over this. And that's going to make a couple
228:02 this. And that's going to make a couple little control points here and a control
228:04 little control points here and a control point in the center. I can take this
228:05 point in the center. I can take this control point here. And look at this
228:06 control point here. And look at this vector scope while I do this. Here's our
228:08 vector scope while I do this. Here's our blues. And what we're really trying to
228:10 blues. And what we're really trying to do is bring this little cloud this way.
228:12 do is bring this little cloud this way. All right. So, if we take this curve and
228:14 All right. So, if we take this curve and I push this down, look what happens.
228:16 I push this down, look what happens. That squishes that cloud down to
228:18 That squishes that cloud down to something that's reasonable. And again,
228:20 something that's reasonable. And again, I don't want this that far beyond just
228:22 I don't want this that far beyond just like halfway out. So, somewhere in
228:24 like halfway out. So, somewhere in there. That's where that's going to look
228:25 there. That's where that's going to look actually reasonable. All right. And so
228:27 actually reasonable. All right. And so now we still have our saturation getting
228:30 now we still have our saturation getting pushed up, but our blue isn't out of
228:32 pushed up, but our blue isn't out of control here. It doesn't look neon blue.
228:34 control here. It doesn't look neon blue. And so now we have a look that looks
228:36 And so now we have a look that looks really nice and it isn't just completely
228:39 really nice and it isn't just completely wild compared to what we shot. So again,
228:41 wild compared to what we shot. So again, here is before and here's after. Still
228:44 here is before and here's after. Still looks nice, not too different. The other
228:46 looks nice, not too different. The other advantage to doing it this way is that
228:49 advantage to doing it this way is that your shots are going to match a little
228:51 your shots are going to match a little bit easier than if you're doing some
228:53 bit easier than if you're doing some insane thing where you turn all the skin
228:55 insane thing where you turn all the skin purple or something like that. So I'll
228:57 purple or something like that. So I'll just open up our clips again and we'll
228:59 just open up our clips again and we'll go through here, go back to our clip
229:01 go through here, go back to our clip nodes, and I'll just select everything
229:04 nodes, and I'll just select everything and reset all the grades, everything
229:06 and reset all the grades, everything except for that shot I was working on.
229:08 except for that shot I was working on. Okay. And now we have this look applied
229:11 Okay. And now we have this look applied to all of our shots. And it'll be a lot
229:13 to all of our shots. And it'll be a lot less tweaking to make this look good
229:15 less tweaking to make this look good under this look. Maybe take the gain
229:18 under this look. Maybe take the gain down on this one. And flipping back and
229:20 down on this one. And flipping back and forth, we have a little bit closer
229:22 forth, we have a little bit closer match. Now, there are some problems
229:24 match. Now, there are some problems where this shot maybe looks a little bit
229:26 where this shot maybe looks a little bit too blue. This one maybe looks a little
229:27 too blue. This one maybe looks a little less blue. We could do things like
229:29 less blue. We could do things like highlight this window and turn it more
229:30 highlight this window and turn it more blue and that kind of thing, but we'll
229:32 blue and that kind of thing, but we'll get to that in a minute. The idea is
229:33 get to that in a minute. The idea is that we want all these shots to feel
229:35 that we want all these shots to feel like they live in the same world. When
229:37 like they live in the same world. When we're matching shots, that's really our
229:39 we're matching shots, that's really our main goal. Shots might not match 100%
229:42 main goal. Shots might not match 100% completely, especially when you're just
229:43 completely, especially when you're just starting and especially when you've just
229:45 starting and especially when you've just started a project and you haven't done
229:47 started a project and you haven't done lots of work on all the shots yet. But
229:48 lots of work on all the shots yet. But you want them to feel like they could
229:50 you want them to feel like they could live in the same world, right? So, they
229:52 live in the same world, right? So, they should have similar saturation. One
229:54 should have similar saturation. One shouldn't be way too bright. We could
229:55 shouldn't be way too bright. We could take this one down and just adjust this
229:57 take this one down and just adjust this to where they all feel like they could
229:59 to where they all feel like they could live in this world. This one maybe looks
230:02 live in this world. This one maybe looks a little too yellow. And you can go
230:04 a little too yellow. And you can go through and just use your first
230:05 through and just use your first impression when you switch to the shot.
230:07 impression when you switch to the shot. This one maybe looks a little bit too
230:09 This one maybe looks a little bit too green to try and match this the best you
230:11 green to try and match this the best you can. Okay. Same thing here. Let's take
230:13 can. Okay. Same thing here. Let's take this down. It's a little bit too
230:15 this down. It's a little bit too saturated. Sure. And we can turn that
230:17 saturated. Sure. And we can turn that into a night shot with some work, but
230:18 into a night shot with some work, but we'll just leave it like a daytime shot
230:20 we'll just leave it like a daytime shot for now. And now we have these all
230:22 for now. And now we have these all matched. This one maybe looks a little
230:24 matched. This one maybe looks a little purple now that I look at it again.
230:26 purple now that I look at it again. Okay. Adjust this to look good. But now
230:29 Okay. Adjust this to look good. But now we've done a couple things all at once.
230:31 we've done a couple things all at once. We picked a style for our scene and
230:33 We picked a style for our scene and we've started matching these shots to
230:35 we've started matching these shots to sort of look like each other. And that's
230:37 sort of look like each other. And that's going to help this scene not be
230:39 going to help this scene not be distracting when we play it back. You
230:40 distracting when we play it back. You don't want people thinking about why do
230:42 don't want people thinking about why do the colors look like that or why doesn't
230:44 the colors look like that or why doesn't one shot look like another one. You want
230:46 one shot look like another one. You want them to be invested in the moment. And
230:48 them to be invested in the moment. And so there shouldn't be any shots that
230:50 so there shouldn't be any shots that kind of just stand out. They should all
230:51 kind of just stand out. They should all just feel like they live together. And I
230:53 just feel like they live together. And I think we're pretty much at that point
230:54 think we're pretty much at that point here. It's not a perfect match, but it
230:57 here. It's not a perfect match, but it works. That's a great place to be in
230:59 works. That's a great place to be in your color grade. So now, if you want to
231:01 your color grade. So now, if you want to get a little bit more picky, I want to
231:02 get a little bit more picky, I want to show you a technique that is so helpful
231:04 show you a technique that is so helpful for matching your shots. What we can do
231:06 for matching your shots. What we can do is we can find a shot that we like.
231:08 is we can find a shot that we like. Let's say we like this one, and we can
231:10 Let's say we like this one, and we can rightclick here on the viewer and select
231:12 rightclick here on the viewer and select grab still. What this will do is grab a
231:15 grab still. What this will do is grab a still shot of this image, and it will
231:17 still shot of this image, and it will save it to our gallery. So our gallery
231:20 save it to our gallery. So our gallery is a panel that lives up here in the
231:22 is a panel that lives up here in the upper left. Click on gallery and that
231:24 upper left. Click on gallery and that comes up here. And they call these
231:26 comes up here. And they call these stills, but it's really more like a
231:28 stills, but it's really more like a saved preset, a saved color grade that
231:31 saved preset, a saved color grade that also includes a still image. It's like a
231:33 also includes a still image. It's like a color grading preset with a thumbnail.
231:35 color grading preset with a thumbnail. And so what's cool about that is if I
231:37 And so what's cool about that is if I were to reset this and I don't know,
231:39 were to reset this and I don't know, let's just do something really
231:40 let's just do something really different. I'll just desaturate it and
231:42 different. I'll just desaturate it and make it really dark or something so that
231:44 make it really dark or something so that we can see this difference is that if I
231:46 we can see this difference is that if I have one grade on this shot, I can
231:48 have one grade on this shot, I can middle button mouse click on this still,
231:50 middle button mouse click on this still, boop, like that, and apply that color
231:53 boop, like that, and apply that color grade right here from the still just
231:55 grade right here from the still just like I can from a different shot. So,
231:57 like I can from a different shot. So, you can easily save your color presets
231:59 you can easily save your color presets up here in the gallery. But what's also
232:01 up here in the gallery. But what's also great is that you can rightclick and say
232:04 great is that you can rightclick and say play still right here. And what that'll
232:06 play still right here. And what that'll do is give you a still frame of that
232:09 do is give you a still frame of that color graded image that you can compare
232:12 color graded image that you can compare with the other shots in your timeline.
232:14 with the other shots in your timeline. And so now I have a really nice kind of
232:17 And so now I have a really nice kind of split screen where I can compare one
232:19 split screen where I can compare one shot to another. And so if I have a
232:21 shot to another. And so if I have a couple shots that were maybe shot at a
232:23 couple shots that were maybe shot at a little different time, I can compare
232:25 little different time, I can compare these with a split screen and I can do
232:28 these with a split screen and I can do some work to match these and make these
232:30 some work to match these and make these feel like they live in the same world
232:32 feel like they live in the same world again. And so that's great if you're
232:34 again. And so that's great if you're trying to get an exact match on a setup
232:36 trying to get an exact match on a setup like this. But it also works if you're
232:38 like this. But it also works if you're comparing similar subjects. So for
232:40 comparing similar subjects. So for instance, this guy's face both here and
232:43 instance, this guy's face both here and here. See here? This looks a little bit
232:45 here. See here? This looks a little bit more pink. This one looks a little bit
232:46 more pink. This one looks a little bit more kind of yellow. And so maybe it's
232:48 more kind of yellow. And so maybe it's going to help this shot if we push it a
232:51 going to help this shot if we push it a little bit of green in there. Maybe a
232:53 little bit of green in there. Maybe a little less blue. And maybe that's going
232:54 little less blue. And maybe that's going to feel a little bit better. So yeah,
232:56 to feel a little bit better. So yeah, already that feels like it's matching a
232:58 already that feels like it's matching a little bit better. Maybe the
232:59 little bit better. Maybe the saturation's up just a touch. And now we
233:01 saturation's up just a touch. And now we can match these together using this
233:04 can match these together using this still. Same thing here for this other
233:06 still. Same thing here for this other shot. We want all of these to feel the
233:08 shot. We want all of these to feel the same. And that looks pretty good. That's
233:10 same. And that looks pretty good. That's a pretty good match, I would say. Same
233:13 a pretty good match, I would say. Same thing here. Let's take a look at this.
233:16 thing here. Let's take a look at this. That's also a pretty good match, I would
233:18 That's also a pretty good match, I would say. You can really drive yourself crazy
233:20 say. You can really drive yourself crazy second guessing your match. The best
233:22 second guessing your match. The best idea is to immediately decide whether it
233:25 idea is to immediately decide whether it matches or not, and if it's close
233:26 matches or not, and if it's close enough, move on. If it bothers you
233:28 enough, move on. If it bothers you later, you can come back and adjust it.
233:30 later, you can come back and adjust it. But you can go through your whole movie
233:32 But you can go through your whole movie and you can compare it to this one shot.
233:34 and you can compare it to this one shot. And this is a really good idea because
233:36 And this is a really good idea because this one shot is like your constant. You
233:38 this one shot is like your constant. You can always see how bright or dark or
233:40 can always see how bright or dark or saturated or blue or yellow or green
233:43 saturated or blue or yellow or green something compares to this. The shot
233:45 something compares to this. The shot that you initially graded this saved
233:49 that you initially graded this saved still right here. This is what we call
233:50 still right here. This is what we call our hero shot. It's our hero that we
233:53 our hero shot. It's our hero that we always compare all of the shots to. This
233:55 always compare all of the shots to. This is how you get a consistent look from
233:57 is how you get a consistent look from beginning to end in your color grade.
234:00 beginning to end in your color grade. Because what can happen is you can say,
234:02 Because what can happen is you can say, "Okay, I want this shot and this shot to
234:04 "Okay, I want this shot and this shot to match because they're next to each
234:05 match because they're next to each other, right?" And you can maybe make
234:07 other, right?" And you can maybe make those match, right? You'll say, "Okay,
234:08 those match, right? You'll say, "Okay, this one needs a little bit more
234:09 this one needs a little bit more offset." Then you go to this shot and
234:11 offset." Then you go to this shot and you go, "Okay, I need these to match."
234:12 you go, "Okay, I need these to match." And so you try and figure out like, "Oh,
234:14 And so you try and figure out like, "Oh, actually this one needs to be a little
234:15 actually this one needs to be a little bit more pink, right, to match with
234:17 bit more pink, right, to match with that. And then this one and this one
234:19 that. And then this one and this one should match. And now this one doesn't
234:21 should match. And now this one doesn't match at all. And so this one should
234:22 match at all. And so this one should really be more pink." And what ends up
234:25 really be more pink." And what ends up happening is you get this shot matches
234:27 happening is you get this shot matches good. These shots match well. These
234:29 good. These shots match well. These shots match well. And you get a slow
234:32 shots match well. And you get a slow drift from one shot to the other. And
234:34 drift from one shot to the other. And then the first shot and the last shot
234:36 then the first shot and the last shot don't look anything alike. That's why we
234:39 don't look anything alike. That's why we always compare all of our shots to this
234:42 always compare all of our shots to this one constant shot so we can easily tell,
234:44 one constant shot so we can easily tell, oh, this one's way off or this one's way
234:46 oh, this one's way off or this one's way off or this one's a lot closer. Then
234:48 off or this one's a lot closer. Then you're comparing your last shot and your
234:50 you're comparing your last shot and your first shot to the exact same thing. So
234:53 first shot to the exact same thing. So take some time and try that right now. I
234:55 take some time and try that right now. I want you to open up maybe shot five and
234:58 want you to open up maybe shot five and adjust it. Go into the timeline nodes
235:00 adjust it. Go into the timeline nodes and make a look that you like. It can be
235:02 and make a look that you like. It can be subtle like this or you can go ahead and
235:04 subtle like this or you can go ahead and make something that's a little bit more
235:05 make something that's a little bit more extreme. Play around. Have fun. That's
235:07 extreme. Play around. Have fun. That's what this is for. But just know that the
235:09 what this is for. But just know that the more extreme your look is, the harder
235:10 more extreme your look is, the harder it's going to be to match your shots.
235:12 it's going to be to match your shots. But do that. Make a creative look for
235:15 But do that. Make a creative look for this shot. Right click, grab still. And
235:17 this shot. Right click, grab still. And then you can rightclick and play still
235:19 then you can rightclick and play still here. and then match all of your shots
235:21 here. and then match all of your shots to it using this split screen technique.
235:24 to it using this split screen technique. Again, make sure that you go to your
235:25 Again, make sure that you go to your clip nodes to do those adjustments
235:28 clip nodes to do those adjustments because you're only going to want to
235:29 because you're only going to want to adjust that one shot and not all of them
235:32 adjust that one shot and not all of them in the timeline. This kind of thing,
235:33 in the timeline. This kind of thing, just practicing this over and over again
235:35 just practicing this over and over again is going to be so helpful for you. There
235:37 is going to be so helpful for you. There is so much more to go over and to say
235:39 is so much more to go over and to say just about workflow here, but I want to
235:41 just about workflow here, but I want to show you a couple of my favorite tools
235:43 show you a couple of my favorite tools here in the color page. The things that
235:45 here in the color page. The things that really feel exciting about color. We're
235:47 really feel exciting about color. We're going to dive into a concept called
235:49 going to dive into a concept called secondaries. Now that we have our shots
235:51 secondaries. Now that we have our shots relatively matched and our creative look
235:54 relatively matched and our creative look made and everything, it's a good time to
235:56 made and everything, it's a good time to get into my favorite part of color
235:59 get into my favorite part of color grading, which is secondary corrections.
236:01 grading, which is secondary corrections. I'm just going to close my clips and
236:03 I'm just going to close my clips and just focus on this one shot for this.
236:05 just focus on this one shot for this. Now, what is a secondary correction? A
236:07 Now, what is a secondary correction? A secondary correction is basically a
236:09 secondary correction is basically a correction that happens to one part of
236:11 correction that happens to one part of the image. And that can either be like a
236:14 the image. And that can either be like a physical area on the image or it can be
236:16 physical area on the image or it can be something that targets a specific color
236:18 something that targets a specific color or saturation or hue or something like
236:20 or saturation or hue or something like that. Basically, what we've been doing
236:22 that. Basically, what we've been doing so far are primary corrections. A
236:24 so far are primary corrections. A primary correction is a correction that
236:26 primary correction is a correction that applies to the entire image. Whereas a
236:29 applies to the entire image. Whereas a secondary correction is a little part of
236:31 secondary correction is a little part of the image. Okay. So to do that, what
236:33 the image. Okay. So to do that, what I'll often do is hit alt s and make a
236:36 I'll often do is hit alt s and make a serial node. Okay. This is a node that
236:37 serial node. Okay. This is a node that comes after this node. And so we're
236:39 comes after this node. And so we're going to take this image and we're going
236:41 going to take this image and we're going to refine it further. And some of this
236:44 to refine it further. And some of this we've already learned about with these
236:45 we've already learned about with these curves. And so I could do something like
236:47 curves. And so I could do something like select just these reds and adjust the
236:50 select just these reds and adjust the saturation of them. That would be a
236:52 saturation of them. That would be a secondary correction. So we have our
236:54 secondary correction. So we have our original footage, we have our primary
236:56 original footage, we have our primary correction, and then we have our
236:58 correction, and then we have our secondary correction which adjusts these
236:59 secondary correction which adjusts these reds. But I can also do a correction to
237:02 reds. But I can also do a correction to just a part of the image using a mask
237:04 just a part of the image using a mask which in the color page is called a
237:06 which in the color page is called a window. So, I'm going to go to the
237:07 window. So, I'm going to go to the Windows palette right here. It looks
237:09 Windows palette right here. It looks like this little ellipse with the little
237:11 like this little ellipse with the little control points on it. And here in this
237:13 control points on it. And here in this palette, it lets us make masks for
237:16 palette, it lets us make masks for whatever is happening in this node. So,
237:18 whatever is happening in this node. So, if this node turns everything pink and
237:20 if this node turns everything pink and then I apply a window just by clicking
237:22 then I apply a window just by clicking on one of these shapes, like this
237:24 on one of these shapes, like this ellipse shape, that's going to apply
237:26 ellipse shape, that's going to apply that correction just inside of that
237:28 that correction just inside of that window. So, it's a mask that's applied
237:30 window. So, it's a mask that's applied to this node. Now, something to notice,
237:32 to this node. Now, something to notice, we're not cutting out the image. All
237:35 we're not cutting out the image. All we're doing is limiting the corrections
237:37 we're doing is limiting the corrections that happen in this node to only happen
237:40 that happen in this node to only happen inside of this mask. So just this
237:44 inside of this mask. So just this absolutely like exponentially increases
237:47 absolutely like exponentially increases the amount of freedom that you have
237:50 the amount of freedom that you have adjusting your images. So I'll just
237:51 adjusting your images. So I'll just reset the primary color wheels here and
237:54 reset the primary color wheels here and let's move this around and let's do
237:55 let's move this around and let's do something like just brighten his face.
237:57 something like just brighten his face. I'm going to adjust this circle mask and
237:59 I'm going to adjust this circle mask and yeah, maybe I will actually turn this
238:00 yeah, maybe I will actually turn this purple here for a second so that we can
238:02 purple here for a second so that we can see what's going on. I can adjust the
238:04 see what's going on. I can adjust the size and the shape and everything of
238:06 size and the shape and everything of this mask by grabbing this bounding box.
238:08 this mask by grabbing this bounding box. But we also have these little red dots
238:10 But we also have these little red dots here that I can pull. And what that does
238:12 here that I can pull. And what that does is it softens the mask. And so if you
238:16 is it softens the mask. And so if you get into any color grading tutorials and
238:18 get into any color grading tutorials and you watch a colorist that's been doing
238:19 you watch a colorist that's been doing it for a while, they almost always just
238:21 it for a while, they almost always just use a big circle mask. A big soft circle
238:24 use a big circle mask. A big soft circle mask. The reason is because you can do
238:27 mask. The reason is because you can do so much stuff with just a soft circle.
238:29 so much stuff with just a soft circle. Look at this. I don't have to roto his
238:31 Look at this. I don't have to roto his face or anything. And I have, look at
238:33 face or anything. And I have, look at this. I'm doing a really extreme
238:35 this. I'm doing a really extreme correction to his face. And I just have
238:37 correction to his face. And I just have this soft circle mask. And I can go down
238:39 this soft circle mask. And I can go down here to this little button and turn off
238:42 here to this little button and turn off our overlays. And it honestly doesn't
238:45 our overlays. And it honestly doesn't look terrible as far as the actual mask
238:48 look terrible as far as the actual mask goes. It's hard to tell where the mask
238:50 goes. It's hard to tell where the mask starts and stops. And this is like the
238:52 starts and stops. And this is like the most extreme possible example of doing a
238:55 most extreme possible example of doing a localized secondary color correction.
238:57 localized secondary color correction. And so this is a great way to isolate
238:59 And so this is a great way to isolate any kind of adjustment that you just
239:01 any kind of adjustment that you just want to happen to part of your image. So
239:03 want to happen to part of your image. So we have our face selection here. And
239:05 we have our face selection here. And maybe I'll just make this a little bit
239:07 maybe I'll just make this a little bit smaller. Maybe just adjust one side of
239:10 smaller. Maybe just adjust one side of his face a little bit. Then I'll reset
239:12 his face a little bit. Then I'll reset my correction here. And one thing I'll
239:14 my correction here. And one thing I'll often do just to quickly turn off this
239:17 often do just to quickly turn off this overlay is just switch to a different
239:18 overlay is just switch to a different palette here. So I can switch to the
239:20 palette here. So I can switch to the curves and any adjustments we make are
239:23 curves and any adjustments we make are still going to apply to that mask
239:25 still going to apply to that mask because it's applied to this node and we
239:28 because it's applied to this node and we have this node selected. So anything
239:29 have this node selected. So anything that we do is going to happen just
239:31 that we do is going to happen just within the mask because we're masking
239:32 within the mask because we're masking that node. So what I like to do is
239:34 that node. So what I like to do is switch over to the curve and let's say I
239:35 switch over to the curve and let's say I want to brighten this side of his face.
239:36 want to brighten this side of his face. I can just push up the brightness there
239:39 I can just push up the brightness there like this. Maybe more the darker parts.
239:41 like this. Maybe more the darker parts. Yeah, just add a little bit of fill
239:43 Yeah, just add a little bit of fill there. So here's before and here's
239:45 there. So here's before and here's after. Here we go. We can add a little
239:47 after. Here we go. We can add a little bit of brightness to his face if we want
239:49 bit of brightness to his face if we want to. We could also do the opposite. I can
239:51 to. We could also do the opposite. I can move this over here. Let's reset this
239:53 move this over here. Let's reset this again. Let's reset our curves here. And
239:56 again. Let's reset our curves here. And we can take it down a little bit. And
239:58 we can take it down a little bit. And again, big soft circle window is magic,
240:00 again, big soft circle window is magic, man. Telling you. Just going to put that
240:02 man. Telling you. Just going to put that right there. And now we can darken that
240:04 right there. And now we can darken that side of the window. Here is before. And
240:06 side of the window. Here is before. And here's after. So now we can shape the
240:08 here's after. So now we can shape the light using these controls that we
240:09 light using these controls that we already know, but just combining it with
240:11 already know, but just combining it with a mask. Now, let's say that I want to do
240:13 a mask. Now, let's say that I want to do multiple things, like I want to darken
240:15 multiple things, like I want to darken this part, and I want to maybe brighten
240:17 this part, and I want to maybe brighten his eyes a little bit, maybe change the
240:19 his eyes a little bit, maybe change the color of his lips, whatever I want to
240:21 color of his lips, whatever I want to do, and I want to do all of those things
240:23 do, and I want to do all of those things to this shot. What I would recommend is
240:26 to this shot. What I would recommend is that you do those in parallel nodes.
240:27 that you do those in parallel nodes. Now, there are some reasons for this
240:30 Now, there are some reasons for this that are honestly a little bit hard to
240:32 that are honestly a little bit hard to explain. If you're really interested in
240:34 explain. If you're really interested in learning the different kinds of nodes in
240:36 learning the different kinds of nodes in the color page, let me know. But it's
240:38 the color page, let me know. But it's honestly not like super super important.
240:40 honestly not like super super important. Here's just a good general rule to go
240:42 Here's just a good general rule to go by. If you're doing a primary correction
240:44 by. If you're doing a primary correction where you're adjusting the entire image,
240:46 where you're adjusting the entire image, a lot of the time I'll just use a serial
240:49 a lot of the time I'll just use a serial node. If you're going to do multiple
240:51 node. If you're going to do multiple different things, adjust a bunch of
240:53 different things, adjust a bunch of different parts of the image like this.
240:55 different parts of the image like this. I would do those all in parallel nodes.
240:57 I would do those all in parallel nodes. To make a parallel node, rightclick and
240:59 To make a parallel node, rightclick and go to add node, add parallel. You can
241:00 go to add node, add parallel. You can also hit alt p. And what this is going
241:03 also hit alt p. And what this is going to do is basically take this original
241:05 to do is basically take this original image and that's going to feed it to all
241:08 image and that's going to feed it to all of these different corrections. So each
241:10 of these different corrections. So each one of them have the same starting
241:11 one of them have the same starting point. And so this node right here isn't
241:14 point. And so this node right here isn't looking at this image. It's actually
241:15 looking at this image. It's actually looking at an image that looks like
241:16 looking at an image that looks like this, which can be convenient if you're
241:19 this, which can be convenient if you're doing things like selecting stuff by
241:21 doing things like selecting stuff by color or brightness. Then you don't have
241:23 color or brightness. Then you don't have the other nodes kind of messing with
241:25 the other nodes kind of messing with that. And so let's just rightclick and
241:26 that. And so let's just rightclick and say node label here. We'll just say
241:28 say node label here. We'll just say darken window. For this one, let's
241:31 darken window. For this one, let's brighten his eyes. So maybe we'll make
241:33 brighten his eyes. So maybe we'll make another kind of soft circle here. I'll
241:35 another kind of soft circle here. I'll just put maybe on this eye just to
241:37 just put maybe on this eye just to brighten it up a little bit. Maybe we'll
241:39 brighten it up a little bit. Maybe we'll just take this curve and just push that
241:41 just take this curve and just push that up just a touch just to brighten it. I
241:43 up just a touch just to brighten it. I don't know if I like that. Maybe I'll
241:44 don't know if I like that. Maybe I'll take the offset up a little. Yeah, I
241:46 take the offset up a little. Yeah, I like that a little better. Take the
241:47 like that a little better. Take the offset up. Then I can also add another
241:50 offset up. Then I can also add another window just by going here and clicking
241:52 window just by going here and clicking this plus circle like this. That'll add
241:54 this plus circle like this. That'll add another circle window. And those are
241:56 another circle window. And those are both going to be applied by default,
241:58 both going to be applied by default, just added together for our node. And
242:00 just added together for our node. And you can see in the little preview here
242:02 you can see in the little preview here that it's only affecting the eyes. You
242:04 that it's only affecting the eyes. You can also go here to this tab, which is
242:06 can also go here to this tab, which is the key tab, and we can look at the
242:09 the key tab, and we can look at the selection that we're making. So, we're
242:10 selection that we're making. So, we're brightening his eyes. And then over
242:12 brightening his eyes. And then over here, maybe we'll adjust his lips. So,
242:13 here, maybe we'll adjust his lips. So, let's do that curves trick here. Hue
242:16 let's do that curves trick here. Hue versus hue. I'll just select his lips
242:18 versus hue. I'll just select his lips like that. And maybe we don't want those
242:19 like that. And maybe we don't want those quite as pink. I'll just push that down
242:21 quite as pink. I'll just push that down a little bit. Widen out these here a
242:23 a little bit. Widen out these here a little. It's going to just tone those
242:24 little. It's going to just tone those red lips down a little bit. And we're
242:26 red lips down a little bit. And we're also going to limit this with a window.
242:28 also going to limit this with a window. That's the cool thing is you can do
242:30 That's the cool thing is you can do multiple things in one node. I can put
242:32 multiple things in one node. I can put curves and stuff with our primaries and
242:34 curves and stuff with our primaries and sharpening and all kinds of stuff into
242:36 sharpening and all kinds of stuff into this. And then I can limit it with this
242:38 this. And then I can limit it with this window. So I'll take circle window and
242:40 window. So I'll take circle window and just limit it to the lips right there.
242:42 just limit it to the lips right there. So now I'll just disable these by
242:44 So now I'll just disable these by hitting Ctrl + D. Now we have our
242:46 hitting Ctrl + D. Now we have our original footage. We have our primary
242:48 original footage. We have our primary correction. Then we darkening this side
242:50 correction. Then we darkening this side of the screen, brightening up his eyes a
242:53 of the screen, brightening up his eyes a little bit, and changing the color of
242:55 little bit, and changing the color of his lips. And because these are all in
242:57 his lips. And because these are all in parallel nodes, these nodes are going to
243:00 parallel nodes, these nodes are going to interact with each other in a way that's
243:01 interact with each other in a way that's expected. If that's too much for you,
243:03 expected. If that's too much for you, it's really okay. Just do your big wide
243:06 it's really okay. Just do your big wide corrections in serial nodes and your
243:08 corrections in serial nodes and your little localized corrections in parallel
243:10 little localized corrections in parallel nodes. You'll be fine. Now, we have our
243:12 nodes. You'll be fine. Now, we have our masks set up here, and we have some
243:14 masks set up here, and we have some specific masks like right on his eyes,
243:16 specific masks like right on his eyes, which is cool, and it looks good for
243:17 which is cool, and it looks good for this frame. But as soon as we play this
243:19 this frame. But as soon as we play this back, there's some problems. Now, it's
243:21 back, there's some problems. Now, it's not so obvious on this shot, but if we
243:23 not so obvious on this shot, but if we look with the overlay, we'll notice that
243:26 look with the overlay, we'll notice that we're not really selecting his eyes. His
243:28 we're not really selecting his eyes. His head is moving around. And so, this
243:30 head is moving around. And so, this brightness on his eyes should really
243:31 brightness on his eyes should really follow his eyes, right? So, how do we do
243:34 follow his eyes, right? So, how do we do that? Well, we can use a tracker right
243:36 that? Well, we can use a tracker right here in the color page that is
243:38 here in the color page that is absolutely mindblowingly fantastic.
243:41 absolutely mindblowingly fantastic. Check this out. I'm going to start at
243:43 Check this out. I'm going to start at the beginning of my clip, just cuz
243:44 the beginning of my clip, just cuz that's where we set this up. And I'm
243:46 that's where we set this up. And I'm just going to put my windows where I
243:48 just going to put my windows where I want them to be. And I'm going to select
243:50 want them to be. And I'm going to select this window and go over to this next tab
243:52 this window and go over to this next tab here. This is our tracker tab. And I'll
243:55 here. This is our tracker tab. And I'll just hit this track back and forth
243:57 just hit this track back and forth button. And look what happens. Watch
243:58 button. And look what happens. Watch this. It just locks onto his eye and
244:01 this. It just locks onto his eye and tracks it in 1 second. Okay. Same thing
244:03 tracks it in 1 second. Okay. Same thing for this one. Tracks it. Crazy. So now
244:06 for this one. Tracks it. Crazy. So now look at that. They perfectly follow his
244:08 look at that. They perfectly follow his eyes. Isn't that nuts? It's like no
244:11 eyes. Isn't that nuts? It's like no effort to track stuff in the color page.
244:14 effort to track stuff in the color page. And again, it's very forgiving because
244:16 And again, it's very forgiving because really a lot of the time you're using
244:17 really a lot of the time you're using pretty soft masks. And so it's amazing
244:20 pretty soft masks. And so it's amazing how quickly you can refine an image,
244:22 how quickly you can refine an image, even an image that's moving and zooming
244:24 even an image that's moving and zooming and doing all kinds of stuff and people
244:25 and doing all kinds of stuff and people turning their heads and all of that. You
244:27 turning their heads and all of that. You can get really fine on these details. Do
244:29 can get really fine on these details. Do the same thing on the lips. We'll just
244:30 the same thing on the lips. We'll just make sure we select this window and then
244:32 make sure we select this window and then track this back and forth. No problem.
244:34 track this back and forth. No problem. And it completely follows his face.
244:36 And it completely follows his face. Isn't that nuts? That's just wild. There
244:38 Isn't that nuts? That's just wild. There are so many other things you can do in
244:40 are so many other things you can do in the color page. I'm trying to keep it to
244:42 the color page. I'm trying to keep it to just the essentials, but man, it's hard.
244:44 just the essentials, but man, it's hard. Let's hit alt P and make another node.
244:46 Let's hit alt P and make another node. And in this one, I want to soften kind
244:48 And in this one, I want to soften kind of the details in his face. Now, there
244:50 of the details in his face. Now, there are a lot of ways to do this, but one
244:52 are a lot of ways to do this, but one way that works pretty darn well is to
244:54 way that works pretty darn well is to take this mid detail slider here and
244:57 take this mid detail slider here and just push this to the left. And look at
244:59 just push this to the left. And look at what that does. That kind of gives us
245:01 what that does. That kind of gives us that kind of Instagram kind of gloss
245:03 that kind of Instagram kind of gloss filter. Look at that. That really starts
245:05 filter. Look at that. That really starts to soften his skin. All right. Now, it
245:07 to soften his skin. All right. Now, it makes everything else look really bad.
245:09 makes everything else look really bad. And so again, this is one of those times
245:11 And so again, this is one of those times where we're going to want to combine
245:12 where we're going to want to combine this with a selection of some kind. So
245:15 this with a selection of some kind. So one thing that we could do would be to
245:17 one thing that we could do would be to just again grab a soft circle window. We
245:19 just again grab a soft circle window. We can just put this in here like this. And
245:22 can just put this in here like this. And that's probably going to give us a
245:23 that's probably going to give us a pretty good result, honestly. So here's
245:25 pretty good result, honestly. So here's before. Here's after. But there are a
245:27 before. Here's after. But there are a few problems here. We're blurring a
245:29 few problems here. We're blurring a little bit of the background here. It's
245:31 little bit of the background here. It's going into his eyes a little bit,
245:33 going into his eyes a little bit, blurring his hair. And so it would be
245:35 blurring his hair. And so it would be nice if we could just select his skin.
245:37 nice if we could just select his skin. And there are automated, a little bit
245:39 And there are automated, a little bit fancier ways to do this in the paid
245:41 fancier ways to do this in the paid version of Resolve, but I want to show
245:43 version of Resolve, but I want to show you just an old school trick. All right,
245:45 you just an old school trick. All right, we're going to keep this window on here.
245:46 we're going to keep this window on here. We're going to just limit it to
245:48 We're going to just limit it to something like this. But then we're
245:50 something like this. But then we're going to make another selection just by
245:51 going to make another selection just by selecting his skin here. Now, how do we
245:53 selecting his skin here. Now, how do we do that? We can go to this fourth tab
245:56 do that? We can go to this fourth tab right here and select this little
245:57 right here and select this little eyropper. What this will do is this will
246:00 eyropper. What this will do is this will make a selection kind of like we select
246:02 make a selection kind of like we select with our windows, but it's doing it kind
246:04 with our windows, but it's doing it kind of like the way that you will select a
246:06 of like the way that you will select a color for a green screen. And so I'll
246:07 color for a green screen. And so I'll actually turn off our window here and
246:09 actually turn off our window here and probably turn off our midtone detail
246:11 probably turn off our midtone detail too, just so we can see just what this
246:13 too, just so we can see just what this is doing. And I can take my eyropper and
246:15 is doing. And I can take my eyropper and just drag over his skin like this. And
246:18 just drag over his skin like this. And that's going to set these sliders to
246:20 that's going to set these sliders to certain values. What this is basically
246:22 certain values. What this is basically doing is keying our image and setting
246:25 doing is keying our image and setting the mask for this node to be whatever
246:27 the mask for this node to be whatever colors are included. It's selecting by
246:29 colors are included. It's selecting by the color. And I can see this a little
246:31 the color. And I can see this a little bit better if I go up here to this icon,
246:33 bit better if I go up here to this icon, which is our highlight icon, which will
246:35 which is our highlight icon, which will turn on our highlight mode. And that
246:37 turn on our highlight mode. And that will pretty much put this on this gray,
246:40 will pretty much put this on this gray, and just show you the colors that it's
246:42 and just show you the colors that it's selecting. So, we can go back to our
246:43 selecting. So, we can go back to our qualifier here. By the way, this is
246:45 qualifier here. By the way, this is called a qualifier. And we can adjust
246:47 called a qualifier. And we can adjust these sliders back and forth and the
246:50 these sliders back and forth and the softness of this selection to only
246:52 softness of this selection to only select his skin color. All right. Maybe
246:54 select his skin color. All right. Maybe turn off the saturation. Probably turn
246:56 turn off the saturation. Probably turn off the luminance because it doesn't
246:57 off the luminance because it doesn't help too much. And we can get a good
247:00 help too much. And we can get a good selection here using this key because
247:02 selection here using this key because what we really want is just the skin.
247:05 what we really want is just the skin. Once we have a pretty good selection
247:06 Once we have a pretty good selection here, we can go to these matte finesse
247:08 here, we can go to these matte finesse controls. And this will let us adjust
247:11 controls. And this will let us adjust our selection a little bit. One thing
247:12 our selection a little bit. One thing that's going to help is if we push up
247:13 that's going to help is if we push up this pre-f filter just a touch, that's
247:15 this pre-f filter just a touch, that's going to get rid of some of those blocky
247:16 going to get rid of some of those blocky things. We can also clean the black and
247:19 things. We can also clean the black and clean the white. That's going to fill in
247:21 clean the white. That's going to fill in some of those holes. We also might just
247:22 some of those holes. We also might just want to play with this center until we
247:24 want to play with this center until we get mostly just his skin. We don't
247:26 get mostly just his skin. We don't really want his eyes or anything. So
247:29 really want his eyes or anything. So maybe we do want to adjust the luminance
247:31 maybe we do want to adjust the luminance here. Just push this around. There we
247:33 here. Just push this around. There we go. We're mostly just wanting his skin.
247:35 go. We're mostly just wanting his skin. Something like that. And this process is
247:38 Something like that. And this process is very tricky to make this work. And so
247:39 very tricky to make this work. And so you really only want to do these kind of
247:41 you really only want to do these kind of things with subtle adjustments. And so
247:43 things with subtle adjustments. And so maybe we'll do something like that. And
247:44 maybe we'll do something like that. And then limit it with the window even more.
247:46 then limit it with the window even more. So I can take this and just select his
247:49 So I can take this and just select his skin like this. And now we have mostly
247:52 skin like this. And now we have mostly just his skin being selected. Then I can
247:54 just his skin being selected. Then I can switch out of highlight mode and I'll
247:57 switch out of highlight mode and I'll take this midtone detail down. And
247:58 take this midtone detail down. And that's going to soften his skin in a way
248:01 that's going to soften his skin in a way that's a little more subtle. So we
248:03 that's a little more subtle. So we aren't messing with the rest of the
248:05 aren't messing with the rest of the image so much. We're just dealing with
248:07 image so much. We're just dealing with some of the details on his skin. That
248:09 some of the details on his skin. That gives him just a little bit more
248:10 gives him just a little bit more softness. You can really overdo this,
248:13 softness. You can really overdo this, too. So we're just going to push this up
248:14 too. So we're just going to push this up just a little bit just to take the edge
248:16 just a little bit just to take the edge off. And so that's how you can do a
248:17 off. And so that's how you can do a little bit of beauty refinement and
248:19 little bit of beauty refinement and everything. Again, what this qualifier
248:20 everything. Again, what this qualifier is doing is it's making a selection. And
248:23 is doing is it's making a selection. And in that selection, we can do anything
248:25 in that selection, we can do anything that we would do to this node, just like
248:27 that we would do to this node, just like we can with a window. But you can get
248:29 we can with a window. But you can get yourself in trouble here because if you
248:31 yourself in trouble here because if you do some kind of really extreme
248:33 do some kind of really extreme correction, so if I take this gamma and
248:34 correction, so if I take this gamma and push it blue, you can really easily see
248:36 push it blue, you can really easily see this selection. All right? And usually
248:38 this selection. All right? And usually it doesn't even look as good as this.
248:40 it doesn't even look as good as this. You can really get yourself in trouble
248:42 You can really get yourself in trouble with this kind of thing. And so if
248:43 with this kind of thing. And so if you're going to do something like change
248:44 you're going to do something like change a color, I'd highly recommend that you
248:47 a color, I'd highly recommend that you do that with something like this hue
248:48 do that with something like this hue versus hue curve because it's just a lot
248:51 versus hue curve because it's just a lot harder to get yourself in trouble. But
248:52 harder to get yourself in trouble. But these are all things that we can do to
248:54 these are all things that we can do to just refine each image even more. Let's
248:57 just refine each image even more. Let's do another shot. Again, I'll hit alt s
248:59 do another shot. Again, I'll hit alt s for a new serial and then a couple of
249:01 for a new serial and then a couple of parallels. Alt P like that. And we can
249:04 parallels. Alt P like that. And we can use these kind of circle windows to
249:06 use these kind of circle windows to really darken down parts of our frame. A
249:08 really darken down parts of our frame. A lot of the time I'll just grab the
249:09 lot of the time I'll just grab the offset and push that down. And you can
249:11 offset and push that down. And you can really make a big difference in your
249:12 really make a big difference in your shot just with these little windows. And
249:15 shot just with these little windows. And you can add multiple windows to each
249:17 you can add multiple windows to each node. And remember, you can always add
249:19 node. And remember, you can always add more windows to each node. And they
249:20 more windows to each node. And they don't have to be the same kind either.
249:22 don't have to be the same kind either. This window is one that I use a lot.
249:24 This window is one that I use a lot. This is a gradient. And what it does, if
249:26 This is a gradient. And what it does, if I were to make this pink, this does the
249:28 I were to make this pink, this does the correction and then fades it out over
249:30 correction and then fades it out over this line. And so I could do something
249:32 this line. And so I could do something like push this here on the side. And
249:34 like push this here on the side. And then let's not make this pink. Let's
249:36 then let's not make this pink. Let's just have that darken stuff a little
249:38 just have that darken stuff a little bit. And we can just darken one side of
249:40 bit. And we can just darken one side of our frame pretty easily. Okay. Really
249:42 our frame pretty easily. Okay. Really gives that a lot more impact. Maybe we
249:44 gives that a lot more impact. Maybe we want to darken this part because there's
249:46 want to darken this part because there's just too much light here. Same thing.
249:48 just too much light here. Same thing. Probably just a soft circle would do
249:50 Probably just a soft circle would do fine. Put it here. Take that offset down
249:52 fine. Put it here. Take that offset down a touch just so it's not so distracting.
249:54 a touch just so it's not so distracting. So here's before and here's after. And
249:56 So here's before and here's after. And you can go absolutely crazy on this and
249:59 you can go absolutely crazy on this and do this for every single shot if you
250:00 do this for every single shot if you want to. I'd recommend that you wait to
250:03 want to. I'd recommend that you wait to get this detailed on stuff until you
250:05 get this detailed on stuff until you have time. The very first thing that you
250:07 have time. The very first thing that you should do when color grading your shots
250:09 should do when color grading your shots is get a creative look and then match
250:11 is get a creative look and then match them all together. Once you have that,
250:12 them all together. Once you have that, then if you have time, you can go
250:14 then if you have time, you can go through and make things look prettier
250:15 through and make things look prettier and prettier. But don't start with that
250:17 and prettier. But don't start with that even though it's fun. You can't always
250:19 even though it's fun. You can't always start with the most fun thing,
250:20 start with the most fun thing, unfortunately. Last thing I want to
250:22 unfortunately. Last thing I want to touch on in the color page are there are
250:25 touch on in the color page are there are a couple other color wheel palettes that
250:28 a couple other color wheel palettes that you'll see used on a regular basis if
250:30 you'll see used on a regular basis if you watch color grading tutorials. One
250:32 you watch color grading tutorials. One is the log wheels. The other one is the
250:35 is the log wheels. The other one is the HDR wheels. Now, what the heck? Why are
250:37 HDR wheels. Now, what the heck? Why are there so many wheels? Here's the short
250:39 there so many wheels? Here's the short answer. These primaries, if I were to
250:42 answer. These primaries, if I were to Let's go to a different shot here so we
250:44 Let's go to a different shot here so we can see what's going on. These
250:45 can see what's going on. These primaries, if I were to grab this gain,
250:47 primaries, if I were to grab this gain, let's look at our waveform here. If I
250:49 let's look at our waveform here. If I were to take the gain and push that up,
250:51 were to take the gain and push that up, what that's going to do is adjust the
250:53 what that's going to do is adjust the entire image, but it's going to adjust
250:55 entire image, but it's going to adjust the brighter parts stronger. All right?
250:58 the brighter parts stronger. All right? It's like in the curves when you take
251:01 It's like in the curves when you take the top part and you move it like this.
251:03 the top part and you move it like this. In fact, that's pretty much what gain
251:05 In fact, that's pretty much what gain is. All right. The gamma adjusts the
251:07 is. All right. The gamma adjusts the middle, but it leaves the white point
251:09 middle, but it leaves the white point and black point where they are. So, it's
251:10 and black point where they are. So, it's basically doing this. The lift adjusts
251:13 basically doing this. The lift adjusts the black point, which is doing this.
251:15 the black point, which is doing this. So, it affects the entire image, but
251:17 So, it affects the entire image, but it's a lot stronger in the darker parts.
251:20 it's a lot stronger in the darker parts. Okay. Now, if we go to our log wheel, we
251:22 Okay. Now, if we go to our log wheel, we have a similar layout here, but look
251:24 have a similar layout here, but look what happens when I adjust the
251:25 what happens when I adjust the highlights. As I push this up, actually,
251:27 highlights. As I push this up, actually, not a lot's happening. And that's
251:29 not a lot's happening. And that's because adjusting these highlights is
251:31 because adjusting these highlights is like putting a dot here and then
251:34 like putting a dot here and then adjusting the white point from there. It
251:36 adjusting the white point from there. It sort of limits the adjustment to the
251:38 sort of limits the adjustment to the upper part of the image. And really, you
251:40 upper part of the image. And really, you don't see a whole lot going on because
251:41 don't see a whole lot going on because we don't have that brightest stuff. Same
251:43 we don't have that brightest stuff. Same thing for the shadows. As I move those
251:45 thing for the shadows. As I move those around, it only affects the lower part
251:47 around, it only affects the lower part of the image like this. There's an
251:48 of the image like this. There's an anchor right here. So, to see that
251:50 anchor right here. So, to see that difference, lift does this. Shadow in
251:54 difference, lift does this. Shadow in the log wheels does this. So, it's
251:57 the log wheels does this. So, it's limited to just the dark parts. And you
251:59 limited to just the dark parts. And you can adjust where that little cut off
252:01 can adjust where that little cut off point is with these sliders right here,
252:03 point is with these sliders right here, the range sliders. And so, as I push up
252:05 the range sliders. And so, as I push up the shadows, see, I'm pushing those up,
252:07 the shadows, see, I'm pushing those up, and it's really only affecting this part
252:09 and it's really only affecting this part of the image. But as I adjust the range,
252:12 of the image. But as I adjust the range, then I can have it adjust more or less
252:15 then I can have it adjust more or less of the image. And so, I could do
252:16 of the image. And so, I could do something like push my highlights really
252:18 something like push my highlights really yellow, and it doesn't really affect
252:19 yellow, and it doesn't really affect anything until I bring this highlight
252:21 anything until I bring this highlight range down and start to tell it that
252:23 range down and start to tell it that more things are highlights. So, there we
252:25 more things are highlights. So, there we go. Now we're considering this part and
252:27 go. Now we're considering this part and these parts of the image as highlights.
252:30 these parts of the image as highlights. And now things are getting yellow,
252:31 And now things are getting yellow, right? So it's basically just splitting
252:33 right? So it's basically just splitting up the image into kind of thresholds.
252:35 up the image into kind of thresholds. Highlights adjusts this, shadows adjust
252:37 Highlights adjusts this, shadows adjust this, mid tones adjust this. Instead of
252:39 this, mid tones adjust this. Instead of adjusting the entire image, it splits it
252:41 adjusting the entire image, it splits it up. Okay. So what the heck do you do
252:43 up. Okay. So what the heck do you do with these kind of things? This is if
252:45 with these kind of things? This is if you're trying to adjust something really
252:48 you're trying to adjust something really specific. Like for instance, if I want
252:50 specific. Like for instance, if I want just this window to be darker, but I
252:53 just this window to be darker, but I don't want to adjust anything else, I
252:55 don't want to adjust anything else, I could take my highlights down a little
252:57 could take my highlights down a little bit and then adjust this range to where
252:59 bit and then adjust this range to where it starts affecting the window. And so
253:02 it starts affecting the window. And so now I'm mostly just adjusting the
253:04 now I'm mostly just adjusting the highlights without even touching the
253:05 highlights without even touching the shadows and the mid tones so much. And
253:07 shadows and the mid tones so much. And so again, this is for secondary
253:08 so again, this is for secondary corrections for the most part. Something
253:10 corrections for the most part. Something that's confusing about calling these log
253:12 that's confusing about calling these log wheels is a lot of people think that if
253:15 wheels is a lot of people think that if you have log footage, you should use the
253:17 you have log footage, you should use the log wheels or that log wheels only work
253:19 log wheels or that log wheels only work in log space or that by using it, it
253:23 in log space or that by using it, it turns it into log or anything. None of
253:25 turns it into log or anything. None of that's a thing. Where this starts and
253:27 that's a thing. Where this starts and stops is this is called log wheels.
253:29 stops is this is called log wheels. That's it. Just ignore everything else.
253:31 That's it. Just ignore everything else. This is what they call the adjustments
253:33 This is what they call the adjustments that split up the image into these tonal
253:35 that split up the image into these tonal areas. Okay. The HDR pallet is basically
253:38 areas. Okay. The HDR pallet is basically a big boy version of that. Instead of
253:41 a big boy version of that. Instead of splitting it up into three parts, it
253:44 splitting it up into three parts, it splits it up into six parts. That's it.
253:46 splits it up into six parts. That's it. And so we have the range control for
253:48 And so we have the range control for each one and the softness for the
253:50 each one and the softness for the threshold of each one. And it's split up
253:52 threshold of each one. And it's split up into six parts. If you click on the
253:54 into six parts. If you click on the little sunshine for any of these, you
253:55 little sunshine for any of these, you can see what it's affecting. So
253:57 can see what it's affecting. So specular, basically nothing. Highlights,
253:59 specular, basically nothing. Highlights, things that are a little bit darker.
254:00 things that are a little bit darker. Light is that range. Shadow is this
254:03 Light is that range. Shadow is this range. Dark is this range. and black is
254:06 range. Dark is this range. and black is this range. And so it splits it up into
254:08 this range. And so it splits it up into these tonal ranges and you can adjust
254:10 these tonal ranges and you can adjust each one to your liking. Basically, if
254:12 each one to your liking. Basically, if you want to get really detailed with
254:14 you want to get really detailed with things, my advice, if you're brand new
254:16 things, my advice, if you're brand new to color, don't even worry about the HDR
254:18 to color, don't even worry about the HDR wheels. Don't even touch them. Sometimes
254:20 wheels. Don't even touch them. Sometimes maybe you'll get into the log wheels,
254:21 maybe you'll get into the log wheels, but honestly, just stay with primaries
254:23 but honestly, just stay with primaries because that is going to be able to do
254:25 because that is going to be able to do 99% of what you ever need to do, and
254:28 99% of what you ever need to do, and it's much, much simpler. Now, something
254:30 it's much, much simpler. Now, something about color. This is one of the most fun
254:32 about color. This is one of the most fun things about color. They have these
254:35 things about color. They have these color surfaces that are really cool.
254:37 color surfaces that are really cool. It's basically a way for you to be able
254:39 It's basically a way for you to be able to touch all of the controls with
254:42 to touch all of the controls with hardware knobs and sliders and
254:44 hardware knobs and sliders and everything and it makes it go a lot
254:45 everything and it makes it go a lot faster and it's more fun, more tactile.
254:48 faster and it's more fun, more tactile. There's all kinds of good reasons to use
254:50 There's all kinds of good reasons to use a color panel. They have multiple
254:52 a color panel. They have multiple different versions. The most affordable
254:54 different versions. The most affordable one being this Da Vinci Resolve micro
254:56 one being this Da Vinci Resolve micro color panel, which actually works with
254:58 color panel, which actually works with an iPad, which is really neat. There are
255:00 an iPad, which is really neat. There are three track balls here and those
255:02 three track balls here and those correspond to lift, gamma, and gain. And
255:05 correspond to lift, gamma, and gain. And there's these rings that rotate around
255:08 there's these rings that rotate around the track balls, which correspond to the
255:10 the track balls, which correspond to the master wheels. And then a lot of these
255:13 master wheels. And then a lot of these knobs and buttons and everything are
255:15 knobs and buttons and everything are basically these things. All right, so
255:18 basically these things. All right, so there isn't really anything that you can
255:20 there isn't really anything that you can only do on a color surface. It just
255:22 only do on a color surface. It just makes things a little bit easier and a
255:24 makes things a little bit easier and a little bit faster. They have a bigger
255:25 little bit faster. They have a bigger version of the color surface called the
255:27 version of the color surface called the mini panel and an absolute crazy
255:29 mini panel and an absolute crazy spaceship version which is called the
255:31 spaceship version which is called the advanced panel which has a million
255:33 advanced panel which has a million different buttons and things. And like I
255:35 different buttons and things. And like I said, this is really fun and it gives
255:37 said, this is really fun and it gives you the tactile control that is there's
255:39 you the tactile control that is there's just really nothing like it. And these
255:41 just really nothing like it. And these color panels are a little bit expensive.
255:43 color panels are a little bit expensive. The micro color panel starts at $559.
255:46 The micro color panel starts at $559. The mini panel is about $2,300 and the
255:48 The mini panel is about $2,300 and the advanced panel is $30,000. But the
255:51 advanced panel is $30,000. But the question is, do you actually need one to
255:53 question is, do you actually need one to do color? No. No. You don't need one to
255:56 do color? No. No. You don't need one to do color. In fact, I would recommend
255:58 do color. In fact, I would recommend that unless you plan on doing a lot of
256:00 that unless you plan on doing a lot of color. And when I mean a lot of color,
256:02 color. And when I mean a lot of color, color grading more than a thousand shots
256:05 color grading more than a thousand shots a week. I think that's when it really
256:07 a week. I think that's when it really gets useful to have a color surface. If
256:10 gets useful to have a color surface. If you're doing that kind of volume of
256:12 you're doing that kind of volume of color work, it's absolutely worth the
256:14 color work, it's absolutely worth the investment and it makes it more fun. If
256:16 investment and it makes it more fun. If you're making a video every couple weeks
256:18 you're making a video every couple weeks and it has 80 shots, honestly, it's
256:20 and it has 80 shots, honestly, it's probably not going to be that big of a
256:22 probably not going to be that big of a deal that you get a color surface or
256:23 deal that you get a color surface or not. So, do you actually need it? Not
256:25 not. So, do you actually need it? Not really. If you're really into gear and
256:27 really. If you're really into gear and you want your desk to look really cool
256:29 you want your desk to look really cool and you really want to practice getting
256:30 and you really want to practice getting quick at color, maybe you're wanting to
256:32 quick at color, maybe you're wanting to be a colorist and maybe eventually do
256:33 be a colorist and maybe eventually do 1,000 shots a day. If you're really
256:35 1,000 shots a day. If you're really hardcore on that, then yeah, you should
256:36 hardcore on that, then yeah, you should totally get one. Or if you have the
256:38 totally get one. Or if you have the money and can responsibly spend it and
256:40 money and can responsibly spend it and you need to justify something like this
256:42 you need to justify something like this to your boss or spouse, you can show
256:43 to your boss or spouse, you can show them this part of the video. They
256:45 them this part of the video. They absolutely need a color surface. It's
256:47 absolutely need a color surface. It's imperative. If you don't have a color
256:49 imperative. If you don't have a color surface, what are you doing? Do you even
256:51 surface, what are you doing? Do you even video? Go ahead and make that
256:53 video? Go ahead and make that investment.
256:54 investment. Are they gone? Okay. So, there's about
256:56 Are they gone? Okay. So, there's about 11 billion other things that I want to
256:58 11 billion other things that I want to show you on the color page. If you want
257:00 show you on the color page. If you want to learn more about color, let me know
257:02 to learn more about color, let me know in the comments. We'll talk more about
257:03 in the comments. We'll talk more about it. But we got to move on. We got to
257:05 it. But we got to move on. We got to keep going. The porcels who edit this
257:07 keep going. The porcels who edit this video are going to have my hide if I
257:09 video are going to have my hide if I don't keep moving. So, let's go. All
257:11 don't keep moving. So, let's go. All right. Let's talk about the Fairlite
257:13 right. Let's talk about the Fairlite page. So, this is the audio world of Da
257:17 page. So, this is the audio world of Da Vinci Resolve. You can think of this as
257:19 Vinci Resolve. You can think of this as like the main dedicated audio app. In
257:22 like the main dedicated audio app. In the Adobe world, this would be like
257:24 the Adobe world, this would be like Adobe Audition or something, or for
257:26 Adobe Audition or something, or for those of us who've been around for a
257:27 those of us who've been around for a little bit, something like ProTools.
257:29 little bit, something like ProTools. This is the dedicated audio part of
257:32 This is the dedicated audio part of Resolve. Now, you can do a lot of audio
257:34 Resolve. Now, you can do a lot of audio stuff in the edit page of Resolve, but
257:36 stuff in the edit page of Resolve, but you can think of this as there's two
257:38 you can think of this as there's two separate apps here. There's your editing
257:40 separate apps here. There's your editing app which has general effects and it has
257:42 app which has general effects and it has some audio tools and you can add clips
257:45 some audio tools and you can add clips and you can move them around and you can
257:46 and you can move them around and you can fade things and you can adjust volume
257:48 fade things and you can adjust volume and that kind of thing. So, it's like
257:49 and that kind of thing. So, it's like the basic version of adjusting audio.
257:52 the basic version of adjusting audio. Whereas an audio app, the idea is that
257:55 Whereas an audio app, the idea is that you can get super detailed with your
257:56 you can get super detailed with your audio. You can have lots and lots of
257:58 audio. You can have lots and lots of tracks. There are specialized audio
258:00 tracks. There are specialized audio effects, plugins, all kinds of things.
258:02 effects, plugins, all kinds of things. And it's just really tuned into making
258:05 And it's just really tuned into making good audio. And that's exactly what's
258:07 good audio. And that's exactly what's happening here in Fairlite page. Just
258:09 happening here in Fairlite page. Just like the other pages of Resolve, your
258:12 like the other pages of Resolve, your timeline here in the edit page can just
258:14 timeline here in the edit page can just be opened in Fairlite just by clicking
258:16 be opened in Fairlite just by clicking on the Fairlite page. So here we are.
258:18 on the Fairlite page. So here we are. Here's our color timeline that we've
258:20 Here's our color timeline that we've been working on. And this part down here
258:22 been working on. And this part down here is a similar interface where we have our
258:24 is a similar interface where we have our timeline and we can adjust the height of
258:26 timeline and we can adjust the height of our audio tracks. But look how big we
258:28 our audio tracks. But look how big we can make these audio tracks. And look
258:30 can make these audio tracks. And look how much we can zoom in here. So I'll
258:32 how much we can zoom in here. So I'll just put this in here and just hit
258:33 just put this in here and just hit control plus a bunch. We can really zoom
258:36 control plus a bunch. We can really zoom in here crazy, even down to the sample
258:40 in here crazy, even down to the sample level of audio. So, Fairlite can get
258:42 level of audio. So, Fairlite can get just as crazy as you want to get when it
258:44 just as crazy as you want to get when it comes to getting detailed with your
258:46 comes to getting detailed with your audio. One of the first things you might
258:47 audio. One of the first things you might be thinking is, okay, I can do a lot of
258:49 be thinking is, okay, I can do a lot of this in the edit page, right? I can zoom
258:51 this in the edit page, right? I can zoom in and I can get crazy with audio here
258:53 in and I can get crazy with audio here in the edit page. When should I move to
258:55 in the edit page. When should I move to the fairlight page? What's the point of
258:57 the fairlight page? What's the point of doing Fairlite stuff over the edit page?
258:59 doing Fairlite stuff over the edit page? And the honest truth is that you can
259:00 And the honest truth is that you can move back and forth. It's not really
259:02 move back and forth. It's not really that essential that you're like ready to
259:05 that essential that you're like ready to do audio before you go into the
259:07 do audio before you go into the Fairlight page. A lot of the time what I
259:08 Fairlight page. A lot of the time what I do is I'll jump into Fairlite and I'll
259:10 do is I'll jump into Fairlite and I'll adjust some things that Fairlight's good
259:12 adjust some things that Fairlight's good at and then switch back to the edit and
259:13 at and then switch back to the edit and kind of keep editing. And then if I want
259:15 kind of keep editing. And then if I want to mess with the clip, maybe I'll go
259:17 to mess with the clip, maybe I'll go over to Fairlite and adjust the clip and
259:19 over to Fairlite and adjust the clip and everything. What's really cool is that
259:21 everything. What's really cool is that this whole timeline on the Fairite page
259:23 this whole timeline on the Fairite page is the same as the edit page. And so if
259:25 is the same as the edit page. And so if I add a fade on the fairlight page and
259:27 I add a fade on the fairlight page and switch over to the edit page, we have
259:29 switch over to the edit page, we have that same fade right here on the edit
259:31 that same fade right here on the edit page. If I were to write click and
259:33 page. If I were to write click and change the clip color here on the
259:34 change the clip color here on the fairlight page, guess what? That clip
259:37 fairlight page, guess what? That clip color is on the edit page. And so it's
259:39 color is on the edit page. And so it's nice because you can really just go back
259:40 nice because you can really just go back and forth. And this is huge because in
259:43 and forth. And this is huge because in basically every other app ever, you
259:46 basically every other app ever, you can't do that. you would have to do
259:47 can't do that. you would have to do something like export your timeline as
259:50 something like export your timeline as an XML or some kind of format that an
259:53 an XML or some kind of format that an audio app can open, which means that you
259:56 audio app can open, which means that you should have things pretty well dialed in
259:58 should have things pretty well dialed in and pretty much finalized before you go
260:00 and pretty much finalized before you go into the audio app. And you don't even
260:02 into the audio app. And you don't even have to worry about that with Fairlite.
260:04 have to worry about that with Fairlite. We're so spoiled. You can just switch
260:06 We're so spoiled. You can just switch over to Fairlite and do some
260:07 over to Fairlite and do some adjustments, switch back to edit, no
260:09 adjustments, switch back to edit, no problem. Okay, so we can switch into
260:10 problem. Okay, so we can switch into Fairlite and back if we want to get a
260:12 Fairlite and back if we want to get a little bit more fancy with our audio.
260:14 little bit more fancy with our audio. But let's take a second and look at the
260:16 But let's take a second and look at the interface here. So right here we have
260:18 interface here. So right here we have our timeline. And this acts pretty much
260:20 our timeline. And this acts pretty much like it does in the edit page. There are
260:22 like it does in the edit page. There are tracks, there are clips, you move around
260:24 tracks, there are clips, you move around in time, all of that. Now, it's possible
260:26 in time, all of that. Now, it's possible that on your system you don't have the
260:29 that on your system you don't have the video tracks. If you go up here to this
260:31 video tracks. If you go up here to this little icon, there are all kinds of
260:33 little icon, there are all kinds of options for viewing our timeline. And
260:35 options for viewing our timeline. And there's actually a similar button to
260:37 there's actually a similar button to this in the edit page right here and the
260:40 this in the edit page right here and the cut page, right? So, anytime you want to
260:42 cut page, right? So, anytime you want to adjust how your timeline looks, there's
260:45 adjust how your timeline looks, there's some kind of version of this. But here,
260:47 some kind of version of this. But here, this top menu item is display video
260:50 this top menu item is display video tracks. And so, if you're just working
260:51 tracks. And so, if you're just working on audio, sometimes you don't really
260:53 on audio, sometimes you don't really need the video tracks. But, I don't
260:54 need the video tracks. But, I don't know, for me, it's comfortable to be
260:56 know, for me, it's comfortable to be able to see the video tracks just so
260:58 able to see the video tracks just so that this looks a little bit more
261:00 that this looks a little bit more familiar to the edit page cuz sometimes
261:02 familiar to the edit page cuz sometimes I'll have clips colored a certain way or
261:04 I'll have clips colored a certain way or arranged a certain way that kind of
261:06 arranged a certain way that kind of helps me navigate where things are on
261:07 helps me navigate where things are on the timeline and I don't want to lose
261:09 the timeline and I don't want to lose that in Fairlight. Over here on our
261:11 that in Fairlight. Over here on our track headers, we have our mute and our
261:12 track headers, we have our mute and our solo. So, we can mute tracks and solo
261:15 solo. So, we can mute tracks and solo tracks. Solo basically just mutes
261:17 tracks. Solo basically just mutes everything except for that track. We
261:18 everything except for that track. We have meters for the tracks. And I'll
261:20 have meters for the tracks. And I'll tell you something in Fairlite, tracks
261:22 tell you something in Fairlite, tracks are your best friend, okay? You need to
261:25 are your best friend, okay? You need to be good friends with tracks. Don't be
261:27 be good friends with tracks. Don't be afraid to add lots and lots of tracks.
261:29 afraid to add lots and lots of tracks. Get familiar with how tracks work
261:30 Get familiar with how tracks work because tracks are the magic when it
261:33 because tracks are the magic when it comes to audio. We'll talk about that
261:34 comes to audio. We'll talk about that more in a little bit. Over here to the
261:36 more in a little bit. Over here to the right, we have our mixer. And this is
261:39 right, we have our mixer. And this is where we adjust controls for our mix as
261:42 where we adjust controls for our mix as well as each track. This is where we can
261:44 well as each track. This is where we can set inputs for recording. We can add
261:46 set inputs for recording. We can add effects. We can adjust dynamics, which
261:49 effects. We can adjust dynamics, which we'll get into in a little bit. We can
261:51 we'll get into in a little bit. We can adjust EQ. We can route each track to a
261:54 adjust EQ. We can route each track to a separate bus, which is like a group of
261:56 separate bus, which is like a group of tracks, like a submix. We have pan
261:58 tracks, like a submix. We have pan controls and our volume here for each
262:01 controls and our volume here for each track. Up here in the middle, we have
262:03 track. Up here in the middle, we have our tools, which are very similar to the
262:05 our tools, which are very similar to the edit page. Playback controls. Again,
262:08 edit page. Playback controls. Again, very similar. And we have a big bunch of
262:11 very similar. And we have a big bunch of audio meters here. This is going to show
262:13 audio meters here. This is going to show you the volume of every single track in
262:15 you the volume of every single track in your mix. We have a loudness meter here,
262:17 your mix. We have a loudness meter here, which helps monitor how loud things are
262:20 which helps monitor how loud things are perceived, which can be good if you're
262:21 perceived, which can be good if you're doing broadcast things and even somewhat
262:23 doing broadcast things and even somewhat useful if you're making mixes for
262:25 useful if you're making mixes for YouTube. And then we have our viewer
262:27 YouTube. And then we have our viewer here. It's a lot smaller, but we can
262:29 here. It's a lot smaller, but we can actually pop this out and make a little
262:31 actually pop this out and make a little bit bigger viewer if we want to. I'll
262:33 bit bigger viewer if we want to. I'll just pop that back in. But really, we
262:35 just pop that back in. But really, we have a lot of space here in the timeline
262:36 have a lot of space here in the timeline because this is where we're going to do
262:38 because this is where we're going to do most of our work. We're going to be
262:40 most of our work. We're going to be adding sound effects and mixing things
262:42 adding sound effects and mixing things and moving them around. A lot of that
262:43 and moving them around. A lot of that happens in the timeline and the mixer.
262:46 happens in the timeline and the mixer. Up along the top, we have some familiar
262:48 Up along the top, we have some familiar windows, our media pool and our effects.
262:51 windows, our media pool and our effects. Those work just like the other ones. We
262:53 Those work just like the other ones. We have our metadata and our inspector.
262:54 have our metadata and our inspector. Again, same thing as the other pages.
262:56 Again, same thing as the other pages. And some other panels that we might get
262:58 And some other panels that we might get into here in a little bit. So, let's
263:00 into here in a little bit. So, let's work on something, shall we? Let's
263:01 work on something, shall we? Let's switch back to the edit page here for a
263:02 switch back to the edit page here for a second. And in the Fairlight folder, if
263:04 second. And in the Fairlight folder, if you imported it with me at the beginning
263:06 you imported it with me at the beginning of this video, you should have several
263:08 of this video, you should have several different files here. I'm just going to
263:09 different files here. I'm just going to rightclick here in the empty space and
263:11 rightclick here in the empty space and hit timelines, create new timeline. And
263:13 hit timelines, create new timeline. And we'll call this Fairlite timeline. Hit
263:15 we'll call this Fairlite timeline. Hit create. And let's build our quick time
263:17 create. And let's build our quick time that we can work through together. You
263:19 that we can work through together. You should have a movie here called
263:20 should have a movie here called Fairlight Page Video Track. Drag this in
263:23 Fairlight Page Video Track. Drag this in like this. And then there's also
263:25 like this. And then there's also Fairlight Dia. That's short for
263:27 Fairlight Dia. That's short for dialogue. We'll drag this down here. And
263:29 dialogue. We'll drag this down here. And this is going to be the audio for our
263:30 this is going to be the audio for our scene. And we're going to make sure this
263:32 scene. And we're going to make sure this came through just right here in a
263:33 came through just right here in a second. But this is a different scene
263:35 second. But this is a different scene from the same movie that lends itself to
263:37 from the same movie that lends itself to some sound design, some mixing, some
263:39 some sound design, some mixing, some fun. So, let's switch over to the
263:41 fun. So, let's switch over to the Fairlite page and take a look at what
263:42 Fairlite page and take a look at what we've got in the Verite page. By
263:44 we've got in the Verite page. By default, it shows you a little bit more
263:46 default, it shows you a little bit more about the audio channels. This dialogue
263:49 about the audio channels. This dialogue is coming in as a mono track. The reason
263:51 is coming in as a mono track. The reason I know that is because this track is a
263:55 I know that is because this track is a stereo track. I can tell by this little
263:57 stereo track. I can tell by this little 2.0 right here. What that's going to do
263:59 2.0 right here. What that's going to do is have a list of channels within this
264:02 is have a list of channels within this track. So, this dialogue is actually
264:04 track. So, this dialogue is actually just one track that comes in on the left
264:07 just one track that comes in on the left channel. Hold up, I got to get my
264:08 channel. Hold up, I got to get my headphones. There we go. So, if we play
264:11 headphones. There we go. So, if we play this back, we're just going to hear that
264:12 this back, we're just going to hear that on the left speaker. And there are
264:14 on the left speaker. And there are actually more tracks in this wave file.
264:17 actually more tracks in this wave file. So, let's open this up in the media
264:18 So, let's open this up in the media pool. Rightclick and go to clip
264:20 pool. Rightclick and go to clip attributes. We're going to go to audio.
264:22 attributes. We're going to go to audio. And we're going to make sure that our
264:23 And we're going to make sure that our format is set right. We should set it
264:25 format is set right. We should set it like this. format mono audio one mix
264:27 like this. format mono audio one mix mono audio 2 mix. You can pick which
264:30 mono audio 2 mix. You can pick which track you want on each of these. That
264:32 track you want on each of these. That looks good. And I'll hit okay. And let's
264:34 looks good. And I'll hit okay. And let's take this dialogue and let's drag this
264:37 take this dialogue and let's drag this down. And look at this. This is actually
264:38 down. And look at this. This is actually adding it in two different tracks. So
264:41 adding it in two different tracks. So why don't we instead why don't we
264:43 why don't we instead why don't we rightclick on this track here and say
264:45 rightclick on this track here and say change track type to mono. And then we
264:47 change track type to mono. And then we have our audio 2. This is mono as well.
264:50 have our audio 2. This is mono as well. So let's get rid of this and just move
264:51 So let's get rid of this and just move this down. So that's what we should have
264:53 this down. So that's what we should have is two separate tracks like this.
264:55 is two separate tracks like this. Sometimes things just don't come in
264:57 Sometimes things just don't come in right for whatever reason on the edit
264:59 right for whatever reason on the edit page. Sometimes when you have fancy
265:01 page. Sometimes when you have fancy audio tracks, you might need to jump
265:02 audio tracks, you might need to jump into fair light to get that working. But
265:04 into fair light to get that working. But this is what we should have is our
265:06 this is what we should have is our dialogue wave should have one channel on
265:09 dialogue wave should have one channel on this track and one channel on this
265:10 this track and one channel on this track. And both of these tracks should
265:12 track. And both of these tracks should be mono. Okay. So now if we play this
265:14 be mono. Okay. So now if we play this back, because these are mono, they're
265:15 back, because these are mono, they're both going to come out of both speakers,
265:17 both going to come out of both speakers, but they are going to be separate tracks
265:19 but they are going to be separate tracks here.
265:27 Where is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
265:29 I had him and then you pushed me. Great. So, this is just the dialogue for
265:32 Great. So, this is just the dialogue for our sequence and probably 75% of what
265:36 our sequence and probably 75% of what we're going to be doing here in Fairlite
265:38 we're going to be doing here in Fairlite is stuff that you've really already
265:40 is stuff that you've really already learned in the edit page. So, this
265:41 learned in the edit page. So, this section of this video is going to be a
265:44 section of this video is going to be a little bit shorter, but I do want to
265:45 little bit shorter, but I do want to show you some specific stuff in Fairlite
265:47 show you some specific stuff in Fairlite that's really neat. One thing that we
265:49 that's really neat. One thing that we can do is split each of these up into
265:51 can do is split each of these up into little clips, which again happens like
265:53 little clips, which again happens like you would on the edit page. But you'll
265:55 you would on the edit page. But you'll notice when I click on this, it actually
265:57 notice when I click on this, it actually selects both of these tracks. So, I'm
265:59 selects both of these tracks. So, I'm going to select this, rightclick, and go
266:01 going to select this, rightclick, and go down to where it says link clips and
266:03 down to where it says link clips and uncheck that. Now, I can move each of
266:05 uncheck that. Now, I can move each of these separately, which is probably
266:06 these separately, which is probably going to be really good for what we're
266:07 going to be really good for what we're doing. And I can use the same shortcuts
266:10 doing. And I can use the same shortcuts that I was using. I can split each
266:12 that I was using. I can split each track. I can just select it like this. I
266:14 track. I can just select it like this. I can grab and trim it very similar just
266:16 can grab and trim it very similar just like we would on the edit page. Just
266:18 like we would on the edit page. Just splitting and trimming like this. And
266:21 splitting and trimming like this. And it's silent here. So, we don't really
266:23 it's silent here. So, we don't really have to trim this, but I like to do that
266:25 have to trim this, but I like to do that just to keep organized a little bit. A
266:26 just to keep organized a little bit. A little bit easier to think of these in
266:28 little bit easier to think of these in little chunks. And it also feels like
266:30 little chunks. And it also feels like it's empty here, which it is. There's no
266:33 it's empty here, which it is. There's no sound at all here. And so that kind of
266:35 sound at all here. And so that kind of reminds us that hey, we need to actually
266:37 reminds us that hey, we need to actually add some sound to this in order for this
266:39 add some sound to this in order for this to feel like a finished professional
266:42 to feel like a finished professional kind of product. Now, something that's
266:44 kind of product. Now, something that's really unique to the Fairlite page is
266:47 really unique to the Fairlite page is its way of selecting pieces of clips.
266:50 its way of selecting pieces of clips. So, let's zoom in here a little bit.
266:52 So, let's zoom in here a little bit. I'll go ahead and close my media pool
266:54 I'll go ahead and close my media pool just so we have a little bit of space.
266:55 just so we have a little bit of space. Make this a little bigger. And let's say
266:57 Make this a little bigger. And let's say that I want to select and adjust this
267:00 that I want to select and adjust this waveform right here. In the edit page,
267:02 waveform right here. In the edit page, what I would have to do would be to go
267:04 what I would have to do would be to go here and split this and then I have this
267:06 here and split this and then I have this as a separate thing. But what I can
267:07 as a separate thing. But what I can actually do in the fairlight page is I
267:10 actually do in the fairlight page is I can select regions. So I can grab this
267:13 can select regions. So I can grab this second tool here, which is range mode,
267:14 second tool here, which is range mode, and I can click and drag. And that's
267:16 and I can click and drag. And that's going to set an in and an out, and
267:18 going to set an in and an out, and that's going to let me go in and be a
267:20 that's going to let me go in and be a little bit more detailed with the actual
267:22 little bit more detailed with the actual sounds itself. So I can make this
267:23 sounds itself. So I can make this selection and hit backspace, and that'll
267:25 selection and hit backspace, and that'll just get rid of that part of the audio.
267:28 just get rid of that part of the audio. I can also grab this line and push it
267:30 I can also grab this line and push it up. And that's going to add little key
267:32 up. And that's going to add little key frames to this volume line. And so I can
267:35 frames to this volume line. And so I can push that up like that. And then if I
267:37 push that up like that. And then if I want to select a different part, I can
267:38 want to select a different part, I can do it like this. And so that makes it
267:40 do it like this. And so that makes it really easy to be able to select a piece
267:42 really easy to be able to select a piece and kind of adjust it without having to
267:45 and kind of adjust it without having to do a bunch of manual key framing and
267:47 do a bunch of manual key framing and stuff. Now the thing that's not great
267:48 stuff. Now the thing that's not great about this is that if I want to say move
267:51 about this is that if I want to say move this clip around, I can't. I'm just
267:53 this clip around, I can't. I'm just selecting parts of it. I would have to
267:54 selecting parts of it. I would have to switch to this other mode. But what I
267:57 switch to this other mode. But what I can do is switch to this focus mode and
267:59 can do is switch to this focus mode and that's a combination of these tools. So
268:01 that's a combination of these tools. So if I'm on the top part of the clip, I
268:03 if I'm on the top part of the clip, I can do my range mode just like before.
268:05 can do my range mode just like before. But if I'm on the bottom part of the
268:07 But if I'm on the bottom part of the clip, I can grab the clip and move it
268:08 clip, I can grab the clip and move it back and forth. And so this is a really
268:10 back and forth. And so this is a really nice way to work inside of Fairlite,
268:12 nice way to work inside of Fairlite, especially if you're going in and
268:13 especially if you're going in and adjusting pieces of your clips. Just
268:16 adjusting pieces of your clips. Just remember to be on the top part of the
268:17 remember to be on the top part of the clip if you want to adjust a range and
268:19 clip if you want to adjust a range and the bottom part if you want to move
268:20 the bottom part if you want to move things around. So yeah, just like the
268:22 things around. So yeah, just like the edit page, I can hit alt and add little
268:25 edit page, I can hit alt and add little key frames here to the volume. But
268:27 key frames here to the volume. But what's cool is I can animate a whole
268:29 what's cool is I can animate a whole bunch of stuff in the same way. And to
268:32 bunch of stuff in the same way. And to select what I want to animate, I can go
268:33 select what I want to animate, I can go over here to this little drop down where
268:35 over here to this little drop down where it says none. And there are all kinds of
268:37 it says none. And there are all kinds of things that I can key frame here. So by
268:40 things that I can key frame here. So by default, it's the clip volume right
268:42 default, it's the clip volume right here. But I can also adjust the fader
268:44 here. But I can also adjust the fader level. It kind of does the same thing,
268:46 level. It kind of does the same thing, but for the track. And so what this is
268:48 but for the track. And so what this is going to do is automate this slider. And
268:50 going to do is automate this slider. And watch what happens when I play this
268:51 watch what happens when I play this back. It turns it down. And so you can
268:54 back. It turns it down. And so you can key frame anything in the mixer for the
268:57 key frame anything in the mixer for the track. Just like that. And this is the
268:59 track. Just like that. And this is the kind of thing that you just can't do on
269:01 kind of thing that you just can't do on the edit page. And now if I want to
269:02 the edit page. And now if I want to remove that automation, I can hold
269:04 remove that automation, I can hold control and alt and just click on these
269:06 control and alt and just click on these little points and get rid of it. Yay. So
269:09 little points and get rid of it. Yay. So we have our dialogue here in our movie.
269:12 we have our dialogue here in our movie. But what's really going to help here is
269:14 But what's really going to help here is to add a little bit of room tone, a
269:16 to add a little bit of room tone, a little bit of ambience. And so let's go
269:18 little bit of ambience. And so let's go over to our media pool here in our sound
269:20 over to our media pool here in our sound effects folder. We should have a clip
269:23 effects folder. We should have a clip called GC ambience interior bathroom,
269:26 called GC ambience interior bathroom, which is going to be really helpful. And
269:27 which is going to be really helpful. And so this is just kind of like the sound
269:30 so this is just kind of like the sound of the air, sound of the environment,
269:32 of the air, sound of the environment, the room tone here. And that's going to
269:34 the room tone here. And that's going to kind of fill in some of these little
269:36 kind of fill in some of these little gaps that are just completely silent.
269:38 gaps that are just completely silent. You pretty much never want that. That's
269:39 You pretty much never want that. That's called dead air. We don't want that. And
269:41 called dead air. We don't want that. And before I play this back, I'm actually
269:42 before I play this back, I'm actually going to take the volume down here for
269:44 going to take the volume down here for our preview because these ambients are
269:46 our preview because these ambients are very, very loud. So, there we go. That's
269:49 very, very loud. So, there we go. That's kind of what we're looking for is that
269:50 kind of what we're looking for is that little that little bit of just kind of
269:52 little that little bit of just kind of ambient noise. And in this preview, this
269:55 ambient noise. And in this preview, this is where we can set our in andout just
269:56 is where we can set our in andout just like we would normally do in the viewer
269:58 like we would normally do in the viewer in the edit page. But I'm just going to
270:00 in the edit page. But I'm just going to use this whole thing. I can grab it and
270:02 use this whole thing. I can grab it and drag it down here. And I can either drag
270:03 drag it down here. And I can either drag it to an existing track or I can make a
270:05 it to an existing track or I can make a new track just by dragging it down like
270:07 new track just by dragging it down like this. So, let's put that in. And this is
270:09 this. So, let's put that in. And this is going to be our ambience. Now, before
270:11 going to be our ambience. Now, before long, our tracks are going to get crazy,
270:13 long, our tracks are going to get crazy, and so it's probably a good idea to
270:15 and so it's probably a good idea to start renaming these. All you do is
270:16 start renaming these. All you do is click on the track name. And so, we'll
270:18 click on the track name. And so, we'll call this dialogue dash guy, and we'll
270:21 call this dialogue dash guy, and we'll say uh dialogue dia/girl.
270:24 say uh dialogue dia/girl. And this is going to be our ambience
270:26 And this is going to be our ambience amb. You can name these however you want
270:28 amb. You can name these however you want as long as you recognize it. And the
270:30 as long as you recognize it. And the first thing I'm going to do on this
270:31 first thing I'm going to do on this ambience is I'm going to take the volume
270:33 ambience is I'm going to take the volume down on this track. So, to do that,
270:36 down on this track. So, to do that, that's going to be in our mixer. And
270:37 that's going to be in our mixer. And it's a little bit confusing because the
270:38 it's a little bit confusing because the mixer is right here on the side. And
270:40 mixer is right here on the side. And what we're going to do is look for track
270:42 what we're going to do is look for track three. So there's A1, audio one, audio
270:45 three. So there's A1, audio one, audio 2, and audio 3. Here we have audio one,
270:47 2, and audio 3. Here we have audio one, audio 2, and where's audio 3? Well,
270:49 audio 2, and where's audio 3? Well, there is a little scroll here that we
270:51 there is a little scroll here that we can scroll over. Or we can even move
270:53 can scroll over. Or we can even move this out a little bit to see more
270:54 this out a little bit to see more tracks. And so here on track three,
270:56 tracks. And so here on track three, we're going to take this fader all the
270:58 we're going to take this fader all the way down. Let's take this to like, I
271:00 way down. Let's take this to like, I don't know, -20, something like that,
271:01 don't know, -20, something like that, and just see how that sounds compared to
271:03 and just see how that sounds compared to our audio. There we go. That's a little
271:06 our audio. There we go. That's a little better. push this up so we can hear it.
271:08 better. push this up so we can hear it. So, that ambience is still a little bit
271:09 So, that ambience is still a little bit hot. We'll take this down a lot lot
271:11 hot. We'll take this down a lot lot more. And what's nice is I can play this
271:12 more. And what's nice is I can play this back while I'm adjusting the volume in
271:15 back while I'm adjusting the volume in this track, which is a little bit harder
271:17 this track, which is a little bit harder to do here on the interface or in the
271:19 to do here on the interface or in the inspector. So, I can just take this down
271:20 inspector. So, I can just take this down and just bring it up just to where I
271:22 and just bring it up just to where I start to notice it. I don't even know on
271:23 start to notice it. I don't even know on your on your speakers, but it definitely
271:26 your on your speakers, but it definitely like it sounds like there is air in the
271:29 like it sounds like there is air in the environment now. So, that's great. Let's
271:30 environment now. So, that's great. Let's go ahead and close our media pool and
271:32 go ahead and close our media pool and we'll just work with this again. Let's
271:33 we'll just work with this again. Let's just grab the edge of this and I'll just
271:35 just grab the edge of this and I'll just split this just like we would on the
271:37 split this just like we would on the edit page and get rid of this edge.
271:39 edit page and get rid of this edge. There we go. And now we have our
271:40 There we go. And now we have our ambience. We can also colorize a track
271:43 ambience. We can also colorize a track just by right-clicking and going down to
271:46 just by right-clicking and going down to change track color. And this can be
271:47 change track color. And this can be really helpful for organizing your
271:49 really helpful for organizing your different types of sounds. And so maybe
271:52 different types of sounds. And so maybe we'll have our dialogue apricot. Sure.
271:54 we'll have our dialogue apricot. Sure. Right click track color apricot. That'll
271:57 Right click track color apricot. That'll also colorize them here in the mixer.
271:58 also colorize them here in the mixer. It'll be a little bit easier. Ambience,
272:00 It'll be a little bit easier. Ambience, let's turn green. Sounds good. Now,
272:02 let's turn green. Sounds good. Now, let's add a little bit of music. So,
272:04 let's add a little bit of music. So, same thing, media pool. We're going to
272:05 same thing, media pool. We're going to go up to our fair light directory
272:07 go up to our fair light directory because we have our music right here.
272:09 because we have our music right here. Same thing, just drag it in. We'll just
272:11 Same thing, just drag it in. We'll just butt this up here. And so, we have our
272:12 butt this up here. And so, we have our music that's a little bit long for our
272:14 music that's a little bit long for our scene. Now, if we want to make this
272:15 scene. Now, if we want to make this music fit the length of the clip, there
272:17 music fit the length of the clip, there are ways to do that in the studio
272:19 are ways to do that in the studio version of Resolve. That's pretty fancy.
272:21 version of Resolve. That's pretty fancy. So, I'll show you that. I'll just kind
272:23 So, I'll show you that. I'll just kind of move this over here for a second.
272:25 of move this over here for a second. This whole clip is about 17, 18 seconds,
272:28 This whole clip is about 17, 18 seconds, something like that. So, what we could
272:30 something like that. So, what we could do is trim this and then select it and
272:32 do is trim this and then select it and go to the inspector. And there are some
272:34 go to the inspector. And there are some really cool AI adjustments that we can
272:36 really cool AI adjustments that we can make to clips here in the fairlight
272:38 make to clips here in the fairlight page. This one is going to be AI music
272:41 page. This one is going to be AI music editor. And so, what we can do is we can
272:43 editor. And so, what we can do is we can select a target length. So, let's say 17
272:46 select a target length. So, let's say 17 seconds. So, just 1700. And then hit
272:48 seconds. So, just 1700. And then hit adjust. It's going to analyze that clip.
272:51 adjust. It's going to analyze that clip. It's going to go through and figure out
272:52 It's going to go through and figure out where all the beats are and all that
272:54 where all the beats are and all that kind of stuff. And it's going to try and
272:55 kind of stuff. And it's going to try and make it shorter. and it will do a decent
272:59 make it shorter. and it will do a decent job. It's going to actually make this
273:01 job. It's going to actually make this about 20 seconds. So, let's actually
273:03 about 20 seconds. So, let's actually maybe see if we can get this to maybe
273:05 maybe see if we can get this to maybe we'll target like 15 seconds and then
273:08 we'll target like 15 seconds and then hit adjust. There we go. Yeah, it's
273:10 hit adjust. There we go. Yeah, it's going to want to do 12 seconds or
273:11 going to want to do 12 seconds or something. So, you can get it close, but
273:13 something. So, you can get it close, but it should do a pretty good job of making
273:15 it should do a pretty good job of making everything happen on beat. So, let's
273:16 everything happen on beat. So, let's listen.
273:30 [Music] and that works. But if you don't like
273:32 and that works. But if you don't like what it's doing here, or if you don't
273:34 what it's doing here, or if you don't have the paid version of Resolve, here's
273:36 have the paid version of Resolve, here's a really easy way that you can shorten
273:37 a really easy way that you can shorten your music. I'm just going to reset this
273:40 your music. I'm just going to reset this AI music editor and look at this full
273:43 AI music editor and look at this full length. And let's just align this where
273:45 length. And let's just align this where we want it to be. Just get rid of our
273:47 we want it to be. Just get rid of our inspector here. Let's take a look at
273:49 inspector here. Let's take a look at this. I think we want this to come to a
273:52 this. I think we want this to come to a head right when that toilet happens.
273:55 head right when that toilet happens. Yeah. So, let's actually just trim the
273:57 Yeah. So, let's actually just trim the front of this here. And let's have this
273:59 front of this here. And let's have this end right about where that toilet
274:01 end right about where that toilet happens.
274:04 happens. And then you push me.
274:06 And then you push me. Let's have that just end right about
274:08 Let's have that just end right about there.
274:10 there. I had him and then you pushed me.
274:13 I had him and then you pushed me. Yeah, that's nice. So, we have that kind
274:15 Yeah, that's nice. So, we have that kind of awkward empty feeling there. Maybe
274:18 of awkward empty feeling there. Maybe we'll just fade this up like this.
274:23 we'll just fade this up like this. [Music]
274:28 Where is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
274:31 I had him and then you pushed me. Yeah. So, that actually works without
274:32 Yeah. So, that actually works without having to do a bunch of edits. But I'll
274:34 having to do a bunch of edits. But I'll just alt drag this out so I can show you
274:36 just alt drag this out so I can show you this. If you want to shorten a clip and
274:39 this. If you want to shorten a clip and have it on beat, this is the easiest way
274:41 have it on beat, this is the easiest way to do it. And you don't need any AI
274:43 to do it. And you don't need any AI stuff. You can just do this yourself. A
274:44 stuff. You can just do this yourself. A lot of music you can listen to and count
274:46 lot of music you can listen to and count on the beats. And then you want to cut
274:48 on the beats. And then you want to cut it and splice it on the beat. This one
274:50 it and splice it on the beat. This one is a little bit harder to count, at
274:51 is a little bit harder to count, at least for me. And so really what we want
274:53 least for me. And so really what we want to do is just split this right here. And
274:55 to do is just split this right here. And we'll just kind of trim this to be
274:57 we'll just kind of trim this to be shorter. And really a great way to do
274:59 shorter. And really a great way to do this is just to look at the waveform and
275:01 this is just to look at the waveform and look for similar waveforms. So this and
275:04 look for similar waveforms. So this and this look similar. And so what I'll do
275:06 this look similar. And so what I'll do is just trim this to be right on that
275:08 is just trim this to be right on that peak here. And move this down. Let's
275:11 peak here. And move this down. Let's just see how this sounds.
275:17 Decent. And what we could do is rightclick and say 24 frame crossfade
275:20 rightclick and say 24 frame crossfade like that. Pretty good. And now we have
275:22 like that. Pretty good. And now we have a shorter version of the song. So that's
275:23 a shorter version of the song. So that's a great way you can splice a song. But
275:25 a great way you can splice a song. But we don't even need to do that right
275:26 we don't even need to do that right here. We can just have it fade in. And
275:28 here. We can just have it fade in. And then right there we'll also have this
275:30 then right there we'll also have this fade out. Great. Now this is going to
275:32 fade out. Great. Now this is going to actually be masked a little bit with a
275:35 actually be masked a little bit with a toilet flushing sound. So that's going
275:37 toilet flushing sound. So that's going to be in our effects that we add to
275:39 to be in our effects that we add to this. And really a great way to go about
275:42 this. And really a great way to go about adding your sound effects and everything
275:44 adding your sound effects and everything is to do it in passes. Just like we edit
275:46 is to do it in passes. Just like we edit in passes and do our color and passes
275:48 in passes and do our color and passes and everything, doing this audio in
275:50 and everything, doing this audio in passes is really helpful. We're
275:52 passes is really helpful. We're basically looking for the big obvious
275:54 basically looking for the big obvious things, the things that are going to
275:55 things, the things that are going to take somebody out of the experience if
275:57 take somebody out of the experience if they don't hear it. And we want to add
275:59 they don't hear it. And we want to add those effects. So, anything that should
276:01 those effects. So, anything that should be making a sound that should be really
276:02 be making a sound that should be really obvious, boy, that better be in it.
276:04 obvious, boy, that better be in it. Okay, so let's go through here. And what
276:06 Okay, so let's go through here. And what I'm just going to do is just hit M on
276:08 I'm just going to do is just hit M on the keyboard for a marker. That's going
276:09 the keyboard for a marker. That's going to add a marker to our sequence, and
276:11 to add a marker to our sequence, and that'll help us remember to add the
276:13 that'll help us remember to add the effects there. Okay. So, we need So,
276:17 effects there. Okay. So, we need So, right as we go, we need this closing
276:19 right as we go, we need this closing door sound
276:25 in the story, she falls down from inside the door. So, we definitely need
276:26 the door. So, we definitely need something like that.
276:28 something like that. [Music]
276:29 [Music] Probably opening the door might be good.
276:32 Probably opening the door might be good. And then you push me.
276:34 And then you push me. We need the toilet flushing sound right
276:36 We need the toilet flushing sound right there for sure.
276:40 there for sure. Oh, no.
276:42 Oh, no. Moving the book. We need some kind of
276:44 Moving the book. We need some kind of audio for that. Opening the lid. Yeah.
276:47 audio for that. Opening the lid. Yeah. So, all of that kind of needs to happen.
276:48 So, all of that kind of needs to happen. By the way, this scene, if it's
276:50 By the way, this scene, if it's confusing, out of context. So, the kid,
276:52 confusing, out of context. So, the kid, he just shoved her in the bathroom
276:54 he just shoved her in the bathroom holding the alien and she fell down and
276:57 holding the alien and she fell down and accidentally flushed the little blue
276:59 accidentally flushed the little blue alien down the toilet. So, this is where
277:01 alien down the toilet. So, this is where things really get bad. So, let's just go
277:03 things really get bad. So, let's just go through this. So, this first effect we
277:06 through this. So, this first effect we need is the door closing. And we can
277:08 need is the door closing. And we can open up the media pool and look for our
277:10 open up the media pool and look for our door closing stuff. But I want to show
277:11 door closing stuff. But I want to show you a really cool thing about Fairlite.
277:14 you a really cool thing about Fairlite. So let's say that you have a whole bunch
277:16 So let's say that you have a whole bunch of sounds, like we're just giving you
277:18 of sounds, like we're just giving you like 20 sounds or something. But if you
277:20 like 20 sounds or something. But if you have 700 sounds, it can be really hard
277:23 have 700 sounds, it can be really hard to go through and listen to every sound
277:25 to go through and listen to every sound and try and figure out the exact sound
277:26 and try and figure out the exact sound that you want. And so this sound
277:28 that you want. And so this sound library, this is a way that you can tell
277:31 library, this is a way that you can tell Resolve where all your sounds are and it
277:34 Resolve where all your sounds are and it can index them and make it really easy
277:36 can index them and make it really easy to find the sounds that you need. All
277:38 to find the sounds that you need. All you have to do is go to these three dots
277:40 you have to do is go to these three dots and say add library. And we're going to
277:42 and say add library. And we're going to navigate to our files and our sound
277:45 navigate to our files and our sound effects folder that we downloaded and
277:47 effects folder that we downloaded and hit select folder. But you can select
277:48 hit select folder. But you can select any folder on your system, anything that
277:50 any folder on your system, anything that has all of your sounds. And then it's
277:53 has all of your sounds. And then it's going to go through and scan all of the
277:55 going to go through and scan all of the sounds and index them so that it can
277:57 sounds and index them so that it can quickly find them. And if you have lots
277:59 quickly find them. And if you have lots and lots of sounds, it might take a
278:00 and lots of sounds, it might take a little bit, but this is going to be
278:02 little bit, but this is going to be really quick. Sound library sounds. Scan
278:04 really quick. Sound library sounds. Scan successful. Hit okay. And now we can
278:06 successful. Hit okay. And now we can search here and it will quickly bring up
278:09 search here and it will quickly bring up anything. So if I type in toilet, here
278:11 anything. So if I type in toilet, here are all of the toilet sounds. Toilet
278:14 are all of the toilet sounds. Toilet sounds. So we have toilet flush, toilet
278:17 sounds. So we have toilet flush, toilet lid open. And we can just double click
278:19 lid open. And we can just double click this to play it back. So there's our
278:22 this to play it back. So there's our flush,
278:24 flush, toilet, dropping the book on the toilet,
278:26 toilet, dropping the book on the toilet, opening the lid, all of that. We can
278:28 opening the lid, all of that. We can find the toilet stuff really easily. So
278:29 find the toilet stuff really easily. So let's type in door. Now we have all of
278:31 let's type in door. Now we have all of our door sounds. So doorork knob sound.
278:34 our door sounds. So doorork knob sound. Yeah, that's good. We need the door
278:36 Yeah, that's good. We need the door closing.
278:38 closing. Yeah, good. So, here we can set our in
278:40 Yeah, good. So, here we can set our in and our out just like this. I
278:43 and our out just like this. I And we can drag this into a new track.
278:45 And we can drag this into a new track. And I can take off snapping so that I
278:47 And I can take off snapping so that I can move this back and forth really
278:48 can move this back and forth really easily. Good. And we'll get rid of this
278:50 easily. Good. And we'll get rid of this marker here. We need the kind of falling
278:52 marker here. We need the kind of falling down sounds. Let's type in body. That'll
278:55 down sounds. Let's type in body. That'll bring up. We have our body drops.
278:58 bring up. We have our body drops. There we go. And we can use JK and L to
279:01 There we go. And we can use JK and L to play this back. So, these are all
279:02 play this back. So, these are all different sounds that we can layer to
279:05 different sounds that we can layer to make it seem like there's body hitting
279:07 make it seem like there's body hitting the floor. So, to do that, let's make a
279:10 the floor. So, to do that, let's make a few more tracks here. I can add tracks
279:11 few more tracks here. I can add tracks by right clicking on any track and just
279:13 by right clicking on any track and just going to add tracks. And let's add a few
279:16 going to add tracks. And let's add a few mono tracks. Let's do five mono tracks.
279:18 mono tracks. Let's do five mono tracks. We'll add those. We'll do below audio 5.
279:21 We'll add those. We'll do below audio 5. Sounds good. Make sure we rename this.
279:23 Sounds good. Make sure we rename this. And generally, like it's okay to add a
279:25 And generally, like it's okay to add a million tracks. All right. There is a
279:27 million tracks. All right. There is a limit to the tracks, but it's a really
279:29 limit to the tracks, but it's a really big limit. So just add a new track for
279:32 big limit. So just add a new track for every new sound. What I would do is
279:33 every new sound. What I would do is group similar sounds that are in a
279:35 group similar sounds that are in a similar environment at the similar time
279:37 similar environment at the similar time on a track, but otherwise pretty much
279:39 on a track, but otherwise pretty much make everything else a separate track
279:41 make everything else a separate track just because then you have control over
279:43 just because then you have control over all of those tracks with the faders. And
279:45 all of those tracks with the faders. And it's really easy to kind of mix things
279:46 it's really easy to kind of mix things later. So this one will be called a
279:48 later. So this one will be called a door. This one is music. And let's just
279:51 door. This one is music. And let's just make these really tiny. And all these
279:53 make these really tiny. And all these tracks, we're going to call this body
279:55 tracks, we're going to call this body one, body two, body three, and so on. So
279:59 one, body two, body three, and so on. So now we have five tracks here. I can hold
280:01 now we have five tracks here. I can hold shift and scroll up to give us a little
280:03 shift and scroll up to give us a little bit of room here. Let's just grab some
280:05 bit of room here. Let's just grab some of these body drops. Just set an in and
280:07 of these body drops. Just set an in and out. Something like that. Drag this into
280:10 out. Something like that. Drag this into body one. Let's go a little further. Get
280:12 body one. Let's go a little further. Get some other ones like that. Drag this in.
280:14 some other ones like that. Drag this in. Good. We'll use the knuckles body hit.
280:17 Good. We'll use the knuckles body hit. Sure. Just like that. Throw that in
280:19 Sure. Just like that. Throw that in here, too. So now we have five different
280:21 here, too. So now we have five different tracks of all of these different sounds.
280:23 tracks of all of these different sounds. And I can quickly trim these using my
280:25 And I can quickly trim these using my arrange selection here. Just grabbing
280:28 arrange selection here. Just grabbing the empty spaces and getting rid of it
280:31 the empty spaces and getting rid of it like that. It's really nice way to trim
280:33 like that. It's really nice way to trim this stuff if I need to. Good. And now
280:36 this stuff if I need to. Good. And now we can just layer these on. So, we'll
280:38 we can just layer these on. So, we'll just shove these all together like this
280:40 just shove these all together like this and just see what it sounds like. Let's
280:42 and just see what it sounds like. Let's just see how it goes.
280:45 just see how it goes. Yeah. And click solo just on these.
280:48 Yeah. And click solo just on these. There we go. Maybe I'll just kind of
280:50 There we go. Maybe I'll just kind of move these around and maybe spread them
280:51 move these around and maybe spread them out a little.
280:54 out a little. Good. So now we have something
280:55 Good. So now we have something definitely falling down, crashing, that
280:57 definitely falling down, crashing, that kind of thing. And if we want to control
280:59 kind of thing. And if we want to control all of these tracks together, we can
281:00 all of these tracks together, we can group them. I can select body one and
281:03 group them. I can select body one and shift select body five and hit CtrlG.
281:06 shift select body five and hit CtrlG. And this is going to make a group. And
281:08 And this is going to make a group. And we'll just call this body drop. And
281:10 we'll just call this body drop. And we're going to link all of these
281:12 we're going to link all of these controls here. Let's just go ahead and
281:13 controls here. Let's just go ahead and link all of them and then hit save. And
281:16 link all of them and then hit save. And now what's going to happen is if I
281:19 now what's going to happen is if I adjust the controls for any of these, it
281:22 adjust the controls for any of these, it actually adjusts them all. And so I can
281:24 actually adjusts them all. And so I can link all of these different parameters
281:26 link all of these different parameters for my tracks. And even though they're
281:27 for my tracks. And even though they're on different tracks, they're working as
281:29 on different tracks, they're working as one track. So that's a nice way to do
281:31 one track. So that's a nice way to do it. So if I want this to be quieter,
281:34 it. So if I want this to be quieter, can bring that down. So that kind of
281:35 can bring that down. So that kind of works. And I can link these together
281:38 works. And I can link these together like that. The other thing I could do
281:40 like that. The other thing I could do would be to put these into a bus. A bus
281:43 would be to put these into a bus. A bus is sort of like a group of tracks, but
281:44 is sort of like a group of tracks, but it's really more like a separate mix
281:47 it's really more like a separate mix that each track goes into. What a bus
281:50 that each track goes into. What a bus will do is route the output of all of
281:53 will do is route the output of all of these tracks into one track and then you
281:55 these tracks into one track and then you can control it like we were doing with
281:56 can control it like we were doing with these sliders, but you can also add
281:59 these sliders, but you can also add effects to all of the tracks all at
282:01 effects to all of the tracks all at once. And it's actually really nice. And
282:02 once. And it's actually really nice. And so to do that, we can go here to our bus
282:05 so to do that, we can go here to our bus outputs and select a different bus. But
282:08 outputs and select a different bus. But we need to have another bus first. So we
282:11 we need to have another bus first. So we can go up to Fairlite and go to bus
282:13 can go up to Fairlite and go to bus format. This is going to be a list of
282:15 format. This is going to be a list of all of our buses. By default, there's
282:17 all of our buses. By default, there's something called bus one, which is a
282:18 something called bus one, which is a stereo bus, and that is the main output.
282:21 stereo bus, and that is the main output. So, the thing that our audience is going
282:23 So, the thing that our audience is going to hear. Anything that we want our
282:25 to hear. Anything that we want our audience to hear, it goes into bus one.
282:26 audience to hear, it goes into bus one. Let's make another bus. That'll add
282:28 Let's make another bus. That'll add that. And let's uh let's call this a
282:30 that. And let's uh let's call this a body bus. And heck, let's make it a
282:32 body bus. And heck, let's make it a different color. How about blue? Great.
282:34 different color. How about blue? Great. And then we'll hit okay. That's going to
282:36 And then we'll hit okay. That's going to add another bus here. And we can tell
282:38 add another bus here. And we can tell our tracks to go into a different bus.
282:41 our tracks to go into a different bus. So, right here where it says bus
282:42 So, right here where it says bus outputs, take this little drop down and
282:44 outputs, take this little drop down and switch this to body bus for each of
282:46 switch this to body bus for each of these tracks. All right. And now
282:48 these tracks. All right. And now something interesting is going to
282:49 something interesting is going to happen. I'll close our sound library.
282:51 happen. I'll close our sound library. Give us a little room here. When I play
282:52 Give us a little room here. When I play this back, listen.
282:55 this back, listen. Those tracks are playing back. There's
282:57 Those tracks are playing back. There's audio happening here in the meters, but
282:59 audio happening here in the meters, but we don't hear it. Why is that? It's
283:01 we don't hear it. Why is that? It's because we're sending these to that body
283:04 because we're sending these to that body bus. So, this bus right here, but we
283:07 bus. So, this bus right here, but we don't hear the body bus. The body bus
283:09 don't hear the body bus. The body bus doesn't have any output. Our bus one is
283:11 doesn't have any output. Our bus one is automatically our main mix, so it
283:14 automatically our main mix, so it doesn't need a bus output. But body bus
283:16 doesn't need a bus output. But body bus doesn't have anywhere to go. So what we
283:18 doesn't have anywhere to go. So what we should do is hit this plus and say bus
283:19 should do is hit this plus and say bus one. And now what's going to happen is
283:21 one. And now what's going to happen is all of these tracks are going to go into
283:24 all of these tracks are going to go into bus 2, our body bus. And then everything
283:27 bus 2, our body bus. And then everything that happens in body bus is going to go
283:29 that happens in body bus is going to go into bus one. All right. So we're
283:30 into bus one. All right. So we're routing it all through this one little
283:33 routing it all through this one little pipe before we put it into the mix. So
283:35 pipe before we put it into the mix. So now when we play this back, there it is.
283:38 now when we play this back, there it is. No problem. The advantage here is that
283:40 No problem. The advantage here is that we could set our volume back to zero on
283:43 we could set our volume back to zero on our tracks and then just turn it down in
283:45 our tracks and then just turn it down in the bus.
283:47 the bus. Okay, in this case it doesn't really
283:49 Okay, in this case it doesn't really matter whether you turn it up in the
283:50 matter whether you turn it up in the tracks or the bus, but the real
283:52 tracks or the bus, but the real advantage to having a bus is that you
283:53 advantage to having a bus is that you can add effects. Now, we haven't gotten
283:55 can add effects. Now, we haven't gotten much into effects, at least here in the
283:58 much into effects, at least here in the Fairlite page. Probably the most
283:59 Fairlite page. Probably the most familiar version of effects would be to
284:01 familiar version of effects would be to go into the effects panel here, and we
284:04 go into the effects panel here, and we have all kinds of audio effects that we
284:06 have all kinds of audio effects that we can drag onto a clip. And so real quick,
284:08 can drag onto a clip. And so real quick, let's just solo the girls dialogue.
284:10 let's just solo the girls dialogue. We'll just play this back here. I'll
284:12 We'll just play this back here. I'll just loop this part by hitting I and O.
284:15 just loop this part by hitting I and O. You pushed me. I had him and then you
284:17 You pushed me. I had him and then you pushed me.
284:18 pushed me. And so any of these effects I can grab
284:20 And so any of these effects I can grab and put onto a clip. So sure, let's grab
284:23 and put onto a clip. So sure, let's grab this flanger. Let's get crazy. And when
284:26 this flanger. Let's get crazy. And when I drag on an effect, that's going to
284:28 I drag on an effect, that's going to come up with this little dialogue here
284:30 come up with this little dialogue here where we can select presets and adjust
284:33 where we can select presets and adjust all the different crazy things about
284:34 all the different crazy things about these effects.
284:36 these effects. you push me.
284:37 you push me. Okay, I can turn an effect off or on
284:39 Okay, I can turn an effect off or on with this little switch. This is like a
284:41 with this little switch. This is like a broken out version of what's in the
284:43 broken out version of what's in the inspector. In fact, if I went over to
284:44 inspector. In fact, if I went over to the inspector and under effects, just
284:47 the inspector and under effects, just like in the edit page, we have our
284:48 like in the edit page, we have our controls for our effects. And we can
284:51 controls for our effects. And we can change those around or delete it or
284:53 change those around or delete it or click on this little icon here to bring
284:55 click on this little icon here to bring up our fancy interface again. So, this
284:57 up our fancy interface again. So, this is an effect that's applied to a clip,
284:58 is an effect that's applied to a clip, but we can also apply it to a track. And
285:01 but we can also apply it to a track. And so, let's grab delay and put this on the
285:03 so, let's grab delay and put this on the track. We can drag that right on the
285:05 track. We can drag that right on the track header and that will apply to the
285:06 track header and that will apply to the track itself.
285:09 track itself. I had it and then you pushed me.
285:11 I had it and then you pushed me. Great. That works. We can also see that
285:15 Great. That works. We can also see that effect in the mixer. Here we have our
285:18 effect in the mixer. Here we have our delay effect added right here in the
285:19 delay effect added right here in the mixer. And so we can add effects with
285:21 mixer. And so we can add effects with this little plus. We can select a effect
285:24 this little plus. We can select a effect from the list and that works. And we can
285:26 from the list and that works. And we can add effects to tracks as well as buses.
285:28 add effects to tracks as well as buses. And so I could put an effect on this
285:31 And so I could put an effect on this bus. So we'll add a little bit of
285:32 bus. So we'll add a little bit of reverb. Let's say let's go back to
285:34 reverb. Let's say let's go back to bodies here. And now that's going to add
285:37 bodies here. And now that's going to add reverb to our body hits. And that's
285:39 reverb to our body hits. And that's because this is applied to the bus.
285:41 because this is applied to the bus. That's actually taking all of this stuff
285:43 That's actually taking all of this stuff and routing it through our reverb and
285:45 and routing it through our reverb and all the other things in this track and
285:47 all the other things in this track and then putting it into our bus one, which
285:50 then putting it into our bus one, which is our main output. Now, not only can we
285:52 is our main output. Now, not only can we use effects like this, but we can also
285:55 use effects like this, but we can also use these kind of builtin strip effects
285:58 use these kind of builtin strip effects here. And this is actually going to be
285:59 here. And this is actually going to be really convenient for these body hits
286:01 really convenient for these body hits because we want it to sound like they're
286:03 because we want it to sound like they're happening on the other side of the door.
286:05 happening on the other side of the door. So, in a different room. And if you want
286:07 So, in a different room. And if you want something to sound like it's in a
286:08 something to sound like it's in a different room, you want it to sound a
286:10 different room, you want it to sound a little bit muffled. And that muffled
286:11 little bit muffled. And that muffled sound comes from cutting out the high
286:14 sound comes from cutting out the high frequencies, which we can do with an EQ.
286:17 frequencies, which we can do with an EQ. So, to add an EQ to any track, all we
286:19 So, to add an EQ to any track, all we have to do is just double click on this
286:20 have to do is just double click on this little cyan line, and that's going to
286:22 little cyan line, and that's going to bring up our EQ. If you're not familiar
286:23 bring up our EQ. If you're not familiar with an EQ, it's short for equalizer.
286:26 with an EQ, it's short for equalizer. And it's basically kind of like curves,
286:28 And it's basically kind of like curves, but for your frequencies. So the higher
286:31 but for your frequencies. So the higher frequencies are over here, the lower
286:33 frequencies are over here, the lower frequencies are here. And then this line
286:35 frequencies are here. And then this line is the volume of those frequencies. And
286:38 is the volume of those frequencies. And so if you want the higher parts to be
286:40 so if you want the higher parts to be louder, you take something towards the
286:42 louder, you take something towards the right and you push it up like this. If
286:44 right and you push it up like this. If you want the higher parts quieter, you
286:45 you want the higher parts quieter, you push this low like this. See? And now
286:48 push this low like this. See? And now that sounds like it's muffled, like it's
286:50 that sounds like it's muffled, like it's happening in the other room. So that's
286:52 happening in the other room. So that's exactly what we want to do is take this
286:54 exactly what we want to do is take this side of our signal and just push it
286:55 side of our signal and just push it down.
286:57 down. There we go. We can even take one of
286:59 There we go. We can even take one of these other numbers and push it up a
287:01 these other numbers and push it up a little bit just to give it a little more
287:02 little bit just to give it a little more thump.
287:04 thump. Yeah, that's good. And so this EQ is
287:06 Yeah, that's good. And so this EQ is being applied to all of our tracks here
287:08 being applied to all of our tracks here all at once because they're going
287:10 all at once because they're going through this bus. This again is so
287:12 through this bus. This again is so valuable because really think about just
287:14 valuable because really think about just about anything you need to do. This is
287:16 about anything you need to do. This is the kind of essential stuff is putting
287:18 the kind of essential stuff is putting audio into tracks. You can group the
287:20 audio into tracks. You can group the tracks if you want to. You can arrange
287:21 tracks if you want to. You can arrange the audio in time here on the timeline.
287:24 the audio in time here on the timeline. And then you can route these tracks
287:26 And then you can route these tracks through different submixes using buses
287:28 through different submixes using buses and apply any kind of effects or
287:30 and apply any kind of effects or anything that you want to the individual
287:32 anything that you want to the individual clip, the track, or the bus. So you have
287:35 clip, the track, or the bus. So you have so much control over your audio. And
287:37 so much control over your audio. And again, this is stuff that you don't
287:38 again, this is stuff that you don't really get in the edit page. But
287:40 really get in the edit page. But something to mention is that this audio
287:42 something to mention is that this audio will still play back in the edit page.
287:44 will still play back in the edit page. It'll sound just like it does in the
287:45 It'll sound just like it does in the fairlight page in your timeline. And so
287:47 fairlight page in your timeline. And so that's really the essentials of adding
287:49 that's really the essentials of adding sounds and messing with them and doing
287:51 sounds and messing with them and doing the sound design part of your movie.
287:53 the sound design part of your movie. It's all about that clips, tracks,
287:55 It's all about that clips, tracks, buses. Now, I'm going to skip ahead to a
287:58 buses. Now, I'm going to skip ahead to a timeline that I had prepared just so I
287:59 timeline that I had prepared just so I can show you a couple more things. You
288:01 can show you a couple more things. You aren't going to have this timeline. I
288:02 aren't going to have this timeline. I want you to build this yourself, but
288:04 want you to build this yourself, but it's using all of the techniques that we
288:06 it's using all of the techniques that we just went over. So, let's take a listen
288:08 just went over. So, let's take a listen to what we have here. You have all of
288:11 to what we have here. You have all of the resources to be able to make this.
288:20 Where is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
288:33 There we go. So now we have a lot of action and everything happening here.
288:35 action and everything happening here. When it comes to the audio, we have the
288:36 When it comes to the audio, we have the toilet flushing, we have the ambience,
288:38 toilet flushing, we have the ambience, we have the music, we have the effects
288:41 we have the music, we have the effects of stepping and moving around and all of
288:43 of stepping and moving around and all of that. and it really feels like a fleshed
288:45 that. and it really feels like a fleshed out scene. This is an entire huge audio
288:48 out scene. This is an entire huge audio app that just has so much to go over,
288:51 app that just has so much to go over, but these are really the essentials that
288:52 but these are really the essentials that you need. I do want to go over one more
288:55 you need. I do want to go over one more part, which would be working with our
288:57 part, which would be working with our dialogue. One thing that we can do is
288:59 dialogue. One thing that we can do is take our dialogue and we can route that
289:01 take our dialogue and we can route that into a bus. And so, let's go up again to
289:04 into a bus. And so, let's go up again to Fairlite. So, you can do this on your
289:06 Fairlite. So, you can do this on your timeline if you want to. I can go to
289:07 timeline if you want to. I can go to Fairlite bus format. Let's add a bus.
289:09 Fairlite bus format. Let's add a bus. And we'll call this a dialogue bus. and
289:12 And we'll call this a dialogue bus. and we're going to take A1 and route that to
289:14 we're going to take A1 and route that to dialogue bus. A2, route that to dialog
289:17 dialogue bus. A2, route that to dialog bus. And take our dialog bus and route
289:19 bus. And take our dialog bus and route that to bus one. So now all of our
289:21 that to bus one. So now all of our dialogue is going to go through bus one.
289:24 dialogue is going to go through bus one. What I can do, I'll just solo these real
289:26 What I can do, I'll just solo these real quick. If I want to balance out this
289:28 quick. If I want to balance out this dialogue a little bit, I can go to my
289:31 dialogue a little bit, I can go to my dynamics here, which is this green line.
289:34 dynamics here, which is this green line. I can double click on that. And this is
289:36 I can double click on that. And this is going to do a lot of work with kind of
289:39 going to do a lot of work with kind of how loud and quiet things are. That's
289:41 how loud and quiet things are. That's just dynamics is the fancy word for
289:42 just dynamics is the fancy word for that. And for your dialogue, a lot of
289:45 that. And for your dialogue, a lot of the time, what you want to do is make
289:47 the time, what you want to do is make sure that it's loud enough to be heard
289:49 sure that it's loud enough to be heard and not too loud to where it's clipping.
289:51 and not too loud to where it's clipping. And so again, we have an interface
289:52 And so again, we have an interface that's sort of like our curves where if
289:54 that's sort of like our curves where if we play this back, you can see there's
289:56 we play this back, you can see there's this little visualization here. And this
289:59 this little visualization here. And this shows how loud the signal is coming in
290:01 shows how loud the signal is coming in along the bottom. And on the side, this
290:03 along the bottom. And on the side, this is how loud the signal will be coming
290:05 is how loud the signal will be coming out. And so we can use a variety of
290:07 out. And so we can use a variety of these tools to change that signal. So,
290:10 these tools to change that signal. So, one thing that's pretty common is to
290:11 one thing that's pretty common is to turn on the compressor. And what that
290:13 turn on the compressor. And what that does is adds a little curve right here.
290:15 does is adds a little curve right here. And so, as things get louder, it turns
290:17 And so, as things get louder, it turns it down. So, it makes sure that as
290:19 it down. So, it makes sure that as things get loud, they don't get too
290:21 things get loud, they don't get too loud. It rolls off the louder parts of
290:24 loud. It rolls off the louder parts of the signal. And so, this threshold is
290:26 the signal. And so, this threshold is where it starts to roll it off. And
290:28 where it starts to roll it off. And ratio is how heavily it does that. So,
290:31 ratio is how heavily it does that. So, what I like to do is have my threshold
290:32 what I like to do is have my threshold down here a little bit and push my ratio
290:34 down here a little bit and push my ratio down so that if something's too loud, it
290:37 down so that if something's too loud, it just kind of gets dampened down. And
290:39 just kind of gets dampened down. And what we're really looking for here is
290:40 what we're really looking for here is there to be just a little bit of gain
290:42 there to be just a little bit of gain reduction. So this little thing should
290:43 reduction. So this little thing should have just a little bit of that. That's
290:46 have just a little bit of that. That's just taking the louder parts and pushing
290:47 just taking the louder parts and pushing them down a little bit. And then we can
290:48 them down a little bit. And then we can take that and we can push this makeup up
290:50 take that and we can push this makeup up a little bit. And what that's going to
290:52 a little bit. And what that's going to do is make the entire signal louder. So
290:54 do is make the entire signal louder. So it's kind of like we're taking the
290:55 it's kind of like we're taking the louder parts and squishing them down.
290:56 louder parts and squishing them down. And we're taking the quieter parts and
290:58 And we're taking the quieter parts and pushing them up. And what that's going
291:00 pushing them up. And what that's going to do is level out the dialogue so that
291:02 to do is level out the dialogue so that we don't have things that are too quiet
291:04 we don't have things that are too quiet or too loud. Now you can get yourself in
291:06 or too loud. Now you can get yourself in trouble with this. you can make it a
291:07 trouble with this. you can make it a little bit too hardcore. So, you want to
291:09 little bit too hardcore. So, you want to be careful. You want to listen to it.
291:10 be careful. You want to listen to it. Make sure it still sounds good. But,
291:12 Make sure it still sounds good. But, this is a quick way to be able to make
291:14 this is a quick way to be able to make sure that your dialogue is audible,
291:16 sure that your dialogue is audible, especially with something like a
291:17 especially with something like a documentary or projects that have a
291:20 documentary or projects that have a little bit more runand gun audio that
291:21 little bit more runand gun audio that isn't perfectly recorded. This can
291:23 isn't perfectly recorded. This can really help make sure that you can
291:25 really help make sure that you can actually hear everything that's going
291:27 actually hear everything that's going on.
291:28 on. Where is he?
291:29 Where is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
291:31 I had him and then you pushed me. So, now this is a lot louder.
291:33 So, now this is a lot louder. Where is he? I had him and then you
291:35 Where is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
291:36 pushed me. But it's not too loud. It has that
291:38 But it's not too loud. It has that presence. In fact, there is a dynamics
291:41 presence. In fact, there is a dynamics just like this on my voice right now as
291:43 just like this on my voice right now as you're listening to it so that when I
291:44 you're listening to it so that when I say stuff that's pretty quiet, you can
291:46 say stuff that's pretty quiet, you can still hear it. And when I talk really
291:48 still hear it. And when I talk really loud, it's not too loud. But this
291:50 loud, it's not too loud. But this dynamics panel, spend some time with it.
291:53 dynamics panel, spend some time with it. Play around with it because this is
291:54 Play around with it because this is really powerful. It can help you get a
291:56 really powerful. It can help you get a good mix in a lot less time. And just
291:59 good mix in a lot less time. And just this panel, there's so much to go over.
292:01 this panel, there's so much to go over. We just can't do it all. A great place
292:03 We just can't do it all. A great place to start would be to up here where it
292:04 to start would be to up here where it says default, go to something like
292:06 says default, go to something like dialogue compression. And that's going
292:08 dialogue compression. And that's going to give you a pretty good result. Where
292:09 to give you a pretty good result. Where is he?
292:10 is he? I had him and then you pushed me.
292:12 I had him and then you pushed me. And that's going to be a really great
292:13 And that's going to be a really great starting point for kind of leveling out
292:15 starting point for kind of leveling out your audio. So I usually do some kind of
292:17 your audio. So I usually do some kind of compression on the dialogue. Little bit
292:19 compression on the dialogue. Little bit of EQ as needed on each of these tracks.
292:21 of EQ as needed on each of these tracks. We have this track of the mom, some
292:23 We have this track of the mom, some voice over from the mom, and we made it
292:25 voice over from the mom, and we made it seem like it's far away by one turning
292:28 seem like it's far away by one turning it down a little bit. Although we do
292:29 it down a little bit. Although we do have a little bit of compression on it
292:31 have a little bit of compression on it just so that her voice isn't up and down
292:34 just so that her voice isn't up and down too much. And we also have this EQ that
292:36 too much. And we also have this EQ that again just cuts out these higher
292:39 again just cuts out these higher frequencies.
292:40 frequencies. Hello. You guys left your bikes on the
292:43 Hello. You guys left your bikes on the steps again.
292:44 steps again. So now it sounds like it's farther away
292:46 So now it sounds like it's farther away when we take this EQ off.
292:47 when we take this EQ off. Oh, you guys left your bikes on the
292:50 Oh, you guys left your bikes on the steps again.
292:51 steps again. It sounds like it's a lot closer. It
292:52 It sounds like it's a lot closer. It doesn't sound like it's outside. Like I
292:54 doesn't sound like it's outside. Like I said, there is so much to go over here,
292:56 said, there is so much to go over here, but this should really get you started
292:57 but this should really get you started with the Fairlight page. If you really
292:59 with the Fairlight page. If you really want to get detailed with your audio,
293:01 want to get detailed with your audio, this is the very best way to do it. And
293:03 this is the very best way to do it. And the thing that's so amazing is that
293:04 the thing that's so amazing is that Fairlite shares the timeline. Just like
293:07 Fairlite shares the timeline. Just like the color page shares the timeline,
293:09 the color page shares the timeline, Infusion shares clips from the timeline.
293:11 Infusion shares clips from the timeline. These three pages all work together with
293:14 These three pages all work together with the edit page to help you make the very,
293:16 the edit page to help you make the very, very best project possible. Speaking of
293:18 very best project possible. Speaking of actually making a project, your project
293:20 actually making a project, your project does not exist. Your movie is not a
293:23 does not exist. Your movie is not a thing until you actually deliver it. So
293:26 thing until you actually deliver it. So go ahead and pick a timeline that you
293:27 go ahead and pick a timeline that you like. maybe one of these that you've
293:29 like. maybe one of these that you've been working on and just click on the
293:30 been working on and just click on the deliver page for me. That's going to
293:32 deliver page for me. That's going to bring up our deliver interface. And this
293:35 bring up our deliver interface. And this is much less complicated, much more
293:37 is much less complicated, much more simple, a lot less to go over here. But
293:39 simple, a lot less to go over here. But what the heck does the deliver page do?
293:42 what the heck does the deliver page do? There are really three main phases here
293:44 There are really three main phases here when you're talking about working with
293:45 when you're talking about working with footage. There's production, which is
293:46 footage. There's production, which is actually shooting the footage. Of
293:47 actually shooting the footage. Of course, there's pre-production before
293:49 course, there's pre-production before that, but then there's post-production,
293:50 that, but then there's post-production, which is editing, effects, graphics,
293:52 which is editing, effects, graphics, sound, color. That's post-production.
293:54 sound, color. That's post-production. And then there's delivery. And delivery
293:56 And then there's delivery. And delivery is converting your project from a file
293:59 is converting your project from a file that just lives inside of Resolve into a
294:02 that just lives inside of Resolve into a movie that people can actually watch.
294:04 movie that people can actually watch. Something that you can upload to YouTube
294:06 Something that you can upload to YouTube or you can give to a client or put on a
294:09 or you can give to a client or put on a website or store on a hard drive that
294:11 website or store on a hard drive that doesn't need all of your original media.
294:14 doesn't need all of your original media. It's kind of its own thing. So that's
294:16 It's kind of its own thing. So that's pretty much what the deliver page does
294:18 pretty much what the deliver page does is it takes your same timeline. Again,
294:20 is it takes your same timeline. Again, this shares a timeline with the edit
294:21 this shares a timeline with the edit page and everything. This will take your
294:23 page and everything. This will take your timeline and convert it into a movie
294:25 timeline and convert it into a movie that people can watch. Pretty simple
294:26 that people can watch. Pretty simple interface. We have our viewer here. We
294:28 interface. We have our viewer here. We have our timeline down here. And we have
294:30 have our timeline down here. And we have our clips right here. Clips is just a
294:33 our clips right here. Clips is just a quick way to select each clip. Timeline
294:35 quick way to select each clip. Timeline is kind of just a way to look at what's
294:37 is kind of just a way to look at what's on your timeline. But you don't really
294:38 on your timeline. But you don't really do any editing or moving anything around
294:40 do any editing or moving anything around here. This is mostly just for reference.
294:42 here. This is mostly just for reference. The big action, the big stuff happens
294:45 The big action, the big stuff happens right here in our render settings. This
294:48 right here in our render settings. This is where 99% of the work happens in the
294:51 is where 99% of the work happens in the deliver page. This is where you decide
294:53 deliver page. This is where you decide what kind of movie format you want to
294:55 what kind of movie format you want to make. What kind of file are you creating
294:57 make. What kind of file are you creating here? What kind of quality and
294:59 here? What kind of quality and resolution and encoding and audio and
295:03 resolution and encoding and audio and everything do you want? And your choice
295:04 everything do you want? And your choice on all of that stuff is going to be
295:06 on all of that stuff is going to be dependent on what you're making. And if
295:08 dependent on what you're making. And if you have no idea what you're doing, the
295:09 you have no idea what you're doing, the great news is that you can start up here
295:11 great news is that you can start up here with some presets. If we scroll back and
295:14 with some presets. If we scroll back and forth, we have presets for YouTube,
295:15 forth, we have presets for YouTube, Vimeo, Tik Tok, all kinds of stuff. And
295:18 Vimeo, Tik Tok, all kinds of stuff. And really what any of these do when you
295:20 really what any of these do when you click them is it just sets all of the
295:22 click them is it just sets all of the settings down here. And it's really
295:23 settings down here. And it's really split up into three different tabs.
295:25 split up into three different tabs. Video, audio, and file. Video is all
295:28 Video, audio, and file. Video is all about the visuals, right? Audio is the
295:30 about the visuals, right? Audio is the sound, and file is kind of how things
295:33 sound, and file is kind of how things are named and organized. You have an
295:35 are named and organized. You have an option to render this in a single clip,
295:37 option to render this in a single clip, so just as a movie, which is what you're
295:39 so just as a movie, which is what you're going to do most of the time. But you
295:40 going to do most of the time. But you can also render your movie as individual
295:42 can also render your movie as individual clips. That means that you can render
295:44 clips. That means that you can render each clip on your timeline as a separate
295:46 each clip on your timeline as a separate movie. And so for various reasons, you
295:48 movie. And so for various reasons, you might want to do that. If you're wanting
295:50 might want to do that. If you're wanting to convert a whole bunch of clips into
295:52 to convert a whole bunch of clips into separate movies, that works. If you're
295:54 separate movies, that works. If you're wanting to prepare your shots to go into
295:56 wanting to prepare your shots to go into a different app or if you want to prep a
295:58 a different app or if you want to prep a bunch of media for a course like this, I
296:01 bunch of media for a course like this, I used that kind of thing a lot. But most
296:03 used that kind of thing a lot. But most of the time, you'll hit single clip and
296:05 of the time, you'll hit single clip and then it gets into the details of the
296:08 then it gets into the details of the video. So, you have to pick your format
296:11 video. So, you have to pick your format and your codec and your encoder. And if
296:12 and your codec and your encoder. And if you're lost at this point, you're like,
296:14 you're lost at this point, you're like, "What the heck is any of that?" I'll
296:15 "What the heck is any of that?" I'll show you the most common things to pick
296:17 show you the most common things to pick here in just a minute. But I do want to
296:19 here in just a minute. But I do want to give you a little bit of information.
296:21 give you a little bit of information. When you make a video file, there are
296:22 When you make a video file, there are basically kind of like two main things
296:24 basically kind of like two main things that you're selecting. One is the codec
296:27 that you're selecting. One is the codec and the other is the container. You
296:28 and the other is the container. You could think of this as if you were
296:31 could think of this as if you were organizing a bunch of papers. If you had
296:33 organizing a bunch of papers. If you had a big long document and each frame of
296:35 a big long document and each frame of your video was a paper, let's say, the
296:37 your video was a paper, let's say, the codec is kind of the way the papers are
296:39 codec is kind of the way the papers are printed and put together. So, what kind
296:41 printed and put together. So, what kind of quality you used on your printer,
296:43 of quality you used on your printer, what size of type, what kind of paper
296:45 what size of type, what kind of paper you used, it's kind of like the details,
296:48 you used, it's kind of like the details, right? The container is sort of like the
296:51 right? The container is sort of like the box that you put it in. So, what's sort
296:53 box that you put it in. So, what's sort of confusing is you can have a codec in
296:55 of confusing is you can have a codec in different containers. So, examples of
296:57 different containers. So, examples of codecs would be DNx HD, ProRes, H.264,
297:00 codecs would be DNx HD, ProRes, H.264, H.265, 265 capform and there are a bunch
297:03 H.265, 265 capform and there are a bunch of others. You don't really need to know
297:04 of others. You don't really need to know all of them. You just need to know that
297:06 all of them. You just need to know that this is the codec. It's the specific way
297:09 this is the codec. It's the specific way that video is kind of encoded and
297:12 that video is kind of encoded and created. It's kind of like the type of
297:14 created. It's kind of like the type of images that are being made. And the
297:16 images that are being made. And the container is the file format that it's
297:18 container is the file format that it's kind of putting those images into. So
297:21 kind of putting those images into. So the container is called format here in
297:23 the container is called format here in Resolve. So there are a bunch of
297:25 Resolve. So there are a bunch of different formats, AVI, Synon, all kinds
297:27 different formats, AVI, Synon, all kinds of stuff. Do yourself a favor and unless
297:29 of stuff. Do yourself a favor and unless you have any reason not to select
297:31 you have any reason not to select QuickTime. QuickTime will let you create
297:33 QuickTime. QuickTime will let you create videos for just about anything you need,
297:35 videos for just about anything you need, unless you have a client that asks for
297:37 unless you have a client that asks for something specific like an MP4 or a MXF
297:40 something specific like an MP4 or a MXF or something like that or if they need a
297:41 or something like that or if they need a series of stills like a TIFF sequence or
297:43 series of stills like a TIFF sequence or something like that, just click
297:44 something like that, just click QuickTime. And then the codec. There are
297:46 QuickTime. And then the codec. There are a bunch of different codecs here. And
297:47 a bunch of different codecs here. And this mostly has to do with how
297:49 this mostly has to do with how compressed the images are. There are
297:51 compressed the images are. There are very compressed formats like H.264 and
297:53 very compressed formats like H.264 and H.265. And there are formats that are
297:55 H.265. And there are formats that are less compressed, things like ProRes, DNx
297:58 less compressed, things like ProRes, DNx HR, and then there, of course, is
297:59 HR, and then there, of course, is uncompressed. Never do that. Never do
298:02 uncompressed. Never do that. Never do that.
298:04 that. You always want some kind of compression
298:05 You always want some kind of compression just because the compression is so good
298:07 just because the compression is so good these days, and it's going to be an
298:09 these days, and it's going to be an insanely massive file if you don't have
298:12 insanely massive file if you don't have compression on it. Okay, encoder,
298:13 compression on it. Okay, encoder, probably just leave at auto. Resolution,
298:15 probably just leave at auto. Resolution, you're going to usually use a timeline
298:17 you're going to usually use a timeline resolution. Frame rate is usually going
298:19 resolution. Frame rate is usually going to be the timeline frame rate. And the
298:21 to be the timeline frame rate. And the rest of this you can probably just leave
298:23 rest of this you can probably just leave as default. For audio, same thing.
298:25 as default. For audio, same thing. Probably leave it as default. And for
298:26 Probably leave it as default. And for your file, you want to make sure that
298:28 your file, you want to make sure that you name it right. You can switch it to
298:29 you name it right. You can switch it to automatically do timeline name, which is
298:31 automatically do timeline name, which is helpful if you're rendering a bunch of
298:33 helpful if you're rendering a bunch of different timelines. Or you can just set
298:34 different timelines. Or you can just set a custom name and just type it in right
298:36 a custom name and just type it in right there. You can also tell this to use a
298:38 there. You can also tell this to use a subfolder and do a bunch of stuff that I
298:39 subfolder and do a bunch of stuff that I very rarely do. So, what settings should
298:41 very rarely do. So, what settings should we use? Well, it's come to my attention
298:43 we use? Well, it's come to my attention that most things in life can be
298:44 that most things in life can be expressed with a ven diagram. So, we're
298:46 expressed with a ven diagram. So, we're going to do that here. If you've ever
298:48 going to do that here. If you've ever heard the expression that you can have a
298:50 heard the expression that you can have a job done fast, cheap, or good, but not
298:52 job done fast, cheap, or good, but not all three, this is kind of what we're up
298:54 all three, this is kind of what we're up against for our codecs here. You can
298:56 against for our codecs here. You can have something that's a small file size
298:58 have something that's a small file size or looks great or plays back easily. And
299:01 or looks great or plays back easily. And you can often get something that does
299:03 you can often get something that does two of these, but there isn't really a
299:05 two of these, but there isn't really a way to get all three. And so, if you
299:07 way to get all three. And so, if you want your video to look really, really
299:09 want your video to look really, really good, you have a couple options. One is
299:11 good, you have a couple options. One is you have a more compressed option, which
299:13 you have a more compressed option, which would be like H.265. This codec looks
299:16 would be like H.265. This codec looks really good and it's a small file size.
299:18 really good and it's a small file size. A lot of cameras shoot H.265 these days.
299:21 A lot of cameras shoot H.265 these days. Consumer cameras, even kind of the Sony
299:23 Consumer cameras, even kind of the Sony mirrorless cameras, iPhones, those will
299:26 mirrorless cameras, iPhones, those will shoot H.265 because it's a small file
299:28 shoot H.265 because it's a small file size and it looks good. The only problem
299:30 size and it looks good. The only problem with H.265 is that it is sometimes hard
299:32 with H.265 is that it is sometimes hard to play back on some systems because
299:34 to play back on some systems because it's so compressed. Your computer has to
299:36 it's so compressed. Your computer has to do a lot of work to decompress it and so
299:39 do a lot of work to decompress it and so it can kind of be hard to edit. Now, if
299:41 it can kind of be hard to edit. Now, if you're not going to be editing this and
299:42 you're not going to be editing this and you're just putting it out on, say,
299:44 you're just putting it out on, say, YouTube, that's a pretty good choice
299:46 YouTube, that's a pretty good choice because it's a small file size. It's a
299:47 because it's a small file size. It's a quick upload and it looks good. Now,
299:49 quick upload and it looks good. Now, there are a couple codecs. One is called
299:51 there are a couple codecs. One is called ProRes. The other one is called DNx HR,
299:53 ProRes. The other one is called DNx HR, which I know sounds super technical, but
299:55 which I know sounds super technical, but it's just the name of the codecs. And
299:56 it's just the name of the codecs. And those are designed to look really,
299:58 those are designed to look really, really good, but their file size is big,
300:01 really good, but their file size is big, big files. The advantage is that not
300:03 big files. The advantage is that not only do they look good, but they also
300:05 only do they look good, but they also play back easily. they aren't as
300:06 play back easily. they aren't as compressed and so if you need to edit
300:08 compressed and so if you need to edit them, your computer doesn't have to work
300:10 them, your computer doesn't have to work as hard. It is a bigger file, but it's
300:11 as hard. It is a bigger file, but it's also uh higher quality than H.265. It's
300:14 also uh higher quality than H.265. It's especially good if you need to save it
300:16 especially good if you need to save it out into a video file and then convert
300:19 out into a video file and then convert it again later. The less compression the
300:22 it again later. The less compression the better. And so ProRes or DNx HR really,
300:24 better. And so ProRes or DNx HR really, really fantastic if you need to export a
300:27 really fantastic if you need to export a video that you're going to edit more
300:29 video that you're going to edit more later or if you're going to give a
300:30 later or if you're going to give a highquality version to somebody that
300:32 highquality version to somebody that they might need to cut a clip from at
300:34 they might need to cut a clip from at some point or if you want to archive
300:36 some point or if you want to archive your movie so that you can go back and
300:38 your movie so that you can go back and edit it in 5 years. ProRes or DNxH are
300:41 edit it in 5 years. ProRes or DNxH are super great. Really, the only
300:42 super great. Really, the only disadvantage is the file sizes are big.
300:44 disadvantage is the file sizes are big. Now, we also have H.264, which actually
300:46 Now, we also have H.264, which actually plays back pretty easily these days.
300:48 plays back pretty easily these days. Even though it is really compressed, it
300:50 Even though it is really compressed, it has a very small file size. The problem
300:52 has a very small file size. The problem is that it doesn't look so great. Looks
300:54 is that it doesn't look so great. Looks a little bit blurry, a little bit
300:55 a little bit blurry, a little bit blocky, and especially in kind of
300:57 blocky, and especially in kind of detailed shots, m not the best. And so,
300:59 detailed shots, m not the best. And so, what format do you export? Well, it
301:01 what format do you export? Well, it depends on what is more important to
301:02 depends on what is more important to you. Do you want it to look great and
301:04 you. Do you want it to look great and play back easily? That's ProRes. Do you
301:06 play back easily? That's ProRes. Do you want a small file size and have it play
301:08 want a small file size and have it play back easily? You don't really care if it
301:09 back easily? You don't really care if it looks that great, H.264. If you want it
301:11 looks that great, H.264. If you want it to look great and have a small file size
301:12 to look great and have a small file size and you're not that worried about
301:14 and you're not that worried about actually editing it, H.265. These are
301:16 actually editing it, H.265. These are probably the main codecs that you're
301:17 probably the main codecs that you're going to run into, especially if you're
301:19 going to run into, especially if you're a beginner. If you're doing something
301:20 a beginner. If you're doing something like creating movies for Netflix or
301:22 like creating movies for Netflix or something like that, they're going to
301:23 something like that, they're going to probably want some other different kinds
301:24 probably want some other different kinds of codecs, but this will do great to get
301:26 of codecs, but this will do great to get you started. So, what's nice is up here
301:28 you started. So, what's nice is up here in our render settings, we have some
301:30 in our render settings, we have some presets. So, I can just select H.264,
301:33 presets. So, I can just select H.264, H.265, or ProRes. And that's going to
301:36 H.265, or ProRes. And that's going to set my settings to be probably just
301:38 set my settings to be probably just plenty good until you get much more
301:40 plenty good until you get much more nerdy about this. If you have the paid
301:43 nerdy about this. If you have the paid version of Resolve, you can render
301:44 version of Resolve, you can render H.265. 265. Literally clicking on H.265
301:47 H.265. 265. Literally clicking on H.265 master and setting a file name is a lot
301:50 master and setting a file name is a lot of the time what I do when I'm rendering
301:52 of the time what I do when I'm rendering something out. That is a great small
301:54 something out. That is a great small video file that you can upload to
301:56 video file that you can upload to YouTube or play back on a website. You
301:58 YouTube or play back on a website. You can give to people and generally they
302:00 can give to people and generally they can play it back. It's a little less
302:02 can play it back. It's a little less compatible and a little bit harder to
302:03 compatible and a little bit harder to play back than H.264. So be aware of
302:06 play back than H.264. So be aware of that. Do some tests. The other thing is
302:08 that. Do some tests. The other thing is that I believe on PC if you have the
302:10 that I believe on PC if you have the free version of Resolve, it won't let
302:12 free version of Resolve, it won't let you render H.265. I think you have to do
302:14 you render H.265. I think you have to do H.264. So, this is yet another reason to
302:17 H.264. So, this is yet another reason to get the paid version of Resolve because
302:19 get the paid version of Resolve because you can render out H.265 in the free
302:21 you can render out H.265 in the free version. On Mac, I believe you can just
302:23 version. On Mac, I believe you can just render out H.265, no big deal, but
302:25 render out H.265, no big deal, but there's some licensing thing with uh the
302:27 there's some licensing thing with uh the Windows version or something. But
302:28 Windows version or something. But ideally, if you're going to render out
302:31 ideally, if you're going to render out to something like YouTube, I would just
302:32 to something like YouTube, I would just click on H.265 master and call it good.
302:35 click on H.265 master and call it good. The optional step, the the thing that I
302:37 The optional step, the the thing that I would recommend if you're going to
302:39 would recommend if you're going to render for YouTube is click on this
302:41 render for YouTube is click on this resolution and upres this. So, if you
302:44 resolution and upres this. So, if you have like say a 1080p video, I would
302:46 have like say a 1080p video, I would switch this to ultra HD. That's going to
302:48 switch this to ultra HD. That's going to render this out at four times the
302:50 render this out at four times the resolution. Why the heck would we need
302:52 resolution. Why the heck would we need that? Well, it doesn't actually make the
302:54 that? Well, it doesn't actually make the image look any better. There's no magic
302:56 image look any better. There's no magic there. What it does is if you're going
302:58 there. What it does is if you're going to put this on YouTube, if you upload an
303:00 to put this on YouTube, if you upload an Ultra HD video to YouTube, YouTube uses
303:03 Ultra HD video to YouTube, YouTube uses a different compression and the video
303:05 a different compression and the video ends up looking better on YouTube. So,
303:07 ends up looking better on YouTube. So, it's really kind of just tricking
303:09 it's really kind of just tricking YouTube to be nicer to the video, which
303:12 YouTube to be nicer to the video, which I know is kind of weird, but that's a
303:14 I know is kind of weird, but that's a great way to do it. So, if you're
303:15 great way to do it. So, if you're rendering out for YouTube, H.265 master
303:17 rendering out for YouTube, H.265 master and then upres to Ultra HD once you have
303:20 and then upres to Ultra HD once you have all your settings set. And so we'll just
303:22 all your settings set. And so we'll just call this um movie dash YT for YouTube.
303:26 call this um movie dash YT for YouTube. Once you have your settings set, you can
303:27 Once you have your settings set, you can pick a location. I'll just browse. I'll
303:29 pick a location. I'll just browse. I'll just put this on my desktop. You should
303:31 just put this on my desktop. You should put it somewhere else. Okay. Don't put
303:32 put it somewhere else. Okay. Don't put it on your desktop. That's that's lame.
303:34 it on your desktop. That's that's lame. And then we go down here and select add
303:36 And then we go down here and select add to render Q because I'm uping this. It's
303:39 to render Q because I'm uping this. It's telling me, hey, you know, this isn't
303:41 telling me, hey, you know, this isn't actually going to look any better,
303:42 actually going to look any better, right? Like it's it's really why are you
303:45 right? Like it's it's really why are you doing this? And you just say it's okay.
303:46 doing this? And you just say it's okay. Just add. I know what I'm doing. And
303:50 Just add. I know what I'm doing. And that's going to add a job here to the
303:51 that's going to add a job here to the render queue. And so this is like a
303:53 render queue. And so this is like a to-do list. You're telling it to render
303:55 to-do list. You're telling it to render this timeline to the desktop in H.265
303:59 this timeline to the desktop in H.265 format, but it's not actually going to
304:00 format, but it's not actually going to render it out and convert it into a
304:02 render it out and convert it into a movie until I hit this render button
304:04 movie until I hit this render button right here. Now, why didn't it just
304:06 right here. Now, why didn't it just render it? Well, you can make multiple
304:08 render it? Well, you can make multiple different versions of your movie for
304:11 different versions of your movie for different purposes. Maybe I want to
304:12 different purposes. Maybe I want to render out a different version. Maybe
304:14 render out a different version. Maybe one somebody can just watch on their
304:16 one somebody can just watch on their computer. There's no reason to upres
304:17 computer. There's no reason to upres this to Ultra HD. So, I could just
304:19 this to Ultra HD. So, I could just switch back to timeline resolution.
304:20 switch back to timeline resolution. We'll call this movie. We'll just say
304:22 We'll call this movie. We'll just say computer. Okay. Add to render Q. That's
304:24 computer. Okay. Add to render Q. That's going to add that. And then, let's say
304:27 going to add that. And then, let's say maybe I want a version of my movie
304:29 maybe I want a version of my movie that's really high quality that I'm just
304:31 that's really high quality that I'm just going to kind of put on an external hard
304:33 going to kind of put on an external hard drive or put on a server or back up
304:35 drive or put on a server or back up somehow just so that I have it. I just
304:38 somehow just so that I have it. I just want the highest quality version of this
304:40 want the highest quality version of this video so that I can keep it safe. That's
304:43 video so that I can keep it safe. That's what we would call an archive version.
304:44 what we would call an archive version. to make an archive version in 2025. What
304:47 to make an archive version in 2025. What I would do is select this ProRes preset.
304:50 I would do is select this ProRes preset. And honestly, that's probably good.
304:52 And honestly, that's probably good. Probably just do that. If you want to,
304:54 Probably just do that. If you want to, you can go into the type and select
304:55 you can go into the type and select something like ProRes 4444 or the XQ
304:58 something like ProRes 4444 or the XQ version. And this is going to be higher
305:00 version. And this is going to be higher quality. Chances are you probably won't
305:02 quality. Chances are you probably won't actually notice a difference. ProRes 422
305:05 actually notice a difference. ProRes 422 HQ is fantastic. And so then I would
305:08 HQ is fantastic. And so then I would call this movie
305:10 call this movie archive.
305:13 archive. The other thing I would do is go to the
305:14 The other thing I would do is go to the audio tab. Make sure this codec is
305:17 audio tab. Make sure this codec is linear PCM. That means wave files, files
305:19 linear PCM. That means wave files, files that aren't compressed. I can push up
305:21 that aren't compressed. I can push up this bit depth. If you want the very
305:23 this bit depth. If you want the very highest quality audio, you could go to
305:24 highest quality audio, you could go to 32-bit float. Sure. And then this is
305:27 32-bit float. Sure. And then this is really cool. You can output different
305:28 really cool. You can output different audio tracks for your movie. So you
305:30 audio tracks for your movie. So you could have 16 different audio tracks if
305:32 could have 16 different audio tracks if you want to. And you could render each
305:35 you want to. And you could render each track in your mix as a separate track.
305:37 track in your mix as a separate track. And so this is great for something like
305:39 And so this is great for something like an archive where you might want to go in
305:41 an archive where you might want to go in and remove some audio or replace the
305:44 and remove some audio or replace the music or remix your audio or whatever
305:47 music or remix your audio or whatever you want to do down the road. This is a
305:49 you want to do down the road. This is a great thing to do for your archive
305:50 great thing to do for your archive version. And so right here, I'll put
305:52 version. And so right here, I'll put track one. I'm just going to actually
305:53 track one. I'm just going to actually switch this to all timeline tracks like
305:55 switch this to all timeline tracks like this. And that's going to render all the
305:57 this. And that's going to render all the timeline tracks. Now for this one, I
305:58 timeline tracks. Now for this one, I only have one track. If we switch over
306:00 only have one track. If we switch over to our fairlight timeline, we have all
306:02 to our fairlight timeline, we have all these different tracks. And we can
306:03 these different tracks. And we can render each one of these as a separate
306:05 render each one of these as a separate track. That awesome. So, I'll go ahead
306:07 track. That awesome. So, I'll go ahead and add this to render Q. And once we
306:10 and add this to render Q. And once we have all of the different formats we
306:12 have all of the different formats we want, all we have to do is hit render
306:14 want, all we have to do is hit render all. That'll go through pretty quick and
306:16 all. That'll go through pretty quick and render our movie. And let me just show
306:18 render our movie. And let me just show you this archive version here. Let's
306:20 you this archive version here. Let's just add this to a new timeline. Check
306:22 just add this to a new timeline. Check this out. So, we have our high quality
306:24 this out. So, we have our high quality video here, but we also have
306:27 video here, but we also have all of the tracks that it rendered out
306:30 all of the tracks that it rendered out as separate tracks,
306:33 as separate tracks, which is so cool.
306:36 which is so cool. And now if we have this video file, we
306:39 And now if we have this video file, we have all of the audio and visual in the
306:40 have all of the audio and visual in the highest quality possible all in one file
306:43 highest quality possible all in one file that we can go through and edit later if
306:45 that we can go through and edit later if we want to. We can open up in 10 years
306:47 we want to. We can open up in 10 years and render to some new format that's
306:49 and render to some new format that's even better. And it's kind of future
306:51 even better. And it's kind of future proofing yourself. You know what I'm
306:52 proofing yourself. You know what I'm saying? But that's pretty much the
306:53 saying? But that's pretty much the deliver page is you set your render
306:55 deliver page is you set your render settings here, you add them to the
306:57 settings here, you add them to the render queue, you can kind of stack them
306:58 render queue, you can kind of stack them up and then render your project. So, at
307:01 up and then render your project. So, at this point, we pretty much covered all
307:03 this point, we pretty much covered all of the need to know stuff about Da Vinci
307:05 of the need to know stuff about Da Vinci Resolve, and I hope that this is really
307:07 Resolve, and I hope that this is really encouraging and empowering for you. I
307:10 encouraging and empowering for you. I hope that you feel like you can jump
307:12 hope that you feel like you can jump into Resolve and actually start using
307:13 into Resolve and actually start using it. If we've never met before, my name
307:15 it. If we've never met before, my name is Casey, and I'm part of a company
307:17 is Casey, and I'm part of a company called Ground Control. And our mission
307:19 called Ground Control. And our mission is to encourage you and empower you to
307:22 is to encourage you and empower you to be able to make things that you want to
307:24 be able to make things that you want to make. That's a really big part of what I
307:26 make. That's a really big part of what I feel like my purpose is here on on Earth
307:29 feel like my purpose is here on on Earth is to tear down anything that's in the
307:31 is to tear down anything that's in the way of creativity so that you can
307:32 way of creativity so that you can express yourself and make the things
307:34 express yourself and make the things that you want to make because that's
307:36 that you want to make because that's good for the world and it's good for
307:38 good for the world and it's good for you. It's good for your mental health.
307:39 you. It's good for your mental health. It's good for I mean so much stuff. So
307:41 It's good for I mean so much stuff. So that's one of the big reasons why we
307:43 that's one of the big reasons why we made this video is it needs to exist. I
307:45 made this video is it needs to exist. I mean, Resolve is one of the most
307:46 mean, Resolve is one of the most powerful tools for post-production
307:48 powerful tools for post-production available, and it's free, and you can
307:50 available, and it's free, and you can get started so easily. And so, I never
307:52 get started so easily. And so, I never want knowledge or confusion about an
307:55 want knowledge or confusion about an interface to be what's in the way of you
307:57 interface to be what's in the way of you creating things. And if you've watched
307:59 creating things. And if you've watched this far in the video, odds are you're
308:01 this far in the video, odds are you're probably pretty serious about getting
308:03 probably pretty serious about getting better at Resolve. And so whether you're
308:05 better at Resolve. And so whether you're brand new to video editing or just brand
308:07 brand new to video editing or just brand new to Resolve, I want you to make sure
308:09 new to Resolve, I want you to make sure that you get that media and you open it
308:11 that you get that media and you open it up, you play around, you start to edit,
308:13 up, you play around, you start to edit, and you start to mess around with Fusion
308:15 and you start to mess around with Fusion and mess around with color grading and
308:16 and mess around with color grading and mess around with audio. Actually put
308:18 mess around with audio. Actually put this stuff into practice because that's
308:21 this stuff into practice because that's where you're really, really going to
308:22 where you're really, really going to learn. Go out and shoot some videos with
308:24 learn. Go out and shoot some videos with your phone. Throw it into the timeline
308:25 your phone. Throw it into the timeline and cut it up and start making videos.
308:28 and cut it up and start making videos. They don't have to be perfect. They
308:29 They don't have to be perfect. They don't have to be amazing. Just start
308:31 don't have to be amazing. Just start making stuff. It's so important. We find
308:34 making stuff. It's so important. We find that our students that get the most out
308:35 that our students that get the most out of our videos and courses are the ones
308:38 of our videos and courses are the ones that really put their hands on and start
308:40 that really put their hands on and start working and start actually learning
308:42 working and start actually learning things by doing. And so I want you to do
308:44 things by doing. And so I want you to do that in any way that you can. Now, if
308:46 that in any way that you can. Now, if you need some help with that, if you
308:48 you need some help with that, if you need a little bit of direction,
308:49 need a little bit of direction, something a little bit more solid than
308:50 something a little bit more solid than go shoot something with your phone, we
308:52 go shoot something with your phone, we do have a course that we just made
308:53 do have a course that we just made called Make a Film in Dinci Resolve.
308:55 called Make a Film in Dinci Resolve. This is really the perfect next step
308:57 This is really the perfect next step after you watch this video because now
308:59 after you watch this video because now you have a foundation of how the heck
309:01 you have a foundation of how the heck resolve works and all of the important
309:03 resolve works and all of the important things that you need to know to be able
309:05 things that you need to know to be able to make stuff. But where the rubber
309:06 to make stuff. But where the rubber really hits the road, where it really
309:08 really hits the road, where it really starts to lock into your brain is when
309:11 starts to lock into your brain is when you go through the whole workflow of
309:12 you go through the whole workflow of making a project from beginning to end.
309:15 making a project from beginning to end. And so what we did is we shot a movie
309:18 And so what we did is we shot a movie and we got all of the media together
309:21 and we got all of the media together that you would need to be able to edit
309:23 that you would need to be able to edit that movie. This isn't a really long
309:24 that movie. This isn't a really long movie. It's a little short film, but it
309:26 movie. It's a little short film, but it has all of the unedited, ungraded
309:28 has all of the unedited, ungraded footage, all of the sound effects and
309:29 footage, all of the sound effects and graphics and assets that you need. And
309:31 graphics and assets that you need. And we packaged them up in a little kit. And
309:33 we packaged them up in a little kit. And then I recorded an entire walkthrough of
309:35 then I recorded an entire walkthrough of creating the project from very
309:37 creating the project from very beginning, like just holding a bunch of
309:39 beginning, like just holding a bunch of media going, I don't know what to do
309:41 media going, I don't know what to do with this. I don't even know how to
309:42 with this. I don't even know how to organize it to making the rough cut and
309:44 organize it to making the rough cut and getting your story laid out in the edit
309:46 getting your story laid out in the edit page. Doing some pretty impressive
309:48 page. Doing some pretty impressive visual effects in the fusion page. doing
309:50 visual effects in the fusion page. doing the color grade, matching the shots,
309:51 the color grade, matching the shots, mixing the audio, and making it look and
309:54 mixing the audio, and making it look and sound beautiful all the way to final
309:55 sound beautiful all the way to final render. We walk you through the entire
309:57 render. We walk you through the entire process of creating that from start to
309:59 process of creating that from start to finish. And that's a little bit more
310:00 finish. And that's a little bit more than you get with this video where we
310:02 than you get with this video where we have examples of things that you can do
310:04 have examples of things that you can do in each page, but it's not like a
310:06 in each page, but it's not like a cohesive project. And when you put that
310:08 cohesive project. And when you put that project together yourself and you have
310:09 project together yourself and you have ownership over that edit and then you're
310:11 ownership over that edit and then you're doing the effects and you're doing the
310:13 doing the effects and you're doing the color grade all in one thing, at the end
310:15 color grade all in one thing, at the end you're going to have a film that you can
310:17 you're going to have a film that you can show your friends and family and say, "I
310:19 show your friends and family and say, "I edited this entire film from start to
310:22 edited this entire film from start to finish. Everything that you see was
310:24 finish. Everything that you see was touched by me." And that's such a cool
310:26 touched by me." And that's such a cool feeling and I want that for you. So if
310:29 feeling and I want that for you. So if you want to take the next step and you
310:30 you want to take the next step and you watch through this video and you said,
310:31 watch through this video and you said, "Man, I just cannot get enough of this."
310:33 "Man, I just cannot get enough of this." The perfect next thing to do is to check
310:35 The perfect next thing to do is to check out this course. There's a link in the
310:37 out this course. There's a link in the description. I'll also put a link on
310:38 description. I'll also put a link on screen right thereish. And because you
310:40 screen right thereish. And because you watch this video all the way through,
310:41 watch this video all the way through, you'll get a special discount. Does that
310:43 you'll get a special discount. Does that sound good? But either way, whether it's
310:44 sound good? But either way, whether it's through this course or through just
310:46 through this course or through just shooting your own stuff, you need to get
310:48 shooting your own stuff, you need to get to work because the more reps that you
310:50 to work because the more reps that you get in making things, the easier it'll
310:52 get in making things, the easier it'll be and the more cool things you'll be
310:53 be and the more cool things you'll be able to make. And that's what it's all
310:54 able to make. And that's what it's all about.